CELERITY SYSTEMS INC
SB-2/A, 1997-10-08
COMPUTERS & PERIPHERAL EQUIPMENT & SOFTWARE
Previous: WALSH INTERNATIONAL INC \DE\, 10-K/A, 1997-10-08
Next: DECISIONONE HOLDINGS CORP, 10-K405/A, 1997-10-08



<PAGE>
   
    AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON OCTOBER 8, 1997
    
 
   
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-33509
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                    U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
 
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
 
                            ------------------------
 
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                       TO
                                   FORM SB-2
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                        UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
    
                            ------------------------
 
                             CELERITY SYSTEMS, INC.
                 (Name of small business issuer in its charter)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>                               <C>
                  DELAWARE                                   5045                                 52-2050585
             -------------------                     -------------------                      -------------------
          (State or jurisdiction of              (Primary Standard Industrial                  (I.R.S. Employer
       incorporation or organization)            Classification Code Number)                 (Identification No.)
 
           CELERITY SYSTEMS, INC.                                                            KENNETH D. VAN METER
    9051 EXECUTIVE PARK DRIVE, SUITE 302                                                    CELERITY SYSTEMS, INC.
         KNOXVILLE, TENNESSEE 37923                                                  9051 EXECUTIVE PARK DRIVE, SUITE 302
               (423) 539-5300                                                             KNOXVILLE, TENNESSEE 37923
 (Address and telephone number of principal                                                     (423) 539-5300
  executive offices and principal place of                                       (Name, address and telephone number of agent
                  business)                                                                      for service)
</TABLE>
 
                            ------------------------
 
                                   COPIES TO:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                             <C>
            KENNETH R. KOCH, ESQ.                             PAUL JACOBS, ESQ.
 SQUADRON, ELLENOFF, PLESENT & SHEINFELD, LLP           FULBRIGHT AND JAWORSKI L.L.P.
               551 FIFTH AVENUE                                666 FIFTH AVENUE
           NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10176                     NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10103-3198
          TELEPHONE: (212) 661-6500                       TELEPHONE: (212) 318-3000
          TELECOPIER: (212) 697-6686                      TELECOPIER: (212) 752-5958
</TABLE>
 
                            ------------------------
 
    APPROXIMATE DATE OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as practicable
after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
 
    If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]
 
    If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [ ]
 
    If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434
under the Securities Act, please check the following box. [ ]
 
   
    If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act,
check the following box [x]
    
 
                            ------------------------
 
   
    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ACTING
PURSUANT TO SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.
    
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                             CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         ITEM NUMBER OF FORM SB-2                           LOCATION OR CAPTION IN PROSPECTUS
           -----------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------
<C>        <S>                                                    <C>
       1.  Front of Registration Statement and Outside Front
           Cover Page of Prospectus.............................  Outside Front Cover Page
       2.  Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of
           Prospectus...........................................  Inside Front Cover Page; Outside Back Cover Page
       3.  Summary Information and Risk Factors.................  Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors
       4.  Use of Proceeds......................................  Use of Proceeds
       5.  Determination of Offering Price......................  Underwriting
       6.  Dilution.............................................  Dilution
       7.  Selling Security Holders.............................  Not Applicable
       8.  Plan of Distribution.................................  Outside Front Cover Page; Underwriting
       9.  Legal Proceedings....................................  Business--Legal Proceedings
      10.  Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters and Control
           Persons..............................................  Management--Executive Officers and Directors
      11.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
           Management...........................................  Principal Stockholders
      12.  Description of Securities............................  Outside Front Cover Page; Description of Securities
      13.  Interest of Named Experts and Counsel................  Legal Matters; Experts
      14.  Disclosure of Commission Position on Indemnification
           for Securities Act Liabilities.......................  Part II
      15.  Organization Within Last Five Years..................  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
                                                                  Condition and Results of Operations
      16.  Description of Business..............................  Business
      17.  Management's Discussion and Analysis or Plan of
           Operation............................................  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
                                                                  Condition and Results of Operations
      18.  Description of Property..............................  Business--Properties
      19.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.......  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
      20.  Market for Common Equity and Related Stockholder
           Matters..............................................  Dividend Policy; Description of Securities
      21.  Executive Compensation...............................  Management--Executive Compensation
      22.  Financial Statements.................................  Financial Statements
      23.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on
           Accounting and Financial Disclosure..................  Not Applicable
      24.  Indemnification of Directors and Officers............  Part II
      25.  Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution..........  Part II
      26.  Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities..............  Part II
      27.  Exhibits.............................................  Part II; Exhibits
      28.  Undertakings.........................................  Part II
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
   
                  SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED OCTOBER 8, 1997
    
   
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES
EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
    
<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS
 
                                2,000,000 SHARES
 
                                                                       [LOGO]
 
                             CELERITY SYSTEMS, INC.
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
    Celerity Systems, Inc. (the "Company") is hereby offering 2,000,000 shares
(the "Shares") of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the "Common Stock"),
of the Company.
 
   
    Prior to this offering (the "Offering"), there has been no public market for
the Common Stock. The Company has applied for listing of the Common Stock on the
Nasdaq SmallCap Market under the proposed symbol "CLRT." It is currently
anticipated that the initial public offering price of the Common Stock will be
$7.50 per share. See "Underwriting" for information relating to the factors
considered in determining the initial public offering price.
    
                            ------------------------
   
  AN INVESTMENT IN THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY INVOLVES A HIGH
  DEGREE OF RISK AND IMMEDIATE SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS
     SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE FACTORS SET FORTH UNDER "RISK FACTORS"
                BEGINNING ON PAGE 7 HEREIN AND UNDER "DILUTION."
    
                            ------------------------
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
     EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION, NOR HAS THE
        SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
             COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF
                THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE
                      CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              UNDERWRITING DISCOUNTS
                                          PRICE TO PUBLIC      AND COMMISSIONS (1)     PROCEEDS TO COMPANY (2)
<S>                                      <C>                 <C>                       <C>
Per Share..............................          $                      $                         $
Total(3)...............................          $                      $                         $
</TABLE>
 
(1) Does not include additional consideration payable to Hampshire Securities
    Corporation, the representative (the "Representative") of the several
    underwriters identified elsewhere herein (the "Underwriters"), consisting of
    (a) a non-accountable expense allowance equal to 3% of the gross proceeds of
    the Offering, and (b) warrants entitling the Representative to purchase up
    to an aggregate of 200,000 shares of Common Stock from the Company (the
    "Representative's Warrants"). The Company has agreed to indemnify the
    Underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the
    Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). See
    "Underwriting."
 
(2) Before deducting estimated expenses of the Offering payable by the Company
    (including the Representative's non-accountable expense allowance) estimated
    at $         , assuming no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment
    option.
 
(3) The Company has granted an option to the Underwriters, exercisable within 45
    days after the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to an additional
    300,000 shares of Common Stock on the same terms and conditions as set forth
    above solely to cover over-allotments, if any. If the Underwriters exercise
    this option in full, the total Price to Public, Underwriting Discounts and
    Commissions, and Proceeds to Company will be $         , $         , and
    $         , respectively. See "Underwriting."
                         ------------------------------
 
    The Shares are being offered by the Underwriters named herein, subject to
prior sale, when, as, and if delivered to and accepted by them, and subject to
their right to reject orders in whole or in part, and to certain other
conditions. It is expected that delivery of the certificates representing shares
of Common Stock will be made against payment therefor at the offices of
Hampshire Securities Corporation, on or about       , 1997.
                            ------------------------
 
                        HAMPSHIRE SECURITIES CORPORATION
                                ----------------
 
                THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS            , 1997
<PAGE>
                                    [Chart]
 
    CERTAIN PERSONS PARTICIPATING IN THE OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS
THAT STABILIZE, MAINTAIN OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK,
INCLUDING SYNDICATE COVERING TRANSACTIONS, PENALTY BIDS, AND SHORT SALES. FOR A
DESCRIPTION OF THESE ACTIVITIES SEE "UNDERWRITING."
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
   
    THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY THE MORE DETAILED
INFORMATION AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, INCLUDING THE NOTES THERETO, APPEARING
ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, THE INFORMATION IN
THIS PROSPECTUS (I) GIVES EFFECT TO THE ONE-FOR-TWO-AND-ONE-HALF REVERSE STOCK
SPLIT OF THE COMPANY'S COMMON STOCK EFFECTED IN AUGUST 1997 (THE "STOCK SPLIT"),
(II) ASSUMES THE AUTOMATIC CONVERSION, UPON THE CLOSING OF THE OFFERING, OF THE
COMPANY'S 975,836 SHARES OF SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK AND 408,479 SHARES OF
SERIES B PREFERRED STOCK INTO AN AGGREGATE OF APPROXIMATELY 553,726 SHARES OF
COMMON STOCK (THE "CONVERSION"), (III) ASSUMES AN INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING PRICE
OF $7.50 PER SHARE, AND (IV) ASSUMES NO EXERCISE OF THE UNDERWRITERS'
OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION. ALL REFERENCES TO "CELERITY" OR THE "COMPANY" CONTAINED
IN THIS PROSPECTUS REFER TO THE COMPANY AND ITS PREDECESSOR, CELERITY SYSTEMS,
INC., A TENNESSEE CORPORATION. THIS PROSPECTUS CONTAINS FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS THAT INVOLVE RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES. THE COMPANY'S ACTUAL RESULTS
MAY DIFFER SIGNIFICANTLY FROM THE RESULTS DISCUSSED IN THE FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS. FACTORS THAT MIGHT CAUSE, OR CONTRIBUTE TO, SUCH DIFFERENCES
INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THOSE DISCUSSED IN "RISK FACTORS."
    
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
    Celerity Systems, Inc. ("Celerity" or the "Company") designs, develops,
integrates, installs, operates, and supports interactive video services hardware
and software. The Company also designs, develops, installs, and supports CD-ROM
software products for business applications. In the interactive video services
area, the Company seeks to provide scalable solutions, including products and
services developed by the Company and by strategic partners, that enable
interactive video programming and applications to be provided to a wide variety
of market niches. The Company has installed 11 digital video servers in four
countries (China, Korea, Israel, and Taiwan), on each of the four major types of
networks accommodating interactive video services. The Company believes that its
demonstrated ability to deploy and operate interactive video systems over each
of these four major network types is a significant competitive advantage.
 
    In the CD-ROM area, the Company provides several products for the storage
and rapid retrieval of large amounts of information. The Company believes such
products are faster, easier to use, provide more features, and are operational
on more diverse network architectures than similar products and services. The
Company's CD-ROM customers include the U.S. Navy, Sprint Corp., Unisys Corp.,
Toronto Dominion Bank, and Herzog, Heine & Geduld, Inc. In December 1995, the
Company's VCD MANAGER and VCD WRITER products were each chosen as IMAGING
MAGAZINE'S Product of the Year in their respective product groups for CD-ROM
software. IMAGING MAGAZINE is a leading industry publication for CD-ROM business
software.
 
   
    The Company has focused most of its sales, marketing, and research and
development efforts in 1997 on its interactive video segment and intends to
continue to focus primarily on such segment in the future. Sales of interactive
video products accounted for 28% and 60% of the Company's revenues for the year
ended December 31, 1996 and the six months ended June 30, 1997, respectively.
    
 
INTERACTIVE VIDEO
 
   
    Interactive video consists of applications, such as entertainment,
education, banking and shopping, which are transmitted over digital networks for
presentation on television or personal computers and are under the direct
control of the user. Celerity's interactive video products include those
manufactured by the Company, including digital video servers, digital set top
boxes, authoring software and workstations, and operating systems software, and
those provided by strategic partners, including bench and real-time digital
encoders, digital production studio equipment, applications and business support
software, and network switches and equipment. These products are used in the
production, storage, transmission, and display of both conventional linear
(non-interactive) transmissions and interactive video and data applications
across (i) fiber to the curb ("FTTC"), (ii) hybrid fiber/coaxial cable ("HFC"),
(iii) high speed data lines (E1 and T1), or (iv) twisted pair networks (standard
telephone lines) using Asymmetric Digital
    
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
Subscriber Line ("ADSL") equipment. These networks may be public networks, such
as those of telephone and cable companies, or may be private networks, such as
those of college campuses, hospitals, hotels, apartment complexes, or
businesses. These networks provide large potential markets for interactive
entertainment, including video-on-demand, music, and interactive applications,
such as shopping, banking, travel, education, games, gaming, public services,
advertising, and training. These digital networks offer faster speed, more
robust appearance, more diverse options, and better security than is generally
available today on narrowband networks, such as the Internet.
 
   
    The Company's strategy is to market its interactive video products based on
its demonstrated ability to install digital video systems on each of the major
network types and to enter into strategic alliances with others in the industry
to provide end-to-end interactive video solutions. The Company intends to focus
its sales and marketing efforts on small-to-medium sized public and private
networks. The Company believes that the scalability of its products enables the
Company to provide economically viable solutions to relatively small networks
and to efficiently serve the needs of larger networks.
    
 
CD-ROM
 
    Celerity's CD-ROM software products consist of two types: network management
and database management. The Company's products are targeted toward industries,
such as financial services, insurance, health care, government, and
telecommunications, where there is extensive current and potential use of
electronic document imaging and management. The potential markets for these
products are expected to increase to include substantially smaller companies as
the cost of the required hardware decreases and its storage capacity increases.
 
   
    VIRTUAL CD MANAGER ("VCD MANAGER"), VIRTUAL CD WRITER ("VCD WRITER"), and
MEDIATOR are network management software products which allow CD-ROM hardware
components such as changers, towers, and CD-ROM writers to be accessed and used
by a variety of devices, primarily networked PC clients, and their applications.
CD WORKWARE is a database management software product. CD WORKWARE captures and
stores documents and files, both electronic and scanned, and indexes, stores,
and retrieves information stored on CD-ROM, hard disk, or other compatible
sources. This creates an automated paperless office environment where business
reports, files, or other data may be stored and retrieved quickly and easily. In
1997, the Company developed other enhancements to its CD-ROM products allowing
them to function on both NOVELL and WINDOWS NT based networks or networks
containing elements of both. The Company believes such features currently
provide its products with a valuable competitive advantage.
    
 
   
    The Company's CD-ROM strategy is to increase distribution channels of its
CD-ROM products by selling through larger system integrators and value added
resellers ("VARs") and through joint marketing arrangements which will allow it
to approach customers with related products as part of an integrated approach to
meeting their needs.
    
 
   
    Under previous management, the Company's revenues for the year ended
December 31, 1996 decreased to approximately $2,530,100 from approximately
$7,703,400 for the year ended December 31, 1995. Revenues for the six months
ended June 30, 1997 were approximately $1,254,500 as compared with approximately
$1,299,900 for the six months ended June 30, 1996. The Company's net loss for
the year ended December 31, 1996 was approximately $5,512,100 as compared to net
income of approximately $9,900 for the year ended December 31, 1995. Net loss
for the six months ended June 30, 1997 increased to approximately $3,825,100
from approximately $1,783,600 for the six months ended June 30, 1996. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations." Although the Company has retained new management and has refocused
its sales and marketing efforts in order to increase revenues, there can be no
assurance that the Company's revenues will increase or that the Company will
operate profitably in the future.
    
 
   
    The Company was incorporated in Tennessee in 1993 and was reincorporated in
Delaware in August 1997. The Company's executive offices are located at 9051
Executive Park Drive, Suite 302, Knoxville, Tennessee 37923, and its telephone
number is (423) 539-5300. The Company's website address is www.celerity.com.
    
 
   
                                       4
    
<PAGE>
                                  THE OFFERING
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                               <C>
Common Stock offered by the Company.............  2,000,000 shares
 
Common Stock outstanding prior to the
  Offering......................................  2,082,239 shares(1)
 
Common Stock to be outstanding after the
  Offering......................................  4,082,239 shares(1)
 
Use of Proceeds.................................  The net proceeds of the Offering will be
                                                  used (i) to repay debt incurred in the
                                                  Company's 1996 and 1997 private
                                                  placements; (ii) to hire additional
                                                  engineering and administrative per-
                                                  sonnel; (iii) to fund the Company's sales
                                                  and marketing efforts (including the
                                                  hiring of sales and marketing personnel);
                                                  (iv) to fund directors' and officers'
                                                  liability insurance; (v) to pay amounts
                                                  under an agreement with a former officer
                                                  of the Company; and (vi) for working
                                                  capital and general corporate purposes.
                                                  See "Use of Proceeds."
 
Risk Factors....................................  The Shares offered hereby involve a high
                                                  degree of risk and substantial dilution
                                                  and should be purchased only by persons
                                                  who can afford to sustain the loss of
                                                  their entire investment. See "Risk
                                                  Factors" and "Dilution."
 
Proposed Nasdaq SmallCap Market Symbol..........  "CLRT"
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
   
(1) Includes 553,726 shares of Common Stock issuable in connection with the
    Conversion. Does not include (i) up to 300,000 shares of Common Stock
    issuable upon exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option, (ii)
    200,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the
    Representative's Warrants, (iii) 612,600 shares of Common Stock underlying
    outstanding stock options, (iv) 190,714 shares of Common Stock underlying
    warrants (the "1995 Warrants") issued by the Company in connection with its
    1995 private placement (the "1995 Placement"), (v) 209,520 shares of Common
    Stock underlying warrants (the "1996 Warrants") issued by the Company in
    connection with its 1996 private placement (the "1996 Placement"), (vi)
    38,852 shares of Common Stock underlying warrants issued to the
    Representative (as placement agent) in connection with the private placement
    of securities in the 1996 Placement, and (vii) 320,000 shares of Common
    Stock underlying warrants (the "Bridge Warrants") issued by the Company in
    connection with its 1997 private placement (the "Bridge Financing").
    
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
                             SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA
 
    The summary financial data for the Company set forth below under the caption
"Statement of Operations Data" for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996,
and under the caption "Balance Sheet Data" at December 31, 1996, are derived
from the financial statements of the Company, audited by Coopers & Lybrand
L.L.P., independent certified public accountants, included elsewhere in this
Prospectus. The statement of operations data for the six months ended June 30,
1996 and 1997, and the balance sheet data at June 30, 1997, are derived from
unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this Prospectus, and, in
the opinion of management, include all adjustments (consisting only of normal
recurring adjustments) necessary for the fair presentation of the Company's
financial position and results of operations at the end of and for such periods.
Operating results for the six months ended June 30, 1997 are not necessarily
indicative of results that may be expected for the full year. The summary
financial data should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and
notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus and "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 YEAR ENDED                    SIX MONTHS
                                                                DECEMBER 31,                 ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                         ---------------------------  ----------------------------
<S>                                                      <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>
                                                             1995          1996           1996           1997
                                                         ------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              (UNAUDITED)
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                      <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues...............................................  $      7,703  $       2,530  $       1,300  $       1,255
Cost of revenues.......................................         4,609          3,513          1,252          1,170
Operating expenses.....................................         3,045          4,491          1,787          3,778
Net income (loss)......................................            10         (5,512)        (1,784)        (3,825)
Net loss applicable to common stock....................          (140)        (5,790)        (1,859)        (3,964)
Net loss per share.....................................  $      (0.08) $       (2.89) $       (1.06) $       (1.67)
Shares used in computing net loss per share............     1,749,245      2,006,582      1,761,373      2,379,934
</TABLE>
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     AT JUNE 30, 1997
                                                                        ------------------------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>              <C>        <C>              <C>
                                                                                                      PRO FORMA
                                                       AT DECEMBER 31,                               AS ADJUSTED
                                                            1996         ACTUAL     PRO FORMA (1)        (2)
                                                       ---------------  ---------  ---------------  --------------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
                                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                    <C>              <C>        <C>              <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital (deficit)............................     $   2,105     $    (167)    $   1,113       $    9,221
Total assets.........................................         5,650         4,531         5,468           12,378
Total debt...........................................         3,027         3,023         3,023           --
Redeemable, convertible preferred stock..............         2,746         2,885        --               --
Stockholders' equity (deficit).......................     $  (2,582)    $  (5,005)    $    (840)      $   10,118
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Pro forma to give effect to (i) the Conversion and (ii) the issuance in
    August 1997 of $2,000,000 aggregate principal amount of notes (the "Bridge
    Notes") in the Bridge Financing, debt discount of $1,440,000 related to
    320,000 Bridge Warrants issued at an exercise price below the assumed
    initial public offering price of $7.50 per share, and the application of the
    net proceeds therefrom to reacquire 240,000 shares of Common Stock from a
    former officer and 80,000 shares of Common Stock from a director of the
    Company for aggregate consideration of $160,000 ($0.50 per share). See
    "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions" and Note 16 to Notes to
    Financial Statements.
 
   
(2) Adjusted to give effect to the sale by the Company of the 2,000,000 Shares
    offered hereby at an assumed initial public offering price of $7.50 per
    share and the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom to repay
    all outstanding indebtedness which will give rise to a charge of
    approximately $1,909,000 related to the write-off of capitalized costs
    related to the 1996 Placement and the Bridge Financing, interest expense and
    loss on early extinguishment of debt. See "Use of Proceeds" and Note 16 to
    Notes to Financial Statements.
    
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    THE SHARES OFFERED HEREBY INVOLVE SUBSTANTIAL RISKS AND SHOULD BE PURCHASED
ONLY BY PERSONS WHO CAN AFFORD TO SUSTAIN THE LOSS OF THEIR ENTIRE INVESTMENT.
THE FOLLOWING RISK FACTORS, IN ADDITION TO THE OTHER INFORMATION AND FINANCIAL
DATA SET FORTH ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS, SHOULD BE CONSIDERED CAREFULLY IN
EVALUATING THE COMPANY AND ITS BUSINESS BEFORE MAKING AN INVESTMENT IN THE
SHARES. THE RISKS DESCRIBED BELOW AND ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS ARE NOT
INTENDED TO BE AN EXHAUSTIVE LIST OF THE GENERAL OR SPECIFIC RISKS INVOLVED, BUT
MERELY IDENTIFY CERTAIN RISKS THAT ARE NOW FORESEEN BY THE COMPANY. IT MUST BE
RECOGNIZED THAT OTHER RISKS, NOT NOW FORESEEN, MIGHT BECOME SIGNIFICANT IN THE
FUTURE AND THAT THE RISKS WHICH ARE NOW FORESEEN MIGHT AFFECT THE COMPANY TO A
GREATER EXTENT THAN IS NOW FORESEEN OR IN A MANNER NOT NOW CONTEMPLATED. EACH
PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER ALL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS AND SHOULD GIVE PARTICULAR CONSIDERATION TO THE FOLLOWING RISK
FACTORS BEFORE DECIDING TO PURCHASE THE SHARES OFFERED HEREBY.
 
   
    HISTORY OF LOSSES AND ACCUMULATED DEFICIT.  The Company commenced operations
in January 1993 and incurred net losses of approximately $264,000 and $30,000
for the years ended December 31, 1993 and 1994, respectively; generated net
income of approximately $9,900 for the year ended December 31, 1995; incurred a
net loss of approximately $5,512,100 for the year ended December 31, 1996;
incurred a net loss of approximately $3,825,100 for the six months ended June
30, 1997; and had an accumulated deficit of approximately $9,622,200 as of June
30, 1997. There can be no assurance that the Company will operate profitably in
the near future or at all. The Company may experience fluctuations in future
operating results as a result of a number of factors, including delays in
digital video product enhancements and new product introductions. There can be
no assurance that the Company will be able to develop commercially viable
products or that the Company will recognize significant revenues from such
products.
    
 
   
    SUBSTANTIAL UP-FRONT EXPENSES; LIQUIDATED DAMAGES PROVISIONS AND OTHER
PROJECT RISKS.  A significant portion of the Company's revenues have been, and
are expected to continue to be, derived from substantial long-term projects
which require significant up-front expense to the Company with no assurance of
realizing revenues until the projects are completed or certain significant
milestones are met. For example, suppliers and developers for long-term
interactive video projects such as the Korean, Israeli, Taiwanese, and Chinese
projects in which the Company is participating are required to reach certain
milestones prior to the Company's receipt of significant payments. The Company's
failure, or any failure by a third-party with which the Company has contracted,
to perform services or deliver interactive video products on a timely basis
could result in a substantial loss to the Company. Until recently, the Company
has had difficulty in meeting delivery schedules, which has resulted in customer
dissatisfaction. In addition, difficulty in completing a project could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's reputation, business, and results of
operations. As a result of liquidated damages and "hold back" provisions in
customer contracts, the Company reserved approximately $570,000, as of June 30,
1997, for potential uncollectible accounts receivable. In many instances, the
Company is dependent on the efforts of third parties to adequately complete
their portion of a project and, even if the Company's digital video servers
perform as required, a project may still fail due to other components of the
project supplied by third parties.
    
 
   
    EMPHASIS ON FIXED PRICE CONTRACTS AND COMMITMENTS.  The Company has entered
into and may in the future enter into fixed price agreements for the sale of its
products and services. Pricing for such commitments is made based upon
development and production effort estimates and estimates of future product
costs. The Company bears the risk of faulty estimates, cost overruns, and
inflation in connection with these commitments; therefore, any fixed price
agreement can become unprofitable and could materially adversely affect the
Company. The Company reserved approximately $673,000 for the year ended December
31, 1996 for potential losses on uncompleted contracts. At June 30, 1997, the
balance of such reserve was $348,000. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." There can be no assurance
that these risks will not continue to negatively affect the Company's margins
and profitability.
    
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
   
    RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH CONTRACTS WITH EN KAY TELECOM CO., LTD.  In September
1996, the Company entered into an agreement with En Kay Telecom Co., Ltd., a
Korean company ("En K"), pursuant to which the Company, as licensor, agreed to
design a digital set top box which would be manufactured and sold by En K in the
Republic of Korea (the "1996 En K Agreement"). In February 1997, the Company
entered into a second license agreement with En K for the manufacture by En K of
two models of the Company's video servers in Korea, as well as a license to sell
those server models on an exclusive basis in Korea (subject to an exception for
the IVISION project) and on a non-exclusive basis elsewhere (the "1997 En K
Agreement"). The Company has received $600,000 under the 1996 En K Agreement;
however, in April 1997, the Company stopped production under the 1996 En K
Agreement pending settlement of disputes under the 1997 En K Agreement. The 1997
En K Agreement provided for the payment by En K to the Company of $1,000,000 on
each of February 21, 1997 and May 1, 1997, $4,000,000 during 1998, and minimum
annual purchases of $2,000,000 over a five-year period. En K has failed to make
the initial two payments under the 1997 En K Agreement, although En K did pay
$200,000 in mid-May. The Company gave notice of default in April 1997, and
placed En K in default in May 1997, when En K failed to cure the payment default
within the agreed thirty-day period. The Company is considering various options
in this matter, including commencing legal proceedings. There can be no
assurance that En K will honor either of its agreements with the Company, that
the Company will prevail in any legal proceeding, or, if the Company does
prevail, that it will collect any amounts awarded. In addition, although the
Company does not believe there is any basis for such a course of action, it is
possible that En K may seek to recover amounts previously paid by it under the
agreements.
    
 
   
    ANTICIPATED NON-CASH CHARGES.  As a result of the issuance of the Bridge
Warrants without separate consideration and at a price below the assumed initial
public offering price of $7.50 per share, at the time of the issuance of the
Bridge Notes, the Company was required to treat the Bridge Warrants as
additional paid in capital. There will be non-cash interest expense associated
with the Bridge Notes due to their original discount at issuance. The amount of
the non-cash interest expense is equal to the difference between the total
exercise price of the Bridge Warrants and the assumed initial public offering
price of the number of shares underlying the Bridge Warrants. This expense will
be amortized on a monthly basis over the one-year term of the Bridge Notes. Upon
repayment of the Bridge Notes the Company will be required to treat any
unamortized discount as a loss on early extinguishment of debt. The aggregate
amount of the non-cash interest expense and the loss on extinguishment of debt
will be approximately $1,440,000. Based on the foregoing, the Bridge Notes would
have an effective interest rate exceeding 300%. In addition, the Company will
incur a charge of approximately $469,000 related to the write-off of financing
costs previously capitalized in connection with the 1996 Placement and the
Bridge Financing. The Company also incurred significant non-cash compensation
expenses in the third quarter of 1997 related to the difference between the
exercise price of certain options granted and the deemed fair value of the
Common Stock underlying such options amounting to approximately $1,036,200.
    
 
    NEED FOR STRATEGIC ALLIANCES.  The Company believes that there are certain
potential advantages to entering into one or more strategic alliances with major
interactive network or product providers. Although the Company has entered into
certain of such alliances, the Company is actively seeking to enter into more of
such alliances. Certain of the Company's competitors and potential strategic
allies may have entered into or may enter into agreements which may preclude
such potential allies from entering into alliances with the Company. No
assurance can be given that the Company will be successful in entering into any
such strategic alliances on acceptable terms or, if any such strategic alliance
is entered into, that the Company will realize the anticipated benefits from
such strategic alliance. See "Risk Factors-- Competition" and
"Business--Strategic Alliances."
 
   
    LIMITED MARKETING AND SALES EXPERIENCE.  The Company has limited resources
and limited experience in marketing and selling its products. There can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to establish and maintain adequate
marketing and sales capabilities or make arrangements with others to perform
such activities. Achieving market penetration will require significant efforts
by the Company to create awareness
    
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
   
of, and demand for, its products. Accordingly, the Company's ability to expand
its customer base will depend upon its marketing efforts, including its ability
to establish an effective internal sales organization or strategic marketing
arrangements with others. The failure by the Company to successfully develop its
marketing and sales capabilities, internally or through others, would have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business. Further, there can be no
assurance that the development of such marketing capabilities will lead to sales
of the Company's current or proposed products.
    
 
   
    DEPENDENCE ON SUPPLIERS; MANUFACTURING RISKS.  The Company relies primarily
on outside suppliers and subcontractors for substantially all of its parts,
components, and manufacturing supplies. Certain materials are currently
available only from one supplier or a limited number of suppliers. See
"Business-- Manufacturing and Materials." The Company does not maintain
long-term supply contracts with its suppliers. The disruption or termination of
the Company's supply or subcontractor arrangements could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business and results of operations. The Company's
reliance on third parties involves significant risks, including reduced control
over delivery schedules, quality assurance, manufacturing yields and cost, the
potential lack of adequate capacity, and potential misappropriations of the
Company's intellectual property. In addition, vendor delays or quality problems
could also result in lengthy production delays. To obtain manufacturing
resources, the Company may contract for manufacturing by third parties or may
seek to enter into joint venture, sublicense, or other arrangements with another
party which has established manufacturing capability, or it may choose to pursue
the commercialization of such products on its own. There can be no assurance
that the Company, either on its own or through arrangements with others, will be
able to obtain such capabilities on acceptable terms.
    
 
    RELIANCE ON KEY CUSTOMERS.  For the year ended December 31, 1995, one of the
Company's CD-ROM customers, the U.S. Navy, accounted for approximately 25% of
the Company's revenues. For the year ended December 31, 1996, two of the
Company's CD-ROM customers, the U.S. Navy and Herzog, Heine & Geduld, Inc.,
accounted for approximately 37% and 13% of the Company's revenues, respectively.
The Company's interactive video services revenues to date have been derived
almost exclusively from four telecommunications customers. The loss of any major
customer could have a material adverse effect on the Company. See
"Business--Deployments."
 
   
    MANAGEMENTS' BROAD DISCRETION OF USE OF PROCEEDS.  Of the approximately
$12,867,400 of net proceeds to be received by the Company in connection with the
Offering, approximately 27.6% has been allocated to the hiring of additional
engineering and administrative personnel, approximately 19.6% has been allocated
to sales and marketing (including the hiring of sales and marketing personnel),
approximately 1.9% will be used to purchase directors' and officers' liability
insurance, and approximately 8.2% has been allocated to working capital. These
net proceeds from the Offering will be used for such specific purposes as
management may determine. Accordingly, management will have broad discretion
with respect to the expenditure of that portion of the net proceeds of the
Offering. The amount and timing of expenditures will vary depending upon a
number of factors, including the progress of the Company's product development
and marketing efforts, changing competitive conditions, and general economic
conditions. Accordingly, investors in the Offering will rely upon the judgment
of the Company's management with respect to a significant portion of the use of
proceeds, with only limited information concerning management's specific
intentions.
    
 
   
    NEED FOR ADDITIONAL FINANCING.  Of the approximately $12,867,400 of net
proceeds to be received by the Company in connection with the Offering,
approximately $5,450,000 or 42.4% of the net proceeds will be used to repay
existing indebtedness, including indebtedness incurred in the 1996 Placement and
the Bridge Financing. Such proceeds, together with $40,000 to be paid to a
former officer, will not be available to fund the future operations of the
Company. In addition, the Company anticipates that it will have only
approximately $1,057,900 to apply to working capital. See "Use of Proceeds." The
Company anticipates that the net proceeds of the Offering, together with funds
generated from operations, will be sufficient to
    
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
   
satisfy its operations and capital requirements for approximately the next 18
months. Such belief is based upon certain assumptions, and there can be no
assurance that such assumptions are correct. The Company may not be able to
continue its operations beyond such time without additional financing. There can
be no assurance that such additional financing will be available when needed on
terms acceptable to the Company, or at all. In addition, in connection with the
1996 Placement, the Representative received a right of first refusal, until July
1999, to act as placement agent or underwriter in future financings. Such right
may impair the Company's ability to obtain additional financing. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations."
    
 
   
    DILUTION.  The assumed initial public offering price per Share exceeds the
book value per share of the Common Stock. Investors in the Offering will
therefore incur immediate and substantial dilution of $5.02, or 67% per share,
from the initial public offering price. See "Dilution." Following the Offering,
the executive officers and directors of the Company will beneficially own
approximately 26.9% of the Company's issued and outstanding Common Stock, having
purchased their interest at a cost per share which is substantially below and
wholly unrelated to that which investors in the Offering will pay.
    
 
   
    RECENT SALES BELOW OFFERING PRICE.  In April, June, and July 1997, the
Company granted options to purchase an aggregate of 251,800 shares of Common
Stock at $1.38 per share (20,000 of which were cancelled in October 1997),
granted options to purchase an aggregate of 270,000 shares of Common Stock at
$3.00 per share (20,000 of which were cancelled in October 1997) and sold, in
connection with the Bridge Financing, Bridge Warrants to purchase an aggregate
of 320,000 shares of Common Stock at $3.00 per share. In July 1997, the Company
sold to an officer of the Company, 15,000 shares of Common Stock for nominal
consideration plus the cancellation of certain anti-dilution rights. In August
1997, a former officer of the Company and a director of the Company sold 240,000
and 80,000 shares of Common Stock, respectively, to the Company for $0.50 per
share. See "Description of Securities--Options and Warrants" and "Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions."
    
 
   
    SUBSTANTIAL OPTIONS AND WARRANTS RESERVED.  The Company has reserved up to
178,929 shares of Common Stock for issuance pursuant to its 1995 Stock Option
Plan (the "1995 Plan"). To date, options to purchase an aggregate of 129,400
shares of Common Stock are outstanding under the 1995 Plan at exercise prices
ranging from $0.10 to $4.90 per share, although substantially all of such
options are exercisable at $0.10 per share. The Company has reserved up to
200,000 shares of Common Stock for issuance pursuant to its 1997 Stock Option
Plan (the "1997 Plan," and, together with the 1995 Plan, the "Plans"). To date,
no options have been issued under the 1997 Plan. The existence of options to
purchase 129,400 shares of Common Stock issued under the 1995 Plan and the
Company's outstanding options and warrants to purchase an additional 1,242,286
shares of Common Stock, may prove to be a hindrance to future financings, since
the holders of such warrants and options may be expected to exercise them at a
time when the Company will otherwise be able to obtain equity capital on terms
more favorable to the Company. In addition, 553,726 shares of Common Stock are
issuable upon the Conversion. The existence or exercise of such options and the
Company's outstanding warrants, and subsequent sale of the Common Stock issuable
upon such exercise and the Conversion could adversely affect the market price of
the Company's securities. See "Description of Securities--Options and Warrants."
    
 
   
    RISKS APPLICABLE TO FOREIGN SALES.  For the years ended December 31, 1995
and 1996, substantially all of the Company's interactive video revenues were
derived from projects in foreign countries and a small portion of its CD-ROM
revenues were derived from foreign sales. Foreign projects and product sales are
expected to continue to account for a substantial portion of the Company's
revenues in the near future. It may be difficult to enforce agreements against
foreign-based customers. See "--Risks Associated with Contracts with En Kay
Telecom Co., Ltd." Foreign sales, whether effected through U.S. or foreign-based
entities, could also expose the Company to certain risks, including the
difficulty and expense of maintaining foreign sales distribution channels,
barriers to trade, potential fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates,
political and economic instability, unavailability of suitable export financing,
tariff regulations,
    
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
   
quotas, shipping delays, foreign taxes, export restrictions, licensing
requirements, changes in duty rates, and other United States and foreign
regulations. In addition, the Company may experience additional difficulties in
providing prompt and cost effective service for its products in foreign
countries. The Company does not carry insurance against any of these risks. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations--Results of Operations--Year Ended December 31, 1996 Compared to Year
Ended December 31, 1995" and "--Six Months Ended June 30, 1997 Compared to Six
Months Ended June 30, 1996."
    
 
    LACK OF PATENT AND COPYRIGHT PROTECTION.  The Company holds no patents and
has not filed any patent applications with respect to its technology. The
Company's methods of protecting its proprietary knowledge may not afford
adequate protection and there can be no assurance that any patents will be
applied for or issued, or, if issued, that such patents would provide the
Company with meaningful protection from competition. In Asia and third world
countries, in which the Company does business and has license agreements, the
unauthorized use of technology, whether protected legally or not, is widespread
and it is possible that the Company's technology will be subject to theft and
infringement. Furthermore, pursuant to the Company's current business plan, it
will be necessary for the Company to make its intellectual property available to
vendors, customers, and other companies in the industry, making it even more
difficult to protect its technology.
 
   
    RISK OF THIRD PARTY CLAIMS OF INFRINGEMENT.  Technology-based industries,
such as the Company's, are characterized by an increasing number of patents and
frequent litigation based on allegations of patent infringement. From time to
time, third parties may assert patent, copyright, and other intellectual
property rights to technologies that are important to the Company. While there
currently are no outstanding infringement claims pending by or against the
Company, there can be no assurance that third parties will not assert
infringement claims against the Company in the future, that assertions by such
parties will not result in costly litigation, or that the Company would prevail
in any such litigation or be able to license any valid and infringed patents
from third parties on commercially reasonable terms or, alternatively, be able
to redesign products on a cost-effective basis to avoid infringement. Any
infringement claim or other litigation against or by the Company could have a
material adverse effect on the Company.
    
 
    NO ASSURANCE OF TECHNOLOGICAL SUCCESS.  The Company's ability to
commercialize its products is dependent on the advancement of its existing
technology. In order to obtain and maintain a significant market share the
Company will be required continually to make advances in technology. There can
be no assurance that the Company's research and development efforts will result
in the development of such technology on a timely basis or at all. Any failures
in such research and development efforts could result in significant delays in
product development and have a material adverse effect on the Company. There can
be no assurance that the Company will not encounter unanticipated technological
obstacles which either delay or prevent the Company from completing the
development of its products. Moreover, the Company believes there are certain
technological obstacles to be overcome in order to develop future products.
These obstacles include the lack of an electronic data interchange server
interface (used for real-time exchange of data between servers) and enhancements
in the ability to access and utilize information stored on remote servers. In
certain cases, the Company will be dependent upon technological advances which
must be made by third parties. There can be no assurance that the Company or
such third parties will not encounter technological obstacles which either delay
or prevent the Company from completing the development of its future products,
which could have a material adverse effect on the Company.
 
    COMPETITION.  The interactive video and CD-ROM industries are highly
competitive. Many of the companies with which the Company currently competes or
may compete in the future have greater financial, technical, marketing, sales
and customer support resources, as well as greater name recognition and better
access to customers, than the Company. There can be no assurance that the
Company will be able to compete successfully with existing or future
competitors. Certain of such competitors have entered
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
   
into strategic alliances which may provide them with certain competitive
advantages. See "Business-- Interactive Video Segment--Competition" and
"--CD-ROM Segment--Competition."
    
 
    UNCERTAIN MARKET ACCEPTANCE.  Since inception, the Company has been engaged
in the design and development of interactive video and CD-ROM products. As with
any new technology, there is a substantial risk that the marketplace may not
accept the technology utilized in the Company's products. Market acceptance of
the Company's products will depend, in large part, upon the ability of the
Company to demonstrate the performance advantages and cost-effectiveness of its
products over competing products and the general acceptance of interactive video
services. In particular, the Company believes that widespread deployment of
interactive video services will depend on a number of factors, including (i)
decreases in the cost per subscriber, (ii) the "user-friendliness" of such
systems, particularly set top boxes and remote controls which are relatively
easy to understand and use, and (iii) improvements in the quantity and quality
of interactive services available. Although recent developments have reduced the
cost per subscriber, and the Company anticipates that such costs will continue
to decrease as interactive video systems are more widely deployed, the current
cost per subscriber may make the system too expensive for a number of potential
network operators. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
market its technology successfully or that any of the Company's current or
future products will be accepted in the marketplace.
 
   
    PRODUCT OBSOLESCENCE; TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE.  The industries in which the
Company operates are characterized by unpredictable and rapid technological
changes and evolving industry standards. The Company will be substantially
dependent on its ability to identify emerging markets and develop products that
satisfy such markets. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
accurately identify emerging markets or that any products the Company has or
will develop will not be rendered obsolete as a result of technological
developments. The Company believes that competition in its business may
intensify as technological advances in the field are made and become more widely
known. Many companies with substantially greater resources than the Company are
engaged in the development of products similar to those proposed to be sold by
the Company. Commercial availability of such products could render the Company's
products obsolete, which would have a material adverse effect on the Company.
Moreover, from time to time, the Company may announce new products or
technologies that have the potential to replace the Company's existing product
offerings. There can be no assurance that the announcement or expectation of new
product offerings by the Company or others will not cause customers to defer
purchases of existing Company products, which could materially adversely affect
the Company.
    
 
   
    DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL.  The Company's success depends to a significant
extent on the performance and continued service of its senior management,
particularly Kenneth D. Van Meter, Glenn West, William R. Chambers, and Mark
Cromwell. In addition, the Company's senior officers (with the exception of Mr.
West) joined the Company in 1997 and do not have a long-standing relationship
with the Company. The Company's failure to retain the services of key personnel
or to attract additional qualified employees could adversely affect the Company.
The Company has entered into employment agreements with Messrs. Van Meter and
West. Mr. Van Meter's employment agreement expires on January 20, 2000, unless
terminated for cause. Mr. West's employment agreement expires May 1, 2000,
unless terminated for cause or disability. Each of Messrs. Chambers' and
Cromwell's employment with the Company may be terminated by them or the Company
at any time. The Company owns and is the beneficiary of a key man life insurance
policy on the life of Mr. West in the amount of $1,000,000, and intends to seek
to obtain a similar policy in the amount of $2,000,000 with respect to Mr. Van
Meter.
    
 
   
    ATTRACTION AND RETENTION OF EMPLOYEES.  The Company's business involves the
delivery of professional services and is labor-intensive. The Company's success
will depend, in large part, upon its ability to attract, develop, motivate, and
retain highly skilled technical and sales personnel, including managers and
other senior personnel. Subject to the availability of funds, the Company
intends to hire approximately 50 employees for its engineering, sales, and
operations staff over the next 12 months. Although the Company
    
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
   
intends to utilize a portion of the proceeds of the Offering for this purpose,
there can be no assurance that such funds will not be reallocated to other uses.
Even if funds are available for hiring of employees, there can be no assurance
that the Company will be able to attract and retain sufficient numbers of highly
skilled technical and sales personnel. The loss of some or all of the Company's
managers and other senior personnel could have a material adverse effect upon
the Company, including its ability to secure and complete projects in which it
is currently engaged. No managers or other senior personnel (other than Messrs.
Van Meter and West) have entered into employment agreements obligating them to
remain in the Company's employ for any specific term. See "Use of Proceeds."
    
 
    INDUSTRY STANDARDS AND COMPATIBILITY WITH EQUIPMENT AND SOFTWARE.  The
interactive video and CD-ROM industries are currently characterized by emerging
technological standards. Widespread commercial deployment of the Company's
products will depend on determinations by the industry as to whether such
products will be compatible with the infrastructure equipment and software which
comprise those standards. Failure to comply substantially with industry
standards in a timely manner, either as they exist at a given time or as they
may evolve in the future, could have a material adverse effect on the Company.
In some cases, to be compatible with industry standards, the Company may need to
obtain the cooperation of its suppliers, partners, and competitors, which cannot
be assured.
 
   
    ERRORS AND OMISSIONS; SOFTWARE AND HARDWARE BUGS.  Certain of the Company's
products consist of internally developed software and hardware component sets,
purchased software from third parties, and purchased hardware components.
Additionally, the Company outsources substantially all of the manufacturing of
its products, including the installation and configuration of certain hardware
and software components. There is a substantial risk that these components will
have or could develop certain errors, omissions, or bugs that may render the
Company's products unfit for the purposes for which they were intended. While
there are no such known errors, omissions, or bugs, there can be no assurance
that such errors, omissions, or bugs do not currently exist or will not develop
in the Company's current or future products. Any such error, omission, or bug
found in the Company's products could lead to delays in shipments, recalls of
previously shipped products, damage to the Company's reputation, and other
related problems which would have a material adverse effect on the Company.
    
 
    GOVERNMENT REGULATION.  The Federal Communications Commission and certain
state agencies regulate certain of the Company's products and services and
certain of the users of such products and services. The Company is also subject
to regulations applicable to businesses generally, including regulations
relating to manufacturing. In addition, regulatory authorities in foreign
countries in which the Company sells or may sell its products may impose similar
or more extensive governmental regulations. Although the Company has relied
upon, and contemplates that it will continue to rely upon, its corporate
partners or interactive video system sponsors to comply with applicable
regulatory requirements, there can be no assurance that such regulations will
not materially adversely affect the Company, by jeopardizing the projects in
which the Company is participating, by imposing burdensome regulations on the
users of the products, by imposing sanctions that directly affect the Company,
or otherwise. Changes in the regulatory environment relating to the industries
in which the Company competes could have an adverse effect on the Company. The
Company cannot predict the effect that future regulation or regulatory changes
may have on its business.
 
   
    PRODUCT LIABILITY AND AVAILABILITY OF INSURANCE.  The manufacture and sale
of the Company's products entails the risk of product liability claims. In
addition, many of the telephone, cable, and other large companies with which the
Company does or may do business may require financial assurances of product
reliability. The Company maintains product liability insurance in the amount of
$1,000,000 per occurrence and $2,000,000 in the aggregate. The Company may be
required to obtain additional insurance coverage. Product liability insurance is
expensive and there can be no assurance that additional insurance will be
available on acceptable terms, if at all, or that it will provide adequate
coverage against potential liabilities. The inability to obtain additional
insurance at an acceptable cost or to otherwise protect against potential
    
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
product liability could prevent or inhibit commercialization of the Company's
products. A successful claim brought against the Company in excess of its
insurance coverage could have a material adverse effect on the Company.
 
   
    VARIABILITY OF QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS.  Variations in the Company's
revenues and operating results occur from time to time as a result of a number
of factors, such as the number of interactive video projects in which the
Company is engaged, the completion of work or achievement of milestones on long-
term projects, and the timing and progress of the Company's product development
efforts. The timing of revenues is difficult to forecast because the Company's
sales and product development cycles for interactive video products can be
relatively long and may depend on factors such as the size and scope of its
projects. Furthermore, as a result of a variety of other factors, including the
introduction of new products and services by competitors, and pricing pressures
and economic conditions in various geographic areas where the Company's
customers and potential customers do business, the Company's sales and operating
results may vary substantially from year to year and from quarter to quarter. In
addition, the timing of revenue recognition for revenue received from long term
projects under the Company's accounting policies may also contribute to
significant variations in the Company's operating results from quarter to
quarter. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations."
    
 
   
    CONTROL BY EXISTING STOCKHOLDERS.  Upon the completion of the Offering, the
Company's existing stockholders will own approximately 51% of the outstanding
shares of Common Stock (including 26.9% beneficially owed by all directors and
executive officers as a group). As a result of such ownership, the existing
stockholders of the Company will have the ability to control the election of the
directors of the Company and the outcome of all issues submitted to a vote of
the stockholders of the Company. See "Principal Stockholders."
    
 
   
    LACK OF DIVIDENDS.  The Company has never paid any cash or other dividends
on its Common Stock. Management anticipates that, for the foreseeable future,
any earnings that may be generated from operations will be used to support its
internal growth and that dividends will not be paid to stockholders. See
"Dividend Policy."
    
 
    LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS.  The Company's Certificate of
Incorporation includes provisions to eliminate, to the full extent permitted by
law as it may from time to time be in effect, the personal liability of
directors of the Company for monetary damages arising from a breach of their
fiduciary duties as directors. The Company's Certificate of Incorporation
includes provisions to the effect that (subject to certain exceptions) the
Company shall indemnify, and upon request shall advance expenses to, any
director in connection with any action related to such a breach of their
fiduciary duties as directors to the extent that such indemnification and
advancement of expenses is permitted under such law as it may from time to time
be in effect. In addition, the Company's Certificate of Incorporation requires
that the Company indemnify, any director, officer, employee or agent of the
Company for acts which such person conducted in good faith. As a result of such
provisions, stockholders may be unable to recover damages against the directors
and officers of the Company for actions taken by them which constitute
negligence, gross negligence, or a violation of their fiduciary duties, which
may reduce the likelihood of stockholders instituting derivative litigation
against directors and officers and may discourage or deter stockholders from
suing directors, officers, employees, and agents of the Company for breaches of
their duty of care, even though such action, if successful, might otherwise
benefit the Company and its stockholders.
 
    GENERAL ECONOMIC CONDITIONS.  The industry in which the Company competes
relies in part upon consumer confidence and the availability of discretionary
income, both of which can be adversely affected during a general economic
downturn.
 
   
    ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
AND DELAWARE LAW.  The Company's Certificate of Incorporation authorizes the
issuance up to 3,000,000 shares of "blank check" preferred stock, from time to
time, in one or more series, solely on the authorization of its Board of
    
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
   
Directors. Accordingly, the Board of Directors is empowered, without obtaining
stockholder approval, to fix the dividend rights and terms, conversion rights,
voting rights, redemption rights and terms, liquidation preferences, and any
other rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions applicable to each new
series of preferred stock. The issuance of such stock could, among other
results, adversely affect the voting power of the holders of Common Stock and,
under certain circumstances, make it more difficult for a third party to gain
control of the Company, discourage bids for the Common Stock at a premium, or
otherwise adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock. Such provisions
may discourage attempts to acquire the Company. The Company has no current
arrangement, commitment or understanding with respect to the issuance of its
preferred stock. There can be no assurance, however, that the Company will not,
in the future, issue shares of preferred stock. Certain provisions of Delaware
law may also discourage third party attempts to acquire control of the Company.
See "Description of Securities-- Preferred Stock."
    
 
    ABSENCE OF PUBLIC MARKET; NEGOTIATED OFFERING PRICE.  Prior to the Offering,
there has been no public market for the Common Stock, and there can be no
assurance that any trading market therefor will develop or, if any such market
develops, that it will be sustained. Accordingly, purchasers of the Shares may
experience difficulty selling or otherwise disposing of their Shares. The public
offering price of the Shares has been established by negotiation between the
Company and the Representative and does not bear any relationship to the
Company's book value, assets, past operating results, financial condition, or
other established criteria of value.
 
   
    UNCERTAINTY OF LISTING OF SECURITIES ON THE NASDAQ SMALLCAP MARKET; PENNY
STOCK.  The trading of the Company's Common Stock on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market
will be conditioned upon the Company meeting certain asset, capital and surplus,
earnings, and stock price requirements. To maintain eligibility for trading on
the Nasdaq SmallCap Market, the Company will be required to maintain (i) net
tangible assets in excess of $2,000,000, market capitalization in excess of
$35,000,000 or net income (in the latest fiscal year or two of the last three
fiscal years) in excess of $500,000; (ii) a market value of shares held by
non-affiliates of the Company in excess of $4,000,000; and (iii) (subject to
certain exceptions) a bid price of $1.00 per share. Upon completion of the
Offering and the receipt of the net proceeds therefrom, the Company believes
that it will meet the respective asset, capital and surplus, and minimum stock
price requirements. However, if the Company fails any of the tests, the Common
Stock may be delisted from trading on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market. The effects of
delisting include the limited release of the market prices of the Company's
Common Stock and limited news coverage of the Company. Delisting may restrict
investors' interest in the Company's securities and materially adversely affect
the trading market and prices for such securities and the Company's ability to
issue additional securities or to secure additional financing. In addition to
the risk of volatile stock prices and possible delisting, low price stocks are
subject to the additional risks of federal and state regulatory requirements and
the potential loss of effective trading markets. In particular, if the Common
Stock were delisted from trading on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market and the trading
price of the Common Stock was less than $5.00 per share, the Common Stock could
be subject to Rule 15g-9 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
which, among other things, requires that broker/dealers satisfy special sales
practice requirements, including making individualized written suitability
determinations and receiving purchasers' written consent, prior to any
transaction. If the Company's securities could also be deemed penny stocks under
the Securities Enforcement and Penny Stock Reform Act of 1990, this would
require additional disclosure in connection with trades in the Company's
securities, including the delivery of a disclosure schedule explaining the
nature and risks of the penny stock market. Such requirements could severely
limit the liquidity of the Company's securities and the ability of purchasers in
the Offering to sell their securities in the secondary market.
    
 
    SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE.  Upon the completion of the Offering, the
Company will have 4,082,239 shares of Common Stock outstanding (4,382,239, if
the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full). Of these shares,
all of the 2,000,000 shares of Common Stock sold in the Offering (2,300,000, if
the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full) generally will be
freely transferable by persons other than affiliates of the Company, without
restriction or further registration under the
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
Securities Act. The remaining 2,082,239 shares of Common Stock (the "Restricted
Shares") outstanding were sold by the Company in reliance on exemptions from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act and are "restricted securities"
as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Of such amount, approximately
2,051,639 of the outstanding shares of Common Stock may be sold pursuant to Rule
144, not including shares of Common Stock underlying certain options and
warrants which may be sold under Rule 144 pursuant to Rule 701 under the
Securities Act or if "cashless exercise" provisions are utilized in connection
with the exercise thereof. The sale of a substantial number of shares of Common
Stock or the availability of Common Stock for sale could adversely affect the
market price of the Common Stock prevailing from time to time. The Company, its
officers, directors, and certain stockholders holding an aggregate of 895,552
shares of Common Stock have entered into agreements with the Representative
which prohibit them from offering, issuing, selling, or otherwise disposing of
any securities of the Company for a period of 18 months following the date of
this Prospectus, without the prior written consent of the Representative. In
addition, certain stockholders holding an aggregate of 426,654 shares of Common
Stock have entered into agreements with the Representative which prohibit them
from offering, issuing, selling, or otherwise disposing of any securities of the
Company for a period of 12 months following the date of this Prospectus, without
the prior written consent of the Representative. See "Principal Stockholders,"
"Shares Eligible for Future Sale," and "Underwriting."
 
    POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE.  The market prices of equity securities
of computer technology and software companies have experienced extreme price
volatility in recent years for reasons not necessarily related to the individual
performance of specific companies. Accordingly, the market price of the Common
Stock following this Offering may be highly volatile. Factors such as
announcements by the Company or its competitors concerning products, patents,
technology, governmental regulatory actions, other events affecting computer
technology and software companies generally as well as general market and
economic conditions may have a significant effect on the market price of the
Common Stock and could cause it to fluctuate substantially.
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
   
    The net proceeds from the sale of the Shares offered hereby, at an assumed
initial public offering price of $7.50 per share, and, after deducting
underwriting discounts and commissions and other expenses of the Offering,
estimated to be in the aggregate $2,132,600, are estimated to be approximately
$12,867,400 ($14,858,650 if the Underwriter's over-allotment option is exercised
in full). The Company intends to use the net proceeds of the Offering as
follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        APPROXIMATE      APPROXIMATE PERCENTAGE
APPLICATION OF NET PROCEEDS                                               AMOUNT            OF NET PROCEEDS
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------  -------------  ----------------------------
<S>                                                                    <C>            <C>
Retirement of indebtedness(1)                                          $   5,450,000                42.4%
Additional engineering personnel(2)                                    $   3,173,000                24.7%
Sales and marketing(3)                                                 $   2,522,750                19.6%
Additional administrative personnel(4)                                 $     373,750                 2.9%
Directors' and officers' liability insurance                           $     250,000                 1.9%
Payments to former officer(5)                                          $      40,000                 0.3%
Working capital                                                        $   1,057,900                 8.2%
                                                                       -------------              -------
        Total                                                          $  12,867,400               100.0%
                                                                       -------------              -------
                                                                       -------------              -------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
   
(1) The Offering proceeds will be used to repay the principal amount of the 1996
    Notes, issued June 30, 1996 and July 16, 1996, and the Bridge Notes, issued
    August 8, 1997, in the amount of $3,000,000 and $2,000,000, respectively,
    together with estimated accrued interest thereon through the closing date of
    the Offering amounting to $400,000 and $50,000, respectively. As a result of
    the attribution of value of the Bridge Warrants issued with the Bridge
    Notes, the Bridge Notes have an effective interest rate which exceeds 300%.
    See "Risk Factors--Anticipated Non-Cash Charges." As a result of the Bridge
    Financing, the Company received approximately $1,700,000 of net proceeds,
    which funds are being used to finance the Company's short-term working
    capital needs and to fund expenses of the Company in connection with the
    Offering. As a result of the 1996 Placement, the Company received
    approximately $5,404,300 of net proceeds, which funds were used by the
    Company to pay overdue trade accounts payable, fund the Company's long-term
    projects, and fund the Company's working capital needs. See 'Management's
    Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
    Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources.'
    
 
   
(2) The Company's plans to increase its engineering staff by adding
    approximately 36 new positions.
    
 
   
(3) Includes $1,633,750 allocated to the Company's plans to increase its sales
    and marketing force by adding approximately nine new positions. See
    "Business--Interactive Video Segment--Sales and Marketing" and "--CD-ROM
    Segment--Sales and Marketing" for additional uses of these proceeds.
    
 
   
(4) The Company plans to increase its administrative staff by adding
    approximately five new positions.
    
 
   
(5) The Company agreed to extinguish approximately $25,000 of lease obligations
    guaranteed by Mr. Youssefi and to pay Mr. Youssefi the remaining balance
    (approximately $15,000) under a termination agreement relating to the
    termination of Mr. Youssefi's employment with the Company. See 'Certain
    Relationships and Related Transactions.'
    
 
   
    Any net proceeds received by the Company from the exercise of the
Underwriters' over-allotment option or the Representative's Warrants will be
added to working capital.
    
 
   
    Pending application of the net proceeds, the Company intends to invest the
net proceeds from the Offering in short-term, interest bearing, investment
grade, debt securities, money market accounts, certificates of deposit, or
direct or guaranteed obligations of the United States government.
    
 
   
    The foregoing represents the Company's best estimate of the allocation of
the net proceeds of this Offering based upon the Company's currently
contemplated operations, the Company's business plan and
    
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
   
current economic and industry conditions and is subject, at the discretion of
management, to reapportionment of such proceeds among the categories listed
above or to new categories in response to, among other things, changes in its
plans, employment needs, industry conditions and future revenues and
expenditures.
    
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
    The Company has not paid dividends on the Common Stock since inception and
does not intend to pay any dividends to its stockholders in the foreseeable
future. The Company currently intends to retain earnings, if any, for the
development and expansion of its business. The declaration of dividends in the
future will be at the election of the Board of Directors and will depend upon
the earnings, capital requirements, and financial position of the Company,
general economic conditions, and other factors the Board of Directors deems
relevant.
 
                                    DILUTION
 
   
    As of June 30, 1997, the Company had a pro forma net tangible book deficit
of approximately ($1,320,000), or ($0.73) per share of Common Stock, after
giving pro forma effect to the Conversion and the repurchase of an aggregate of
320,000 shares of Common Stock for an aggregate of $160,000 as if such
transactions had occurred on June 30, 1997. Without taking into account any
other changes in the pro forma net tangible book value of the Company after June
30, 1997, other than to give effect to the sale by the Company of the Shares
offered hereby at an assumed initial public offering price of $7.50 per share
and the receipt and application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom
(including repayment of the 1996 Notes and the Bridge Notes and accrued cash
interest thereon), the pro forma net tangible book value would have been
approximately $10,108,000, or $2.48 per share, which represents an immediate
increase in the pro forma net tangible book value of $3.21 per share to present
stockholders and an immediate dilution of $5.02 or 67% per share, to new
investors. The following table illustrates this dilution per share.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                           <C>        <C>
Assumed initial public offering price per share.............................             $    7.50
  Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share at June 30, 1997....  $   (0.73)
  Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable
    to purchase of Shares by new investors..................................  $    3.21
                                                                              ---------
Pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors after the
  Offering..................................................................             $    2.48
                                                                                         ---------
Dilution per share to new investors.........................................             $    5.02
                                                                                         ---------
                                                                                         ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
    The following table sets forth, on a pro forma basis at June 30, 1997, the
number of shares of Common Stock purchased, the percentage of total shares of
Common Stock purchased, the total consideration paid, the percentage of total
consideration paid, and the average price per share of Common Stock paid by the
existing stockholders of the Company and by new investors in the Offering
(before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and offering expenses
payable by the Company).
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        SHARES PURCHASED(1)      TOTAL CONSIDERATION(1)
                                                      -----------------------  --------------------------   AVERAGE PRICE
                                                        NUMBER      PERCENT       AMOUNT        PERCENT       PER SHARE
                                                      ----------  -----------  -------------  -----------  ---------------
<S>                                                   <C>         <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>
Existing stockholders(2)(3).........................   2,082,239        51.0%  $   5,905,000        28.2%     $    2.84
New investors.......................................   2,000,000        49.0%  $  15,000,000        71.8%     $    7.50
                                                      ----------         ---   -------------         ---
  Total(3)..........................................   4,082,239         100%  $  20,905,000         100%
                                                      ----------         ---   -------------         ---
                                                      ----------         ---   -------------         ---
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) If the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full, the number
    of shares of Common Stock held by new investors after the Offering will
    increase to 2,300,000 or 52.5% of the total number of shares of Common Stock
    to be outstanding after the Offering, the percentage of such shares
    outstanding held by all current stockholders will correspondingly decrease
    to 47.5%, the total cash
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
    consideration from new investors will increase to $17,250,000, or 74.5% of
    the total cash consideration, and the percentage of total cash consideration
    paid by existing stockholders will decrease to 25.5%.
 
(2) Includes 553,726 shares of Common Stock issuable in connection with the
    Conversion.
 
   
(3) Does not include (i) 300,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise
    of the Underwriters' over-allotment option, (ii) 200,000 shares of Common
    Stock issuable upon exercise of the Representative's Warrants, at an
    exercise price equal to $9.00 per share (iii) 320,000 shares of Common Stock
    issuable upon exercise of the Bridge Warrants, at an exercise price of $3.00
    per share; (iv) 209,520 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of
    the 1996 Warrants at an exercise price of $8.46 per share, (v) 38,852 shares
    of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Hampshire Warrant at an
    exercise price of $9.44 per share, (vi) 190,714 shares of Common Stock
    issuable upon the exercise of the 1995 Warrants at an exercise of $4.90 per
    share, (vii) 200,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the
    1997 Plan, (viii) 178,929 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under
    the 1995 Plan, of which options to purchase 129,400 shares of Common Stock
    are outstanding, including options to purchase 106,200 shares of Common
    Stock exercisable at $0.10 per share, options to purchase 12,600 shares of
    Common Stock exercisable at $1.38 per share, and options to purchase 10,600
    shares of Common Stock exercisable at $4.90 per share granted to certain of
    the Company's employees and executive officers, and (ix) 483,200 shares of
    Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted to a director and
    certain executive officers of the Company outside the Plans, including
    options to purchase 14,000 shares of Common Stock exercisable at $0.10 per
    share, options to purchase 219,200 shares of Common Stock exercisable at
    $1.38 per share, and options to purchase 250,000 shares of Common Stock
    exercisable at $3.00 per share. The exercise of any such options and
    warrants may have a dilutive effect upon investors in the Offering. See
    "Risk Factors--Substantial Options and Warrants Reserved,"
    "Management--Stock Option Plans," "Certain Relationships and Related
    Transactions," and "Description of Securities."
    
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
    The following table sets forth the short term debt and capitalization of the
Company (i) as of June 30, 1997, (ii) as of June 30, 1997 on a pro forma basis
reflecting the issuance of $2,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Bridge Notes
and (iii) on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect (a) the sale of 2,000,000
shares of Common Stock by the Company offered hereby at an assumed initial
public offering price of $7.50 per share and the application of the estimated
net proceeds therefrom and (b) the Conversion. See "Use of Proceeds." This table
should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the financial statements of
the Company and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     JUNE 30, 1997
                                                                      --------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                   <C>            <C>            <C>
                                                                                                      PRO FORMA
                                                                         ACTUAL      PRO FORMA(1)   AS ADJUSTED(2)
                                                                      -------------  -------------  --------------
 
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                   <C>            <C>            <C>
Short term debt (pro forma net of debt discount), including capital
  lease obligations.................................................  $       3,502  $     563,502  $     --
                                                                      -------------  -------------  --------------
                                                                      -------------  -------------  --------------
Long term notes payable and capital lease obligations...............      3,019,009      3,019,009        --
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 4,384,315 shares authorized,
  including 975,836 Series A shares authorized and 408,479 Series B
  shares authorized; 975,836 Series A shares issued and outstanding
  actual and 408,479 Series B shares issued and outstanding actual;
  no shares issued and outstanding pro forma and as adjusted........      2,885,221       --              --
Stockholders equity:
  Common stock, $0.001 par value, 15,000,000 shares authorized;
    1,836,476 shares issued and 1,819,113 shares outstanding actual;
    2,390,202 shares issued and 2,052,839 shares outstanding, pro
    forma; and 4,390,202 shares issued and 4,052,839 shares
    outstanding, pro forma as adjusted..............................          1,836          2,390           4,390
Additional paid-in capital..........................................      4,682,883      9,007,550      21,872,950
Treasury stock, at cost.............................................        (67,500)      (227,500)       (227,500)
Accumulated deficit.................................................     (9,622,180)    (9,622,180)    (11,531,638)
                                                                      -------------  -------------  --------------
    Total stockholders' equity (deficit)............................     (5,004,961)      (839,740)     10,118,202
                                                                      -------------  -------------  --------------
    Total capitalization............................................  $  (1,982,450) $   2,742,771  $   10,118,202
                                                                      -------------  -------------  --------------
                                                                      -------------  -------------  --------------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
   
(1) Pro forma to give effect to (i) the Conversion and (ii) the issuance in
    August 1997 of $2,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Bridge Notes in
    the Bridge Financing, debt discount of $1,440,000 related to 320,000 Bridge
    Warrants issued at an exercise price below the assumed initial public
    offering price of $7.50 per share, and the application of the net proceeds
    therefrom to reacquire 240,000 shares of Common Stock from a former officer
    and 80,000 shares of Common Stock from a director of the Company for
    aggregate consideration of $160,000 ($0.50 per share). See "Certain
    Relationships and Related Transactions" and Note 16 to Notes to Financial
    Statements.
    
 
   
(2) Adjusted to give effect to the sale by the Company of the 2,000,000 Shares
    offered hereby at an assumed initial public offering price of $7.50 per
    share and the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom to repay
    all outstanding indebtedness which will give rise to a charge of
    approximately $1,909,000 related to the write-off of capitalized costs
    related to the 1996 Placement and the Bridge Financing, interest expense and
    loss on early extinguishment of debt. See "Use of Proceeds" and Note 16 to
    Notes to Financial Statements.
    
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
   
    The following table sets forth selected financial data concerning the
Company and is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information and
financial statements, including the notes thereto, included herein. The selected
financial data as of December 31, 1995 and 1996 and for each of the years then
ended are derived from the financial statements of the Company, which financial
statements have been audited by Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., independent
accountants. The selected financial data presented below as of June 30, 1996 and
1997, and for each of the six month periods then ended, are derived from
unaudited financial statements. The unaudited financial statements include all
adjustments, consisting of normal recurring accruals, which the Company
considers necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and the
results of operations for these periods, applied on a basis consistent with the
audited financial statements. Operating results for the six months ended June
30, 1997 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for
the entire year ending December 31, 1997. The financial statements as of
December 31, 1996 and for each of the years in the two-year period ended
December 31, 1996, and the report of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P. thereon, are
included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               YEAR ENDED            SIX MONTHS
                                                                              DECEMBER 31,         ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                                          --------------------  --------------------
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                            1995       1996       1996       1997
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
                                                                            (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues................................................................  $   7,703  $   2,530  $   1,300  $   1,255
Costs of revenues.......................................................      4,609      3,513      1,252      1,170
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Gross margin (loss).....................................................      3,094       (983)        48         85
 
Operating expenses......................................................      3,045      4,491      1,787      3,778
Income (loss) from operations...........................................         50     (5,474)    (1,739)    (3,693)
Net loss applicable to common stock.....................................  $    (140) $  (5,790) $  (1,859) $  (3,964)
Net loss per share......................................................  $   (0.08) $   (2.89) $   (1.06) $   (1.67)
 
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital (deficit)...............................................  $   2,527  $   2,105  $     829  $    (167)
Total assets............................................................      5,800      5,650      4,900      4,531
Total debt..............................................................      1,070      3,027        640      3,023
Redeemable, convertible preferred stock.................................      2,468      2,746      2,537      2,885
Stockholders' deficit...................................................       (260)    (2,582)    (1,624)    (5,005)
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
                      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the financial
statements and notes thereto and other financial information appearing elsewhere
in this Prospectus. Statements in this Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations and elsewhere in this Prospectus
that are not statements of historical or current fact constitute
"forward-looking statements." Such forward-looking statements involve known and
unknown risks, uncertainties, and other factors including those set forth under
"Risk Factors" that could cause the actual results of the Company to be
materially different from the historical results or from any future results
expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. In addition to
statements which explicitly describe such risks and uncertainties, prospective
investors are urged to consider statements labeled with the terms "believes,"
"belief," "expects," "intends," "anticipates," or "plans" to be uncertain and
forward-looking.
 
OVERVIEW
 
   
    The Company has focused most of its sales, marketing, and research and
development efforts in 1997 on its interactive video segment and intends to
continue to focus primarily on such segment in the future. Sales of interactive
video products accounted for 28% and 60% of revenues for the year ended December
31, 1996 and the six months ended June 30, 1997, respectively.
    
 
   
    Commencing August 1996, in connection with a change of management, and until
approximately January 1997, when Kenneth D. Van Meter, the Company's current
Chief Executive Officer, began his employment with the Company, the Company
suspended substantially all of its interactive video sales efforts to permit new
management to formulate a new business plan. Accordingly, the period-to-period
comparison set forth below may not be meaningful and may not necessarily be
indicative of the results that may be expected for future periods.
    
 
   
    The Company entered into one short-term interactive video contract in 1996
and another in 1997. Due to the short-term nature of these projects, revenues
from these contracts are recorded by the completed contract method of
accounting, which provides for recognition of revenues and related costs upon
completion of each contract. Costs in excess of billings on these uncompleted
short-term contracts are reflected as current assets, while billings in excess
of costs are reflected as current liabilities. These short-term contracts have
not been completed and, accordingly, revenues have not yet been recognized.
    
 
   
    During 1995, the Company had one interactive video customer that represented
57% of its revenues and one CD-ROM customer that represented 25% of its
revenues. The Company had two interactive video customers and one CD-ROM
customer that represented 13%, 13%, and 51%, respectively, of its revenues in
1996. The Company had two interactive video customers and one CD-ROM customer
that represented 9%, 45%, and 17%, respectively, of its revenues for the six
months ended June 30, 1997.
    
 
   
    Currently, the principal markets for the Company's interactive video
products are Korea, Israel, Taiwan, and China. Export sales for the years ended
December 31, 1995 and 1996, and the six months ended June 30, 1997 were
approximately $5,186,600, $878,500, and $716,100, respectively. Export sales
represented 67%, 35% and 57% of revenues for the years ended December 31, 1995
and 1996, and for the six months ended June 30, 1997, respectively. Sales to a
Korean customer represented 86%, 41%, and 81% of revenues, while sales to an
Israeli customer represented 13%, 36%, and 17% of revenues, for the years ended
December 31, 1995 and 1996, and for the six months ended June 30, 1997,
respectively.
    
 
   
    There are inherent risks associated with foreign sales, including the
difficulty of enforcing agreements against foreign-based customers, political
and economic instability, shipping delays, foreign taxes, and export
restrictions. See "Risk Factors--Risk Applicable to Foreign Sales" and "--Risks
Associated with Contracts with En Kay Telecom Co., Ltd." In addition, the
Company has experienced difficulties with respect to certain of its foreign
deployments. See "--Results of Operations."
    
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
   
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
    
 
   
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 COMPARED TO SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996
    
 
   
    REVENUES.  Revenues for the six months ended June 30, 1997 were
approximately $1,254,500 as compared to approximately $1,299,900 for the same
period in 1996.
    
 
   
    Revenues from the interactive video segment were approximately $755,900 for
the six months ended June 30, 1997 as compared to approximately $461,400 for the
same period in 1996. The increase reflects approximately $560,000 of revenue
recognized in 1997 under contracts with En K. Of such $560,000, approximately
$360,000 relates to the 1996 En K Agreement, while the remaining En K revenues
relate to the 1997 En K Agreement. Under the 1996 En K Agreement, the Company
agreed to design a digital set top box which would be licensed for manufacture
and sale by En K in Korea. Under the 1997 En K Agreement, the Company agreed to
license to En K two models of video servers for manufacture in Korea and sale
worldwide. The Company was performing in accordance with contractual schedules
under both agreements and had completed significant portions of the design work
under the 1996 En K Agreement when it ceased production under both agreements in
April 1997 pending settlement of disputes under the 1997 En K Agreement. The
Company elected to recognize the revenues from the 1997 En K Agreement under the
installment method due to management's inability to estimate the probability of
collection of receivables arising from that contract. See "Risk Factors--Risks
Associated with Contracts with En Kay Telecom Co., Ltd." and Note 16 to Notes to
Financial Statements. Revenues for the same period in 1996 related to progress
on the Company's two existing long-term interactive video contracts.
    
 
   
    Revenues from the CD-ROM segment were approximately $498,600 for the six
months ended June 30, 1997 as compared to approximately $838,500 for the same
period in 1996. The decrease was primarily due to the Company's focus on sales
of the Mediator and CD Workware products rather than the VCD Manager and VCD
Writer products. The CD Workware products generate greater revenues per sale
than the Company's other CD-ROM products, but have a longer sales cycle. The
Mediator product's largest customer is the U.S. Navy, which has changed its
required specifications for this product and has not placed any additional
orders in 1997.
    
 
   
    COSTS OF REVENUES.  Costs of revenues for the six months ended June 30, 1997
were approximately $1,170,000, or 93% of revenues, as compared to approximately
$1,251,700, or 96% of revenues, for the same period in 1996. Higher labor costs
in 1997 were partially offset by lower direct materials costs. The Company's
gross margin was approximately $84,500 for the six months ended June 30, 1997 as
compared to approximately $48,200 for the same period in 1996.
    
 
   
    Costs of revenues for the interactive video segment for the six months ended
June 30, 1997 were approximately $672,900, or 89% of revenues for such segment,
as compared to approximately $678,500, or 147% of such revenues, for the same
period in 1996. The decrease in costs of revenues as a percentage of revenues
was principally due to increased revenues resulting from the Company's
agreements with En K and a $200,000 decrease in materials costs. The decrease in
materials costs was partially offset by an increase in labor costs of
approximately $170,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1997, as a result of
the addition of engineering personnel. The Company's gross margin for the
interactive video segment was approximately $83,000 for the six months ended
June 30, 1997 as compared to a loss of approximately $217,100 for the same
period in 1996.
    
 
   
    Costs of revenues for the CD-ROM segment for the six months ended June 30,
1997 were approximately $497,100, or 100% of revenues for such segment, as
compared to approximately $573,300, or 68% of such revenues, for the same period
in 1996. The decrease in costs of revenues was principally due to a decrease in
materials costs of approximately $128,000, which was partially offset by an
increase of approximately $41,000 in engineering costs. The decrease in
materials costs between the two periods was in proportion to the decrease in
hardware revenues of approximately $177,000 for the six months ended June 30,
1997. The increase in costs of revenues on a percentage basis was due
principally to decreased
    
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
   
software revenues of approximately $136,800 for the six months ended June 30,
1997 as compared to approximately $300,000 of such revenues for the same period
in the prior year. There were no material costs of revenues associated with
software sales in 1996 and 1997.
    
 
   
    The Company's gross margin for the CD-ROM segment was approximately $1,500
for the six months ended June 30, 1997 as compared to a gross margin of
approximately $265,200 for the same period in 1996.
    
 
   
    OPERATING EXPENSES.  Operating expenses for the six months ended June 30,
1997 were approximately $3,777,900 as compared to approximately $1,786,600 for
the same period in 1996.
    
 
   
    Operating expenses for the interactive video segment were approximately
$2,829,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1997 as compared to $1,308,000 for
the same period in 1996. The increase was principally due to approximately
$1,156,000 of non-cash charges allocated to the interactive video segment
relating to the issuance of stock options during the first half of 1997 at an
exercise price below the assumed initial public offering price of $7.50 per
share. In addition, approximately $247,000 of such increase was attributable to
expenses related to the retention of contractors and consultants.
    
 
   
    Operating expenses for the CD-ROM segment were approximately $950,000 for
the six months ended June 30, 1997 as compared to $480,000 for the same period
in 1996. The increase was principally due to (i) approximately $385,000 of
non-cash charges allocated to the CD-ROM segment relating to the issuance of
stock options during the first half of 1997 at an exercise price below the
assumed initial public offering price of $7.50 per share, (ii) approximately
$67,000 in expenses incurred in connection with hiring personnel, and (iii)
expenses related to the retention of consultants and contractors.
    
 
   
    NET LOSS.  As a result of the above factors, net loss for the six months
ended June 30, 1997 was approximately $3,825,100 as compared to a net loss of
approximately $1,783,600 for the same period in 1996.
    
 
   
    Net loss for the interactive video segment was approximately $2,746,000 for
the six months ended June 30, 1997 as compared to approximately $1,525,300 for
the same period in 1996. The increase was principally due to increased operating
expenses for the segment, which was partially offset by increased revenues.
    
 
   
    Net loss for the CD-ROM segment was approximately $947,300 for the six
months ended June 30, 1997 as compared with approximately $213,200 for the same
period in 1996. The increase was principally due to decreased revenues and
increased operating expenses, as discussed above.
    
 
   
    The Company expects to incur additional net losses during the second half of
1997 as a result of certain non-cash charges as well as increased expenses
associated with hiring additional personnel. The anticipated non-cash charges
consist of approximately $1,036,000 in non-cash compensation expense related to
the issuance of stock options in July 1997 at an exercise price below the
assumed initial public offering price of $7.50 per share. Upon the consummation
of the Offering, the Company also anticipates that it will recognize a non-cash
charge of approximately $1,909,000 related to the write-off of costs capitalized
in connection with the 1996 Placement and the Bridge Financing and interest
expense and loss on early extinguishment of debt upon the expected repayment of
the 1996 Notes and the Bridge Notes. See "--Liquidity and Capital Resources" and
"Risk Factors--Anticipated Non-Cash Charges."
    
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
    REVENUES.  Revenues for the year ended December 31, 1996 were approximately
$2,530,100 as compared to approximately $7,703,400 for the same period in 1995.
 
   
    Revenues for the interactive video segment were approximately $720,700 for
the year ended December 31, 1996 as compared to approximately $4,807,900 for the
same period in 1995. The decrease in revenues for the interactive video segment
was primarily due to the Company's inability to complete its existing projects
in Korea and Israel, which limited the Company's ability to pursue new business
and resulted in the suspension of substantially all of the Company's interactive
video sales efforts from August 1996 until approximately January 1997.
    
 
   
    The Company was unable to complete its Korean and Israeli projects in 1996
primarily because of difficulties associated with the initial deployments of
advanced new technologies and prototype products (the Company's initial model of
its digital video server in Korea and Israel and its initial set top box model
in Israel), including a lack of experienced staff at the Company, its prime
contractors, co-vendors and customers. These difficulties were exacerbated by
changing customer requirements, the long distances involved, and cultural
factors. Further, products and services provided by the other vendors, such as
the set top boxes for the Korean project, network equipment and system software,
were also at a prototypical stage and experienced numerous operational problems.
    
 
   
    The Company has undertaken a number of initiatives to address these
difficulties. Improvements, including enhancements in speed, capacity,
reliability, and fault recovery, have been made to the Company's digital video
servers, which have moved these units from near-prototype to production status.
The Company has instituted a practice of semi-annual major software and hardware
releases for each product to enhance their stability. The Company has also
become more experienced and adept in international operations, and has
implemented numerous new policies and procedures, including (i) the provision of
full-time Company technical personnel at each deployment site, (ii) the
retention of in-country support sub-contractors, (iii) the provision of
replacement parts at deployment sites to avoid shipping delays, and (iv) the
institution of a product life cycle management program, which are intended to
enhance the Company's management of the deployment process, including
international deployments, and to improve communications with customers,
contractors and co-vendors. The Company believes that these changes will improve
the quality and serviceability of its products and potentially reduce the costs
and prices of those products. For information regarding the current status of
the Company's interactive video deployments see "Business--Interactive Video
Segment--Deployments."
    
 
   
    The Company has hired new management, including a Chief Executive Officer,
Vice President of Engineering, and Director of Training and Documentation, with
years of relevant experience, and intends to hire additional qualified
personnel. See "Use of Proceeds."
    
 
   
    Revenues for the CD-ROM segment were approximately $1,809,400 for the year
ended December 31, 1996 as compared to approximately $2,896,300 for the same
period in 1995. The decrease was primarily due to a reduced focus on selling the
VCD Manager and VCD Writer products. The Company analyzed the market and decided
to devote greater resources to selling its Mediator and CD Workware products
since the VCD Manager and VCD Writer products were encountering increased
competition and lower margins. The CD Workware products generate greater
revenues per sale than the Company's other CD-ROM products, but have a longer
sales cycle. As a result of the change in the Company's sales focus, sales to
potential customers were slower. The Mediator product's largest customer is the
U.S. Navy. The division of the U.S. Navy responsible for the majority of the
U.S. Navy's purchases lacked federal funding, and changed its required
specifications for the product. The effort required to meet specifications to
the product added to the decreased revenues in the latter part of 1996.
    
 
   
    COSTS OF REVENUES.  Costs of revenues for the year ended December 31, 1996
were approximately $3,513,000, or 139% of revenues, as compared to approximately
$4,609,300, or 60% of revenues, for the
    
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
   
same period in 1995. The majority of the decrease was attributable to a decrease
in materials costs for both the interactive video and CD-ROM segments.
    
 
   
    Costs of revenues for the interactive video segment were $2,418,300, or 336%
of interactive video revenues, for the year ended December 31, 1996 as compared
to $2,815,700, or 59% of interactive video revenues, for the same period in
1995. The decrease was due to decreased interactive video materials costs of
approximately $1,913,000 for the year ended December 31, 1996 as compared to the
same period in 1995. The higher costs in 1995 were due to the expenditures
associated with the initial phases of the Korean and Israeli projects. The
decreased materials costs in the year ended December 31, 1996 were partially
offset by reserves for estimated losses to be incurred during 1997 for the
completion of the Korean project amounting to $672,600, and reserves for
inventory obsolescence amounting to $500,000, as well as increased direct labor
costs of approximately $390,000.
    
 
   
    The reserve for estimated losses was established based upon management's
determination that substantial costs, such as wages, contractor costs, and
travel expenses, would be incurred through September 1997, which was the
expected completion date of the Korean project. Approximately $348,000 remained
in the reserve at June 30, 1997, of which approximately $250,000 and $98,000
related to the estimated costs of completion of the Korean and Israeli projects,
respectively.
    
 
   
    The inventory obsolescence reserve was establisted based upon management's
review of the inventory balances of certain items during the closing process of
the year ended December 31, 1996. Management evaluated those items based on
planned utilization. A large part of the Company's inventory consists of printed
circuit boards and items which make up those boards, such as integrated
circuits. Management determined that carrying costs of this inventory were
overstated due to obsolescence. The Company plans to dispose of the obsolete
inventory during the first quarter of 1998. The accrual was unchanged at June
30, 1997.
    
 
   
    Costs of revenues for the CD-ROM segment were approximately $1,094,800, or
60% of CD-ROM revenues, for the year ended December 31, 1996 as compared to
approximately $1,793,500, or 62% of CD-ROM revenues, for the same period in
1995.
    
 
   
    As a result of the factors discussed above, the Company's gross margin
decreased from approximately $3,094,100 in 1995 to a loss of approximately
$982,900 in 1996.
    
 
   
    OPERATING EXPENSES.  Operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 1996
were approximately $4,491,400 as compared to approximately $3,044,600 for the
same period in 1995. The increase was primarily due to reserves established for
potentially uncollectible accounts receivable, an increase in depreciation
expense in the interactive video segment, and a severance package for one of the
former officers of the Company, which in the aggregate accounted for
approximately $850,000 of such costs. The remainder of the increase was due to
increased general corporate expenses.
    
 
   
    Operating expenses for the interactive video segment were approximately
$3,365,000 for the year ended December 31, 1996 as compared to approximately
$2,318,000 for the same period in 1995. The increase was principally due to the
accounts receivable reserve of $555,000 related to the interactive video
segment. The reserve was established at December 31, 1996 because management
determined that, due to missed deadlines relating to the Company's Korean and
Israeli projects, receivables relating to those projects were doubtful as to
collection. The Company anticipates that the Korean and Israeli receivables will
be settled not later than the end of the first quarter of 1998. Approximately
$110,000 of the increase was due to increased depreciation of fixed assets and
approximately $100,000 of the increase was due to the portion of the management
compensation reserve allocated to the segment. The remainder of the increase was
due to increased general corporate expenses allocated to the segment.
    
 
   
    Operating expenses for the CD-ROM segment were approximately $1,126,000 for
the year ended December 31, 1996 as compared to approximately $726,600 for the
same period in 1995. The increase was
    
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
   
due to increased corporate expenses allocated to the CD-ROM segment, including
insurance, telephone, administrative staff, computer expenses and office rent.
    
 
   
    Research and development expenses were approximately $479,000 in the year
ended December 31, 1996 as compared to approximately $810,800 for the same
period in 1995. The 1995 research and development expenses consisted of both
material and labor costs amounting to approximately $448,000 and $362,000,
respectively. Further materials expenditures were not required during 1996
because the Company maintained its focus on its existing projects during the
year. Labor costs were consistent between the two years.
    
 
   
    NET INCOME (LOSS).  As a result of the factors discussed above, net loss for
the year ended December 31, 1996 was approximately $5,512,100 as compared to net
income of approximately $9,900 for the same period in 1995. The interactive
video segment had net losses of approximately $366,200 and $4,691,700 for the
years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively. The CD-ROM segment had net
income of approximately $376,100 and a net loss of approximately $820,400 for
the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
    
 
   
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
    
 
   
    The primary source of financing for the Company since its inception has been
through the issuance of common and preferred stocks and debt to accredited
investors, some of which are customers or principals of the Company's customers.
One of the Company's founders funded the initial operations through equity
infusions totaling $155,000 in 1993. In 1994, that founder loaned the Company an
additional $75,000 which, together with $12,784 in accrued interest, was
converted to 17,915 shares of Common Stock on December 31, 1995. During 1995,
the Company received net proceeds in the aggregate amount of $3,252,619 through
the issuance for approximately $1,517,500 of 975,836 shares of Series A
Preferred Stock and warrants to purchase 408,479 shares of Series B Preferred
Stock (the "Series B Warrants"). During 1995, the Company also received
approximately $800,600 of net proceeds from the exercise of the Series B
Warrants and $934,500 of net proceeds from the sale of convertible notes and
warrants. During 1996, in connection with the 1996 Placement, the Company
received net proceeds of approximately $5,404,300 through the private placement
of units consisting of Common Stock, notes, and warrants consummated on June 30
and July 17, 1996. The net proceeds from the 1996 Placement were used to pay
overdue trade accounts payable, fund the Company's long-term projects, and fund
the Company's working capital needs. Also in 1996, the Company converted the
debt issued in 1995 into shares of Common Stock at a conversion rate of $4.90
per share. In August 1997, the Company received net proceeds of approximately
$1,700,000 from the Bridge Financing, consisting of a private placement of
$2,000,000 principal amount of the Bridge Notes and Bridge Warrants, which was
consummated on August 8, 1997. The effective interest rate of the Bridge Notes
is in excess of 300%, and the Company will be required to recognize non-cash
interest expense and loss on early extinguishment of debt of approximately
$1,440,000 upon the anticipated repayment of the Bridge Notes upon consummation
of the Offering. In addition, the Company will be required to recognize non-cash
expenses of approximately $469,000 consisting of the write-off of previously
capitalized expenses incurred in connection with the Bridge Financing and the
1996 Placement. In connection with such private placement the Company
repurchased 240,000 shares of Common Stock from a former officer and 80,000
shares of Common Stock from a director of the Company for aggregate
consideration of $160,000 ($0.50 per share). Additionally, the Company entered
into certain capital leases for various office equipment. The outstanding
principal balance under capital lease obligations at June 30, 1997 amounted to
approximately $25,000, all of which is guaranteed by a former officer and is to
be extinguished using a portion of the net proceeds of the Offering.
    
 
   
    The Company's accounts receivable turnover ratio for the six months ended
June 30, 1997 was .72 as compared to .48 for the same period in 1996. There has
been little change in the revenue amounts between the periods and a slight
decrease in the average receivable balance due principally to collections on
large accounts that had been outstanding at the end of 1995. The long-term
projects have retentions negotiated
    
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
   
in the contracts that allow the customer to hold a percentage of the billings
until completion. Due to the inability of the Company to complete those
projects, the receivable turnover was adversely affected. The accounts
receivable turnover ratios for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996 were
3.5 and .9, respectively, which resulted from the larger sales volume in 1995
than in 1996 with a consistent receivable balance.
    
 
   
    The inventory turnover ratio for the six months ended June 30, 1997 was .64
as compared to 1.3 for the same period in 1996. The nature of the Company's
interactive video sales and production processes requires that inventory be on
hand for extended periods of time. The Company maintains working units in
inventory that are similar to units that have been installed in the field.
Therefore, as the Company has sold more video servers, the amount of the
inventory has increased. The inventory turnover ratio for the year 1995 was 17.1
but decreased to 1.3 during 1996. This was the result of the increases in
inventory, mainly in the increased number of video servers the Company had
on-hand. The decrease in revenues between the two years has also caused an
increase in inventory items which were anticipated to be in demand to remain
with the Company.
    
 
   
    At June 30, 1997, the Company had cash and cash equivalents totaling
approximately $461,300 and a net working capital deficit of approximately
$167,000. The Company had no significant capital spending or purchase
commitments at June 30, 1997 other than certain facility leases and inventory
component purchase commitments required in the ordinary course of its business.
    
 
    The Company has no existing lines of credit or other financing arrangements
with lending institutions.
 
   
    The Company anticipates that the net proceeds of the Offering, together with
funds generated from operations, will be sufficient to satisfy its operating and
capital requirements for the next 18 months.
    
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
GENERAL
 
    The Company designs, develops, integrates, installs, operates, and supports
interactive video services hardware and software. The Company also designs,
develops, installs, and supports CD-ROM software products for business
applications. In the interactive video services area, the Company seeks to
provide solutions, including products and services developed by the Company and
by strategic partners, that enable interactive video programming and
applications to be provided to a wide variety of market niches. The Company has
installed 11 digital video servers in four countries (China, Korea, Israel, and
Taiwan), on each of the four major types of networks accommodating interactive
video services. The Company believes that its demonstrated ability to deploy and
operate interactive video systems over each of these four major network types is
a significant competitive advantage.
 
    In the CD-ROM area, the Company provides several products for the storage
and rapid retrieval of large amounts of information. The Company believes such
products are faster, easier to use, provide more features and are operational on
more diverse network architectures than similar products and services. The
Company's CD-ROM customers include the U.S. Navy, Sprint Corp., Unisys Corp.,
Toronto Dominion Bank, and Herzog, Heine & Geduld, Inc. In December 1995, two of
the Company's products, VCD MANAGER and VCD WRITER were each chosen as IMAGING
MAGAZINE's Product of the Year in their respective product groups for CD-ROM
software. IMAGING MAGAZINE is a leading industry publication for CD-ROM business
software.
 
   
INTERACTIVE VIDEO SEGMENT
    
 
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
 
    LINEAR TELEVISION AND VCR TECHNOLOGY.  Until about 25 years ago,
audio-visual home entertainment choices were primarily limited to linear content
(i.e., content that plays in a pre-programmed sequence and which cannot be
controlled by the viewer). In the 1970s, the growing popularity of videocassette
recorders (VCRs) and videocassette tapes provided new choices to home viewing
audiences. VCR and videocassette technology provides viewers with the ability to
view content on demand and to manage content through the use of pause, resume,
fast-forward, rewind, and other features. VCR use, however, entails the
inconvenience of leaving the home to purchase or rent videocassettes or choosing
from among the limited content available for recording on television. Many video
stores have only a limited selection of titles, particularly in areas such as
educational content and games, and the most sought after titles are frequently
unavailable. The proliferation of cable television, satellite television,
pay-per-view, and similar technologies has improved linear television choices,
but these technologies do not offer the ability to select content to be viewed
on demand, rather than on a scheduled basis.
 
    TELECOMMUNICATIONS COMPANIES AND BROADBAND INTERACTIVE SERVICES.  In the
early 1990s, large telephone and cable companies and other interested parties,
such as television and motion picture studios, began to experiment with the idea
of providing broadband interactive services. Broadband services are those which
run over high capacity networks such as asynchronous digital subscriber lines
(ADSL), high-speed data lines (T1 and E1), hybrid fiber coaxial (HFC) lines, and
fiber to the curb (FTTC) fiber optic lines. These high-capacity networks, made
possible by breakthroughs in the ability to convert information from analog to
digital form and by improved data compression technologies, have the ability to
deliver vast quantities of data into the home. Broadband networks also have the
capacity to provide for interactivity between the home and the content
providers. Industry sources anticipate that, if broadband networks become widely
deployed, they will usher in a new age of information technology due to the
potential quantity and robustness of content, and the speed, ease of use, and
interactivity of these networks.
 
    Following changes in the regulation of the telecommunications industry in
1992, it was anticipated that the large domestic telephone and cable companies,
and their counterparts abroad, would seek to
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
deploy broadband networks and interactive services in communities on a
widespread basis. The Regional Bell Operating Companies (RBOCs), for example,
successfully sought relief in the courts to be permitted to become not only
network providers for such services, but content providers as well. Further
regulatory changes in 1995 and 1996 reduced the potential cost of deploying
broadband networks. A number of interactive video trials were run by U.S.
companies such as Time Warner, Tele-Communications, Inc. ("TCI"), GTE, Bell
Atlantic Corporation, and BellSouth Corporation, which demonstrated that the
technology did work, although in varying degrees. International
telecommunications companies, including Telecom Italia, Korea Telecom, Hong Kong
Telecom, Deutsche Telekom, and British Telecom, demonstrated similar results
abroad. These trials were generally costly, in part because they were
characterized by "trial approaches," including development and testing of
prototype versions of equipment and alpha and beta versions of newly developed
software, and experiments in pricing, content, menus, navigation and
methodologies. Further, these trials occurred during a period of rapid
technological change and improvement, and evolving standards. For example, ADSL
equipment which now typically costs a few hundred dollars per home typically
cost a few thousand dollars per home in 1992.
 
    In 1996 and 1997, activity in the broadband services area has been
significantly reduced, and some companies, such as Bell Atlantic and TCI, have
announced reductions or delays in their deployment plans. Reasons given for such
reduction or delays include a change of focus toward local and long distance
competition, the high cost of deploying large broadband networks, business
reorganizations, delays pending the introduction of lower cost, more functional
or industry standard technology, and reduced competitive threats from within the
industry.
 
    NARROWBAND INTERACTIVE SERVICES.  Beginning in the 1980s, the proliferation
of home computers and the development of the Internet and Internet service
providers, such as America Online, Prodigy, and CompuServe, has allowed millions
of people to access interactive content and services over telephone lines.
Internet content has become increasingly rich, robust, and interesting. Industry
sources estimate that United States consumers spent more than $620 million for
Internet access in 1996 and project that such expenditures will grow to more
than $15 billion in 2001 and that the number of Internet households will grow
from an estimated 23.4 million in 1996 to 66.6 million by 2000. The Internet has
begun to condition consumers, and younger consumers in particular, to obtaining
information, experiencing content, playing games, and shopping in an interactive
fashion. However, telephony-based services such as the Internet, which are
generically referred to as narrowband services, have constraints on the quantity
of information that can be delivered and are currently unable to download large
files, such as full-length videos, at a satisfactory quality or speed. Computers
tend to be relatively expensive, compared to television sets, and computer
monitors and display technologies are not optimized for viewing video content.
Furthermore, although most people are comfortable with television as a medium,
many people, especially older consumers, lack experience with computers and may
be uncomfortable with, or are averse to, computer technology.
 
    Different companies have employed different strategies to address the
shortcomings of narrowband networks in the absence of generally available
broadband networks. For example, WebTV (recently purchased by Microsoft) has
begun offering enhanced graphics and other features over narrowband networks,
with a television, rather than a PC, interface. In order to address the need for
higher-speed services, the cable industry has begun deploying cable modems, and
the telephone industry has begun deploying ADSL equipment, for high-speed data
access, so that the narrowband services can run at the highest possible speed on
metallic telephone or cable lines. For example, @Home Network is deploying as a
high speed internet service provider (ISP) on several cable companies' networks.
 
    The Company believes that, despite these and other initiatives, narrowband
networks are unlikely to achieve the combination of technological accessibility
and speed, security, and robustness of transmission characteristic of broadband
systems. The public access methodology of Internet and other narrowband
networks, coupled with off-the-shelf modems, make security, both for privacy of
communications and secure commercial transactions, difficult to achieve. The
hardware and software of interactive broadband
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
systems and the architecture of such networks creates a more secure environment
for such transactions. In addition, although better software, compression
methods, and other tools have enabled improvements in narrowband services, the
physical constraints of narrowband networks are substantial, compared to those
of broadband networks. Many narrowband lines, especially older lines in cities
(a preferred market segment) cannot run at 56 kilobits per second (kbps), the
highest widely-available PC modem rates. This rate does not compare to the 1.5
Megabits to 25 Megabits per second rates provided via broadband networks.
 
    THE COMPANY'S BROADBAND INTERACTIVE VIDEO SERVICES.  The Company believes
that the increase in linear viewing alternatives such as DBS have increased
consumer demand for more content choices and that the development of the
Internet has increased consumer interest in interactive content generally. The
Company believes that the inherent limitations of the Internet and other
narrowband networks, as compared with broadband networks, create a market
opportunity for a broadband technology such as the Company's that offers
superior speed and robustness, combined with a "user-friendly," television-based
technology. See "User Experience." In addition, the lack of major deployments by
the RBOCs and other major U.S. telecommunications companies in the broadband
network market has, the Company believes, kept many large companies from
actively pursuing plans to supply hardware and software for broadband networks,
thus enhancing the niche market opportunities for the Company. Even if major
domestic telecommunications companies were to currently undertake such
initiatives, it would take a substantial number of years and a massive capital
commitment to deploy large-scale broadband networks. The Company also believes
that advances in servers, set top boxes, and network equipment enable operators
of small-scale broadband networks to now offer interactive video services to
their subscribers at attractive prices. See "Potential Markets -- Marketing
Strategy."
 
BASIC INTERACTIVE SERVICES CONFIGURATION
 
    An interactive video services network system typically includes the
following components: (i) network equipment, including high speed lines and
switches, for transmission of content; (ii) digital set top boxes, which receive
the content and transmit subscriber requests; (iii) digital video servers, which
store the content and control its transmission over the network; (iv) content
preparation equipment, which prepares content for transmission over the network;
and (v) software which runs user applications, and business support
applications, such as subscriber billing. See "Products."
 
    NETWORK EQUIPMENT
 
    High-speed lines (ADSL, T1/E1, HFC, FTTC) connect the network service
provider's central office or head end to subscribers' homes. High-speed network
switching equipment connects subscribers to content furnished by video
information providers (VIPs), either locally or internationally. There are a
large number of providers of this network equipment, including CF Alcatel,
BroadBand Technologies, Incorporated, Ericsson, Integrated Network Corporation,
Lucent Technologies, Scientific-Atlanta, Inc., and Siemens Communications.
 
    DIGITAL SET TOP BOXES
 
    In each subscriber's home, one or more digital set top boxes and remote
control devices are associated with each television set or personal computer
that receives the interactive video programming. Digital set top boxes feature
high-speed processors, RAM memory, high- and low-speed output ports and other
computer components.
 
    DIGITAL VIDEO SERVERS
 
    The digital video server is a high-speed computer to which a subscriber is
connected via the network. The basic functions of a digital video server are to
cost-effectively (i) store and rapidly retrieve and
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
transmit large amounts of content, (ii) provide a large number of input/output
ports so that subscribers can access the system quickly and easily retrieve
information, (iii) function with an operating software system to manage user
applications, and (iv) provide business support systems capability to accumulate
and provide data for services such as billing, customer service, and content
management.
 
    CONTENT PREPARATION EQUIPMENT
 
    In order to store content in a digital server, send it over a broadband
network, and interpret the content through a digital set top box, the content
must be encoded (or converted from analog to digital format) and compressed.
Compression standards, primarily Motion Pictures Experts Group 1 and 2 (MPEG 1
and MPEG 2), have been adopted for the preparation and storage of this content.
 
    APPLICATIONS AND BUSINESS SUPPORT SOFTWARE
 
    Operators of interactive video systems require two kinds of software in
addition to the operating system software for servers and set top boxes.
Interactive applications software is designed to offer services, such as
shopping, travel, banking, education, medicine, video-on-demand, karaoke, and
digital music. Business support system (BSS) software includes applications such
as customer service, billing, telemarketing, content management, content
provider management, workforce management, and similar functions. Applications
and BSS software are available from a number of companies, including Arrowsmith,
EDS, IMAKE, Informix, and Strategic Group, and the Company anticipates that the
availability of applications software, in particular, will increase as broadband
networks proliferate.
 
PRODUCTS
 
    The Company's products for the interactive video services market consist of
products that the Company develops and manufactures and products manufactured by
others that the Company resells and integrates into its systems.
 
    PRODUCTS MANUFACTURED BY THE COMPANY
 
    VIDEO SERVERS.  The Company manufactures two different digital video
servers: (i) a server designed to be used with networks utilizing metallic
lines, such as ADSL, E1 and T1, which is currently deployed in Korea and Israel;
and (ii) an asynchronous transfer mode (ATM) based server designed to be used
for FTTC and HFC networks, which is currently deployed in Taiwan and China. The
Company is also developing an analog baseband output digital server, designed to
be used with cable pay-per-view and analog hospitality systems. The ATM-based
server includes improvements in cost per stream, capacity, and operating speed
over previous models and is designed to simplify connections to current networks
and provide valuable new features, including variable bit rate, data stream
grooming, data flow improvement, and higher bandwidth. The servers are all
scalable, enabling them to be used in small to large-scale deployments. For
large-scale deployments, the servers can be deployed in nodes which can include
one or more servers.
 
    The Company has developed its own digital server operating system, known as
Multimedia Interactive eXchange (MIX). MIX is a compact, fully-featured
comprehensive proprietary operating system that interfaces with standard
software and manages all aspects of the digital server's operations. MIX
interfaces easily with industry standard billing systems and other business
support systems. MIX software is capable of operating on other companies'
servers, and the Company may license MIX to third parties if the opportunity
arises and if the Company determines that it would be strategically
advantageous. The Company has also developed middleware called NAV RT, which
simplifies the creation of basic applications and menus for interactive video
services. As a customer inducement, the Company, unlike many of its competitors,
includes the server license for MIX and NAV RT at no additional charge with each
digital video server sold.
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
    DIGITAL SET TOP BOXES.  The Company manufactures trial quantities of digital
set top boxes, which it sold to Bezeq Telecom ("Bezeq") for use in Israel. The
Company is also developing a set top box for use with the Company's ATM-based
server, which is designed to be manufactured by a third party. The Company
expects to continue to design and develop set top boxes, which may be
manufactured by the Company in trial quantities or manufactured by volume set
top box manufacturers under license from the Company. The Company's set top
boxes are designed to operate efficiently on the Company's proprietary systems
or on systems utilizing DAVID, a set of widely-used operating system protocols
for digital set top boxes. Features include a serial output port for peripherals
and a graphics support package. More advanced designs under development include
Universal Serial Bus (a new hardware feature which allows computer and set top
boxes to connect with a variety of peripheral devices), three dimensional
graphics display, and a faster processor. The Company also believes that certain
features of its current set top box architecture may have potential value for
applications such as energy management and home security monitoring.
 
    PRODUCTS MANUFACTURED AND DEVELOPED BY OTHERS
 
    Certain of the products manufactured and developed by others described below
are provided pursuant to strategic alliances. See "Strategic Alliances."
 
    NETWORK EQUIPMENT.  The Company has an informal strategic arrangement with
Integrated Network Corporation ("INC") to sell INC's network equipment as part
of overall bids for end-to-end interactive video systems. The Company intends to
enter into similar arrangements with other network equipment companies. The
Company also has a preferred technology arrangement with Fore Systems, Inc.
("Fore Systems"), a leading manufacturer of ATM switches, which has enabled the
Company to utilize Fore System's technology and to incorporate Fore Systems
switches with the Company's ATM-based servers, such as those deployed in China
and Taiwan. The Company believes that this arrangement has the potential to
provide additional joint marketing opportunities.
 
    DIGITAL SET TOP BOXES.  Although the Company manufactures trial quantities
of digital set top boxes, the Company is seeking to enter into joint marketing
arrangements with high volume manufacturers of digital set top boxes, pursuant
to which the Company would sell these set top boxes as a distributor or on an
original equipment manufacturer basis.
 
    OTHER EQUIPMENT.  Interactive video services systems also utilize components
such as digital encoders, digital production studio equipment, digital
production software, and other equipment. The Company has entered into certain
arrangements with respect to the resale by the Company of digital encoders and
digital production studio equipment and is seeking to enter into additional
arrangements with sellers of these kinds of equipment, with a view toward
enabling the Company to offer a complete end-to-end system to potential
customers on a fully integrated basis.
 
    OTHER SOFTWARE.  The Company provides a basic video-on-demand application at
no cost as part of its server software; however, most system operators will
require a suite of applications upon installation of the system, with the
potential for adding additional applications in the future. The Company has
entered into certain arrangements to provide interactive video applications
software and is seeking to enter into additional arrangements to provide
interactive video applications software and business support systems software to
the Company's customers.
 
SERVICES
 
    Celerity plans to act as an overall systems integrator for interactive video
projects, which may entail integrating the end-to-end system in Celerity's
facility prior to shipment, on-site integration, or both. The scope of work
required for integration will vary widely, depending upon project size and other
variables.
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
Celerity also offers a number of additional services, including classroom
training, documentation, and maintenance.
 
USER EXPERIENCE
 
    Current subscribers to interactive video services enjoy a broad range of new
content and applications. Korea Telecom subscribers utilizing the Company's
technology are able to obtain movies and other video content, karaoke and
digital music, educational services, and medical information on demand. Content
available "on demand" is stored on a server and may be viewed by any subscriber
at any time chosen by the subscriber through the use of a navigation/menu
system.
 
    The Company anticipates that applications will become more robust and
exciting in the future as new content, applications, and enhanced technical
capabilities become available. For example, travel reservations and information
could be a possible application of interactive video services. A subscriber
equipped with an ordinary television set, a digital set top box, and hand-held
remote control could select a travel company, which would be a VIP on the
system, from an on-screen menu. A typical application might show major
geographic areas, such as Asia, Europe, the United States, and the Caribbean. A
subscriber choosing Europe, for example, would be provided with a further choice
among European countries. Upon choosing a country, e.g., Spain, a subscriber
could be presented a choice among video, graphic, and data content relating to
that country, such as general interest videos and information relating to
packaged tours, airline options, and hotels. Similar applications are currently
available on narrowband services, such as the Internet; however, broadband
applications can accommodate lengthy videos and robust graphics, including
three-dimensional graphics, which cannot currently be as efficiently downloaded
or viewed via a narrowband network. The Company believes that broadband networks
could, in the future, also include applications with an electronic data
interchange (EDI) back end, which would allow the subscriber to ascertain the
availability of and confirm reservations for different products and services
such as hotel or car rental or airline tickets on a near real-time basis.
 
    Customers would typically be billed a monthly fee for access to the
interactive services, a rental fee for the set top box, and additional fees for
the content and applications accessed, although it is anticipated that certain
VIPs would provide applications without a separate charge as a means of
increasing sales of products or services.
 
POTENTIAL MARKETS
 
    The markets for interactive video systems may be categorized as public or
private networks. Public networks, such as those of telephone or cable companies
or utilities, are potentially available to all consumers within a given
geographical market. Private networks are those offered in a more limited area,
such as a hotel, hospital, college campus, or business complex.
 
    MARKETING STRATEGY
 
    The Company's marketing strategy is to seek customers in each of the
potential emerging markets, to encourage leading companies and organizations to
adopt its technology, and to position itself as a leading provider of
interactive video services within niche markets. The Company believes that it is
important to achieve market penetration at an early stage in the development of
particular niche markets in order to compete successfully in those markets. The
Company is marketing itself based on its demonstrated ability to install digital
video systems on each of the major network types and its potential to provide
end-to-end interactive video solutions. See "Deployments" and "Strategic
Alliances." In addition, the scalability of the Company's servers provides
flexibility in deploying interactive video services systems varying in size from
systems designed to serve five simultaneous users to those capable of serving
many thousands of users in a variety of markets on a cost-effective basis. The
Company believes that this scalability will be an attractive feature to
potential customers. The Company believes that its diversified marketing
approach provides the
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
Company with flexibility in targeting emerging markets, enabling it to recognize
market opportunities and adapt to perceived changes in marketing priorities. The
Company has limited sales and marketing experience and there can be no assurance
that it will be successful in implementing its marketing plans. See "Risk
Factors -- Limited Marketing and Sales Experience."
 
    PUBLIC NETWORKS
 
    Potential market opportunities for the Company in public networks are:
foreign telephone and cable companies, domestic electric and gas utilities,
domestic cable companies, and domestic telephone companies.
 
    FOREIGN TELEPHONE AND CABLE COMPANIES.  The Company's current customers are
all foreign telephone or cable companies. Foreign companies have been more
active in deploying interactive video services than domestic U.S. companies. The
Company believes that, in part, this is because, in many countries, the
telephone company is owned or supported directly by the government, which may
see the addition of such services, especially public-interest services, such as
education and health-oriented services, as being beneficial to its citizens.
Because of a lack of name recognition and because the Company has lacked its own
direct sales force, the Company has been limited to responding to customer bids
and has made only limited sales in this market, which is large and rapidly
growing. Potential markets are emerging in Europe, Latin America, Canada, and
Africa, in addition to existing and emerging markets in Asia. See "Deployments."
The Company intends to hire a direct sales force and to enter into additional
strategic alliances to target these markets.
 
    DOMESTIC ELECTRIC AND GAS UTILITIES.  Domestic electric and gas utilities
are now being deregulated and are subject to intense competitive pressures and
the need to find new sources of revenue. Many electric and gas utilities have
installed or are considering installing fiber optic lines in communities for
remote meter-reading and equipment monitoring purposes. These lines could be
used to provide a full menu of video services. Electric and gas utilities are
not currently regulated in the same manner as cable and telephone companies,
typically have long standing relationships with subscribers, and often have pole
and buried cable rights-of-way which could give them a competitive advantage
over other potential entrants into the interactive video services market.
Electric utilities may also see the provision of additional services as a means
of protecting key customers, such as hospitals, from incursion by other electric
utilities outside their operating territory that can now sell to these customers
under the operating principles of the North American Power Grid System. A number
of electric utilities in the United States and in Canada have expressed an
interest in such deployments.
 
    DOMESTIC TELEPHONE COMPANIES.  The Company intends to market to independent
domestic telephone companies, of which there are more than 1,300. Major
independent local telephone companies include Sprint Corp., Buena Vista Tel,
Southern New England Telephone, and Cincinnati Bell Inc. The Company believes
that the size of local telephone company networks is well suited to the
Company's scalable, cost-efficient technology solutions. Many of these local
telephone companies, as well as long-distance carriers that are installing local
telephone networks, have installed or are planning to install modern fiber optic
networks and may be seeking new revenue opportunities to offset the costs of
installation. The Company also believes that many independent telephone
companies may have more flexible management styles than the larger
telecommunication companies, and may be quicker to commit to strategic
decisions, such as providing interactive video services to their customers. The
Company is not targeting the large local telephone companies (GTE and the
RBOCs), since it believes that, if these companies choose to enter the
interactive video services market, they will likely pursue these markets
independently or through joint ventures (such as Tele-TV and Americast).
 
    DOMESTIC CABLE COMPANIES.  The Company believes that an opportunity exists
for the smaller, well-funded cable companies, such as Cox Enterprises Inc., to
begin implementing interactive TV as they upgrade their networks from coaxial
cable to HFC, which is often the solution of choice for cable
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
companies that wish to improve the quality of their service and add additional
channels. With the entrance of competitors such as DBS, cable companies are
upgrading to HFC to provide a competitive number of channels at a higher
quality. An HFC network readily supports interactive video services, and these
services would represent an additional revenue opportunity for these cable
companies and help offset a portion of the upgrade costs. The Company is also
targeting the domestic cable market by developing a digital server that has an
analog baseband output digital server which converts digital signals to analog
signals for transmission over coaxial cable and reception through an analog set
top box. This server, which is expected to be introduced within the next three
to six months, is designed to replace the current VCR-based system as a
pay-per-view source for cable companies and for the analog hospitality market.
The Company is not currently targeting major domestic cable companies. Some of
these companies, for example, TCI, expressed an interest in the interactive
video services market initially, but have not begun widespread deployment,
possibly due to the cost of converting large, diverse cable systems, such as
TCI's hundreds of cable systems, from the current metal coaxial lines to HFC
lines.
 
    PRIVATE NETWORKS
 
    Many hotels and resorts, colleges and universities, large apartment and
condominium complexes and businesses have installed or are considering
installing private networks, utilizing ADSL, HFC, or FTTC. Private networks are
limited in geographic size and scope, but could potentially offer a range of
interactive video and data services to their customers, generally on a
for-profit basis. Private networks have the significant advantage of relatively
rapid and low-priced deployment, as compared with large-scale public networks,
and they are well-suited to the Company's scalable technology solutions.
 
    ANALOG HOSPITALITY.  Many hotels, motels, and resorts have already installed
pay-per-view video or television systems. These systems generally consist of
small local area networks with video stored on a number of VCR players connected
to a control system. There are a number of problems with these VCR-based
solutions: (i) the VCR equipment breaks frequently and repairs generally require
a site visit; (ii) the content is stored on conventional cassette tapes, which
are vulnerable to illegal copying and which results in certain first run movies
being released by studios to hotels substantially later than their theatrical
release; (iii) the capacity of the system is limited; (iv) video quality is
sometimes poor, especially after a tape has been played a number of times, since
these systems are often not cleaned or serviced on a regular basis; and (v)
video choices are limited, due to the size, complexity, and cost of the VCR
decks and controllers. The Company is developing and expects to introduce within
the next three to six months a new digital server that has an analog baseband
output, which is designed for this market and the cable pay-per-view market. See
"Public Networks--Domestic Cable Companies." This system is designed to be
relatively inexpensive and to store video content as digital files in the
server, potentially providing higher quality video, a greater selection, lower
cost, fewer security problems and easier maintenance compared to existing
pay-per-view systems. In addition, much of the maintenance could be performed
remotely from a centralized site. Content could be loaded using computer tape
(which is highly resistant to piracy) at the hotel, or could be downloaded from
a central location over telephone lines or an inexpensive satellite downlink.
This system is designed to be compatible with the existing analog equipment,
including inexpensive analog set top boxes, but might also provide a logical
migration path to digital services in the future.
 
    DIGITAL HOSPITALITY.  Some hotels, motels, and resorts are already
considering upgrading to a full digital interactive services solution. For
example, the Company is a finalist in the bidding for a digital hospitality
project in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia. The Company anticipates that certain upscale
hospitality properties, in particular, will install digital systems during
construction or thereafter upgrade to digital systems. These digital systems
have the potential to offer on-demand video programming, games, gaming,
shopping, health, education, and other services, in addition to high quality
digital pay-per-view programming.
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
    COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES.  Many colleges, including the University of
Maryland, Rutgers, and George Mason University, have begun installing modern,
high-speed networks, usually FTTC, on their campuses. Interactive video services
provide an opportunity to add entertainment, educational, and information
services to these networks both as a source of revenue to help defray the cost
of network installation and for educational purposes. For example, popular
courses could be stored on a server for viewing by large audiences on a
fully-interactive basis, with the potential for interactive test-taking and
homework submissions. Such a system could also aid ill or physically handicapped
students, those who work part-time, and absentees.
 
    MULTIPLE DWELLING UNITS (MDUS).  Many large apartment complexes,
condominiums, neighborhoods, and other groups of homes, termed Multiple Dwelling
Units or MDUs, are now installing modern HFC, FTTC, or ADSL systems either
during construction or as an upgrade in order to attract or retain tenants or as
a source of revenue. The Company believes that certain types of MDUs, such as
retirement communities, represent particularly attractive potential markets,
since these networks might offer shopping, education, interactive health, and
entertainment services to the elderly or consumers who have limited mobility.
 
    DIGITAL HOSPITALS.  Many domestic and foreign hospitals are already wired
with state-of-the-art, high-speed digital networks (usually FTTC) which would be
suitable for interactive video services systems, although it is currently
unclear who would fund these systems. The Company is aware of at least one
project in which health care providers, such as pharmaceutical companies, have
expressed a willingness to underwrite some or all of the cost of content shown
on these systems in return for strategic positioning of advertising. The
Company's digital server and operating system technology could potentially
accommodate an architecture designed to allow patients to view advertisements
targeted to their condition, which could be attractive to advertisers. Another
potential source of funding is electric power utilities, which value hospitals
as high-demand consumers of electric power. At least one power company has
expressed preliminary interest in the idea of installing the Company's
interactive video system in a mid-sized or large hospital as part of a
multi-year power contract. Another potential source of funding for these systems
is the hospitals themselves. Interactive video systems may be password- and
ID-protected, so that the user is individually identified within the system. The
Company believes that systems could be designed to show patients targeted videos
containing medical information or instructions which they would then
electronically "sign" prior to being allowed to view entertainment services.
Such a system could be attractive to hospitals as a means of patient education
and to ensure that patients (or staff) have read and understood instructions and
other information, such as liability warnings.
 
    BUSINESS CAMPUSES.  The Company believes that broadband digital networks
represent a logical extension of intranets. Business applications, such as
training, data management, communications and public relations, could
potentially be accommodated on broadband digital networks. The availability of
such networks in a corporate campus could also be employed to attract companies
to a particular business complex. The Company believes that a relatively
inexpensive PC plug-in board could be used instead of a set top box to connect
PCs to a broadband network, while television sets and set top boxes could be
used in appropriate settings, such as corporate briefing and board rooms.
 
SALES AND MARKETING
 
   
    The Company currently has only limited internal sales and marketing
personnel for its interactive video business. The Company is developing a
comprehensive sales and marketing plan and intends to recruit personnel to
establish a larger dedicated sales organization following the completion of the
Offering. The Company plans to hire a Vice President of Sales and Marketing to
develop and implement a comprehensive sales and marketing plan, and five
regional sales managers. The Company anticipates furthering its sales efforts
under new leadership by engaging in advertising and public relations activities
    
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
   
that create visibility for the Company and its products. Such activities may
include distributing informational materials to industry professionals,
consultants, the press, and prospective customers, advertising in trade
journals, participation in trade shows, and direct mailing of press releases and
marketing materials. The Company also plans to construct a demonstration room
for its products, as well as demonstration units. The Company intends to market
its products both directly and through third parties, including its strategic
partners (including companies that might include the Company's products and
services in integrated end-to-end interactive video system bids), original
equipment manufacturers, and agents.
    
 
   
    The Company utilizes several agents, primarily internationally, where the
use of such agents is customary. These include Bescom, Inc. and TeleMedia
International, Inc. in Korea, Hanshine International, Ltd. in China, WarpDrive
Marketing PTE LTD in Singapore, Riger Corporation (M) SDN BHD in Malaysia, and
Tadiran Telecommunications Ltd. in Israel. The Company's current arrangements
with its agents are non-exclusive, except in the case of En K (which is
exclusive in Korea as to certain server models, subject to an exception for the
IVISION project) and Bescom (which is exclusive as to the IVISION project in
Korea). See "Deployments--Korea" and "Risk Factors--Risks Associated with
Contracts with En Kay Telecom Co., Ltd., Inc." The Company expects to continue
to enter into arrangements with agents in the future, and some of these
arrangements may be exclusive. In the domestic hospitality market, the Company
intends to market its products to the five largest firms that supply such
services to hotels and motels, such as On Command Corporation. In some cases,
however, the Company may encounter opportunities to market its
hospitality-targeted products directly, especially outside the United States.
    
 
DEPLOYMENTS
 
    The Company has installed 11 interactive digital video servers in four
countries, consisting of seven servers in Korea, two in Israel, and one each in
Taiwan, and China. Two additional servers are being manufactured and a third is
undergoing systems integration for installation in China. The Company has
deployed these servers on four different network technologies: (i) FTTC (China),
(ii) HFC (Taiwan), (iii) high-speed data lines (E1 or T1) (Israel), and (iv)
twisted pair networks using ADSL (Korea). The Company believes that it is the
only company to have implemented interactive video systems on all four network
types. Information concerning these deployments is set forth below.
 
KOREA
 
   
    The Republic of Korea has embarked on a project to provide fully interactive
television services to many of its citizens and companies. The project is being
conducted by a consortium consisting of a government-sponsored research
institute (Electronics and Television Research Institute--ETRI), the national
telephone company Korea Telecom ("KT"), and a number of Korean companies
(including Samsung Group ("Samsung"), Hyundai Corporation, Lucky Goldstar
International Corp., Daewoo Corporation, and others). Several U.S. companies,
including Celerity, participate as sub-contractors. The two largest projects are
designed to provide interactive television over telephone and cable lines. In
1994, the Company participated in a pilot interactive video trial for KT. Other
parties to this trial included INC, which provided the switch and served as
project integrator, and Samsung, which provided the set-top boxes. As part of
this project, the Company received its first order to develop a 40-stream
digital video server and a proprietary digital set top box. The initial phase of
this project, called IVISION, led to an order for six additional digital video
servers of a more advanced design, which have been installed in Seoul, Pusan,
Taegu, Kwangju, Taejon, and Inchon. These systems have been in operation for
nearly two years. Over 2,000 subscribers are receiving services from these
systems, including video-on-demand, movies-on-demand, karaoke, medical
programming, and music. These services are provided over normal telephone lines
using ADSL, which allows rapid and inexpensive deployment without having to
install new lines.
    
 
    Bescom, Inc. ("Bescom"), a New Jersey-based distributor with business ties
to the Korean market, assisted Celerity in securing the sale of digital video
servers in Korea. To date, Celerity has received
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
   
approximately $3,780,000 from Bescom pursuant to an oral distribution agreement;
in addition, approximately $467,000 is due following successful completion of a
sixty-day reliability period. Although systems acceptance testing has been
successfully completed, there can be no assurance that the reliability testing
will be successfully completed, or that the Company will receive payment from
Bescom. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations--Results of Operations--Year Ended December 31, 1996
Compared to Year Ended December 31, 1995."
    
 
ISRAEL
 
   
    In 1995, the Company received an order from Bezeq, the Israeli national
telephone company, through Tadiran Telecommunications Ltd. ("Tadiran"), a major
Israeli telecommunications equipment firm. The Company provided two digital
video servers and a quantity of digital set top boxes to Tadiran for deployment
on a European standard (E1) high-speed dedicated copper data line network. Since
late 1996, this project has offered services similar to those described above to
approximately 100 subscribers in Israel. Tadiran has agreed to make total
payments to the Company of approximately $1,044,000 upon the achievement of
certain milestones, of which approximately $770,000 has been paid to date. The
Company anticipates that set top box development for this project will be
completed during the fourth quarter of 1997, and that systems acceptance testing
will occur shortly thereafter. Celerity is currently in discussions with Bezeq
with respect to Phase II of Bezeq's video server contract. There can be no
assurance that Celerity will be selected to participate in Phase II. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations--Results of Operations--Year Ended December 31, 1996 Compared to Year
Ended December 31, 1995."
    
 
TAIWAN
 
   
    In 1996, the Company received, from IBM Taiwan Corporation ("IBM Taiwan"),
its first order for its most advanced digital video server, an asynchronous
transfer mode ("ATM") server designed to operate on modern fiber optic networks.
The first server has been deployed in Taiwan for IBM Taiwan for use at the
Computer and Communications Research Laboratories/Industrial Technology Research
Institute ("Taiwan CCL"), under an arrangement with IBM Taiwan, the system
integrator. Under this arrangement Celerity is entitled to receive payments of
approximately $650,000 (of which approximately $400,000 has been paid to date
and the balance is to be paid upon the completion of a systems acceptance test).
This system has been operational since February 1997, serving approximately 50
subscribers. The final systems acceptance test was successfully performed and
the customer has agreed to pay for the project by the end of 1997. This system
is deployed on a hybrid fiber/coaxial cable network, of the type being installed
by many cable companies as they upgrade to higher capacity, higher quality
digital networks. This type of network, like FTTC (a widely used fiber optic
network), is able to support new applications, such as video conferencing, video
mail, robust three-dimensional graphics, and gaming.
    
 
CHINA
 
   
    In 1997, the Company sold, through its strategic alliance with INC, two of
its advanced video servers to Guangdong Public Telecommunications Authority
("GPTA") for deployment in Shenzen and Guangxiaou, China. The Shenzen server is
installed and has passed its beta test, and the Guangxiaou server is being
installed and systems acceptance testing is expected in the fourth quarter of
1997. The aggregate value of this contract is $1,400,000, of which approximately
$570,000 has been received to date. In addition, through INC, the Company has
received an order to install two servers for the Beijing Telecom Authority in
late 1997. The aggregate sales price for such order is $712,000. The scheduled
shipment dates for this project are in the fourth quarter of 1997 with
completion scheduled for the first quarter of 1998. These are the Company's
initial deployments on an FTTC network, which is the primary type of network
which telephone companies, electric and gas utility companies, colleges, and
many business and apartment complexes are installing to replace aging twisted
pair copper networks and to potentially offer emerging digital video, data, and
voice services.
    
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
STRATEGIC ALLIANCES
 
    The Company believes that entering into strategic alliances may give it
certain competitive advantages, including the ability to (i) reach a larger and
more diverse group of networks on which to deploy the Company's products and
services; (ii) provide a broader range of products and services; (iii) provide a
series of new and upgraded products and services, such as encoders and
applications software, which could be attractive to customers seeking to
improve, upgrade or extend their systems over an extended period of time; (iv)
offer end-to-end solutions; (v) access resources and information for utilization
in research and product development and design; (vi) test new Company designs
for compatibility with emerging technology developed by others in order to
facilitate cooperative arrangements; and (vii) pursue cooperative efforts at
trade shows and other joint marketing efforts. See "Deployments" and "Risk
Factors--Risks Associated with Contracts with En Kay Telecom Co., Ltd."
 
    The Company is actively seeking additional strategic alliances and has hired
a key executive as Vice President of Business Development to identify, obtain,
and manage these relationships. The Company is seeking additional alliances with
(i) network system providers for technical interconnection and joint marketing;
(ii) hardware manufacturers of real-time encoders, multiplexers, digital set top
boxes, and related equipment; (iii) content acquisition and management
companies; (iv) hospitality system vendors and distributors; (v) interactive
applications software developers; and (vi) business support systems software
developers.
 
    The Company has commenced discussions as to certain of these relationships,
while others are part of the Company's strategic plan, but are not yet in
progress. No assurance can be given that the Company will be successful in
entering into such strategic alliances on acceptable terms or, if any such
strategic alliances are entered into, that the Company will realize the
anticipated benefits from such strategic alliances. See "Risk Factors--Need for
Strategic Alliances."
 
    The Company has entered into strategic alliances with the following
companies:
 
    INTEGRATED NETWORK CORPORATION does joint marketing with the Company related
to INC's network switching equipment. INC was directly responsible for the
Company's participation in projects with Guangdong PTA, Beijing Telecom
Authority, and Taiwan CCL, and acted as a subcontractor along with the Company
to Bescom in Korea. The Company has bids in progress with INC in Israel,
Malaysia, and Singapore, although there can be no assurance that any of such
bids will be accepted.
 
   
    TADIRAN TELECOMMUNICATIONS LTD. is a manufacturer and distributor of
telecommunications equipment in Israel and internationally. Tadiran is also the
agent for the Company's Israel project and is a distributor of the Company's
products.
    
 
   
    FORE SYSTEMS, INC. is a leading manufacturer of ATM switches. The Company's
agreement with Fore Systems provides for joint marketing and technical
cooperation.
    
 
   
    The Company also has strategic alliances with MINERVA SYSTEMS, INC.
("Minerva"), a leading manufacturer of digital MPEG encoders, and COMMUNICATIONS
ENGINEERING, INC. ("CEI"), a leading provider of digital production studios,
although, to date, no sales have been made pursuant to these arrangements. The
Company's agreement with Minerva provides for joint marketing, a discounted
distributor sales program, and a discounted laboratory system. The Company's
distribution agreement with CEI allows the Company to bid CEI's systems as part
of Company projects.
    
 
COMPETITION
 
    The interactive video services market is highly competitive and
characterized by changing technology and evolving industry standards. In this
area, the Company's competitors include a number of companies, many of which are
significantly larger than the Company and which have greater financial and other
resources or which have entered into strategic alliances with such companies.
Such competition includes
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
numerous companies including (i) developers of narrowband solutions (for
applications like the Internet; (ii) manufacturers of very large servers (E.G.,
massively parallel processors, such as those developed by nCube, Sequent
Computer Systems, Inc., Hewlett Packard Co., DEC International, Inc., AT&T Corp.
and IBM) which are generally employed for very large deployments such as whole
cities, but which may not be scalable for smaller market deployments; (iii)
direct competitors to the Company that target the same niche markets as the
Company; (iv) manufacturers of set top boxes, such as Acorn, General Instrument,
Panasonic, Samsung, Scientific Atlantic, Stellar One, and Zenith; and (v)
manufacturers of content preparation equipment, such as DiviCom, Future Tel,
Nuko, Scopus, Vela, Panasonic, Silicon Graphics, and Sony. Although many
manufacturers of large servers have implemented trial deployments of digital
video services, the Company believes that, in almost every case, these
deployments involved general purpose computers which had not been designed for
such interactive video applications. Direct competitors include SeaChange
Systems, Inc., Concurrent Computer Corporation, and IPC. Competitive factors in
the interactive video services market include completeness of features, product
scalability and functionality, network compatibility, product quality,
reliability and price, marketing and sales resources, and customer service and
support. The Company competes on the basis of its demonstrated ability to
install digital video systems on each of the four major types of networks
accomodating interactive video services and its ability to offer economically
viable solutions based on the scalability of its systems. See "Risk
Factors--Competition" and "--Product Obsolescence; Technological Change."
 
CD-ROM SEGMENT
 
Industry Overview
 
    Many businesses and other organizations today create, receive and process
large quantities of documents, images, and other records. Some businesses and
organizations, including government units and finance and telecommunications
firms, have begun storing records on CD-ROM disks, disk drives, changers, or
larger CD-ROM systems that include towers and jukeboxes. These systems have many
advantages compared to paper records, including lower costs, compactness,
accuracy and ease of search and retrieval. Although other types of paperless
storage media are available, including RAM, microfilm computer hard disk,
WORM/magneto and tape, CD-ROM offers a standard storage format, enormous storage
capacity, reliability, and random access to the stored data. In order to
optimize use of such systems, they are normally connected to a number of users
via local area networks (LANs) or even at remote locations. Various kinds of
CD-ROM software, such as that offered by the Company, is required to process
information for storage, route it to the proper storage device, archive it, and
search for and retrieve it as needed.
 
    The growing popularity of CD-ROM information storage method is attested by
the increased sales of CD changers that can accomodate 100 to 150 disks, the
most popular type in use. Shipments of these units grew from 1,000 units in 1994
to more than 3,500 units in 1995, according to Disk Trend Magazine. The
electronic document imaging market has also continued to grow, with much of the
growth due to increased acceptance of CD-ROM applications and computer output to
laser disk (COLD) systems. The Company's hardware and software products have
application in both CD-ROM and COLD systems.
 
    The data networks for these systems are commonly configured using one of
three standard operating systems: (i) NetWare, a Novell product used for PC
applications; (ii) NFS, used on larger UNIX-based systems; and (iii) Windows NT,
the fastest growing network operating system. The Company's software products
function on each of these operating systems, and on a wide range of hardware
including scanners, PCs, minicomputers, mainframe computers, and CD jukeboxes.
 
PRODUCTS
 
    The Company's CD-ROM division has four major products, all of which are
designed to make document and image storage, management, and retrieval easy,
cost-effective, and more useful for businesses. MEDIATOR provides access to
CD-ROM towers and changers for Novell, UNIX, and Windows NT
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
clients. VIRTUAL CD MANAGER transforms CD-ROM changers into multi-user
information libraries connected to a Novell network. Like MEDIATOR, VIRTUAL CD
MANAGER displays all the CD devices under a single drive letter, enabling fast
and simple access to information. VIRTUAL CD WRITER is a Novell file extension
that allows a large group of users on a Novell network to record data on CD-ROMs
in a streamlined, single-step process. VIRTUAL CD WRITER and VIRTUAL CD MANAGER,
used together, provide a complete CD-ROM recording and retrieval solution for
Novell networks. CD WorkWare is a group of electronic document storage and
imaging tools which provide information management, indexing, and search
capabilities. This product allows mainframes or minicomputers to print, scan, or
tape transfer output onto a Novell network where documents are placed in an
on-line CD-ROM library that can be accessed by any network user. CD WORKWARE is
sold alone or bundled with the Company's other CD products.
 
SALES AND MARKETING
 
   
    The Company's markets its CD-ROM products through the Company's direct sales
and marketing personnel, principally to industries where there is extensive use
of electronic document and imaging and management such as financial services,
healthcare, government, and telecommunications. In addition, the Company markets
its CD-ROM products through sales and marketing materials and brochures, trade
show participation, public relations efforts, speaking engagements and
advertising in trade publications. The Company intends to hire a Vice President
and General Manager for the CD-ROM division who will be responsible for creating
a sales and marketing strategy for the division, which will include, among other
things, the development and management of third party sales channels, such as
distributors, integrators, and VARs. The Company also intends to hire additional
CD-ROM sales personnel and to upgrade its sales and marketing materials.
    
 
COMPETITION
 
    The CD-ROM market is competitive and characterized by changing technology
and evolving industry standards. In this area, the Company's competitors include
a number of companies, many of which are significantly larger than the Company
and have substantially greater financial and other resources. Competitive
factors in the CD-ROM market include completeness of features, product
scalability and functionality, product quality, reliability and price, marketing
and sales resources, distribution channels, and customer service and support.
The Company's competitors with respect to its CD-ROM products include Eastman
Kodak, Smart Storage Inc., Optical Technology Grove, IXOS, Axis Technology,
TenX, and Alchemy. See "Risk Factors--Competition."
 
INTERACTIVE VIDEO AND CD-ROM SEGMENTS
 
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
 
    The Company does not have any patents on its products and has not filed
patent applications on any products. The Company regards the products that it
owns as proprietary and relies primarily on a combination of trade secret laws,
nondisclosure agreements, other technical copy protection methods (such as
embedded coding), and copyright (where applicable) to protect its rights in and
to its products. It is the Company's policy that all employees and third-party
developers sign nondisclosure agreements. However, this may not afford the
Company sufficient protection for its know-how and its proprietary products.
Other parties may develop similar know-how and products, duplicate the Company's
know-how and products or develop patents that would materially and adversely
affect the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
Although the Company believes that its products and services do not infringe the
rights of third parties, and although the Company has not received notice of any
infringement claims, third parties may assert infringement claims against the
Company, and such claims may result in the Company being required to enter into
royalty arrangements, pay damages, or defend litigation, any of which could
materially and adversely affect the Company's business, financial condition and
results of operations. See "Risk Factors--Lack of Patent and Copyright
Protection."
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
MANUFACTURING AND MATERIALS
 
   
    The Company orders the component parts of its products from a number of
outside suppliers and assembles and tests the products at its own facilities.
The Company purchases certain raw materials, components, and subassemblies
included in the Company's products from a limited group of suppliers and does
not maintain long-term supply contracts with its suppliers. The Company relies
on four principal sole source suppliers, Microware, Pacific Micro Devices, CMD
Technologies and Solaris, for integral parts of the Company's video servers. The
Company relies on three principal sole source suppliers, Kubik Enterprises, QNX
Software Systems and Diamond Head Software for its CD-ROM products. The
disruption or termination of the Company's sources of supply could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business and results of operations.
While the Company is aware of alternative suppliers for most of these products,
there can be no assurance that any supplier could be replaced in a timely
manner. See "Risk Factors--Dependence on Suppliers; Manufacturing Risks."
    
 
QUALITY CONTROL, SERVICE AND WARRANTIES
 
    The Company's products must successfully pass tests at each important stage
of the manufacturing process. The Company offers maintenance and support
programs for its products that provide maintenance, telephone support,
enhancements, and upgrades.
 
    The Company generally warrants its interactive video servers to be free from
defects in material and workmanship for one year from the completion of the
final acceptance test. At the end of the warranty period, the Company offers
maintenance and support programs. In light of the fact that the Company has only
begun selling limited quantities of its interactive video server products in the
past few years, the Company has no basis on which to predict the likelihood of
substantial warranty claims for such products. In some cases, customers may
require a longer or more extensive warranty as part of the competitive bid
process. See "Risk Factors--Product Liability and Availability of Insurance."
 
    The Company warrants its CD-ROM products for 30 days after purchase, with a
replacement or repair option on such CD-ROM products. There have been no
material warranty claims in connection with the CD-ROM products during the past
several years. The Company also provides its CD-ROM customers with access to a
telephone help desk for one year after purchase.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
   
    As of September 30, 1997, the Company had 64 full-time employees,
approximately 40 of whom were employed in the engineering and product
development area, six of whom fulfilled marketing and sales functions and 18 of
whom fulfilled management or administrative roles. Subject to the availability
of funds, the Company intends to recruit approximately 50 additional employees
over the next 12 months, of which the Company estimates approximately nine will
be in sales and marketing, five in management and administration, and 36 in
engineering and product development. See "Risk Factors--Attraction and Retention
or Employees." The Company's employees are not represented by a union or
governed by a collective bargaining agreement.
    
 
PROPERTIES
 
    The Company maintains its executive offices in approximately 11,800 square
feet of space in Knoxville, Tennessee pursuant to a lease expiring in February
28, 2000. Monthly lease payments average approximately $11,000 over the term of
the lease.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
    The Company knows of no material litigation or proceeding pending,
threatened or contemplated to which the Company is or may become a party. See
"Risk Factors--Risks Associated with Contracts with En Kay Telecom Co., Ltd."
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
 
    The executive officers and directors of the Company are as follows:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                                       AGE                            POSITION
- -----------------------------------------------------      ---      -----------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>          <C>
Kenneth D. Van Meter.................................          50   President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of
                                                                    the Board
Glenn West...........................................          35   Executive Vice-President, Director of Technology, and
                                                                    Director
William R. Chambers..................................          46   Vice-President of Business Development
Mark Cromwell........................................          43   Vice-President of Engineering
Thomas E. Welch......................................          27   Controller
Fenton Scruggs(1)....................................          59   Director
Donald Greenhouse(1).................................          61   Director
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Member of the Compensation Committee
 
   
    KENNETH D. VAN METER--Mr. Van Meter has been the President and Chief
Executive Officer of the Company since January 20, 1997. He was elected Chairman
of the Board on March 25, 1997. From May 1995 to January 1997, Mr. Van Meter
served as Sr. Vice President, Operations, for Tele-TV Systems, a limited
partnership owned by Bell Atlantic Corporation ("Bell Atlantic"), NYNEX, and
Pacific Telesis, which was engaged in providing systems, software, and services
for its three parents in the interactive digital services industry. From June
1994 to May 1995, Mr. Van Meter was President of Bell Atlantic Video Services
Interactive Multimedia Platforms, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Bell Atlantic.
From April 1993 to June 1994, Mr. Van Meter was Vice President of Bell Atlantic
Video Services. Prior to joining Bell Atlantic, from 1991 to 1993, Mr. Van Meter
was Vice President and General Manager for Thomas Cook Limited, a travel
services company. From 1989 to 1991, Mr. Van Meter was Group Vice President for
two divisions of National Data Corporation ("NDC"). From 1984 to 1989, Mr. Van
Meter was Director and General Manager of two businesses for Sprint Corp.,
United Business Communications (shared tenant services), and the Meeting Channel
(2-way digital video teleconferencing). Mr. Van Meter holds an MBA with highest
honors in management and marketing from the University of Georgia, and a B.S.
with high honors in Chemistry from West Virginia University.
    
 
   
    GLENN WEST--Mr. West, a founder of the Company, has served as Executive
Vice-President, Director of Technology and a member of the Board of Directors
since the Company's inception in 1993. Prior to founding the Company, from 1987
to 1993, Mr. West served as Senior Systems Engineer for Data Research and
Applications, a software company.
    
 
   
    WILLIAM R. CHAMBERS--Mr. Chambers has been Vice President of Business
Development of the Company since April 1997. From June 1996 to April 1997, Mr.
Chambers was Senior Counsel at Tele-TV Systems. Prior to joining Tele-TV
Systems, Mr. Chambers spent 20 years in private law practice in the Washington,
D.C. area at Verner, Liipfert, Bernhard, MacPherson & Hand, from May 1995 to
June 1996, and at Watt, Tieder & Hoffar, from 1978 to 1995. Mr. Chambers also
serves as Chief Counsel of the Company. Mr. Chambers received a B.A. degree,
with honors, in Economics from Princeton University and a J.D., with honors,
from the National Law Center, George Washington University.
    
 
   
    MARK CROMWELL--Mr. Cromwell joined the Company as Vice President of
Engineering in August, 1997. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Cromwell was Vice
President of Transmission Product Engineering with DSC Communications
Corporation, where he worked from June 1984 to August 1997. Mr. Cromwell also
held engineering positions with Mostek Corporation, the Electronics Division of
the Chrysler Corporation and General Dynamics. He holds an M.S. in Electrical
Engineering from Southern Methodist University
    
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
and a B.S. in Physics from the University of Tennessee, and has done
postgraduate work in Management at the University of Texas in Dallas.
 
   
    THOMAS E. WELCH--Mr. Welch has been Controller of the Company since January
15, 1996. Before joining the Company, Mr. Welch, a certified public accountant,
was a senior associate with Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., where he was employed from
August 1992 to January 1996. Mr. Welch received a B.S. in Business
Administration Accounting from the University of Tennessee in May 1992.
    
 
   
    FENTON SCRUGGS--Dr. Scruggs, a founder of the Company, funded the initial
start-up of the Company, and has been a member of the Company's Board of
Directors since the Company's inception in 1993. Dr. Scruggs is a Board
Certified Pathologist from Chattanooga, Tennessee, who has been in private
practice since 1969. Dr. Scruggs received his undergraduate degree from
University of Virginia in 1959 and his graduate degree from the University of
Tennessee in 1962. Dr. Scruggs completed his residency at Memphis Methodist
Hospital and was a General Medical Officer in the U.S. Air Force from 1963 to
1965.
    
 
    DONALD GREENHOUSE--Mr. Greenhouse has been a member of the Company's Board
of Directors, as the designee of the holders of the Company's preferred stock,
since 1995. Mr. Greenhouse also served as interim Chief Executive Officer of the
Company from August 1996 until January 1997. Mr. Greenhouse is President and
Chief Executive Officer of Seneca Point Associates, Inc., a consulting firm
founded by him in November 1989. Mr. Greenhouse has approximately 40 years of
management experience in manufacturing, technology and service industries.
Seneca Point Associates, Inc. is a non-traditional consulting firm engaged by
clients nationally to fill full-time senior management positions.
 
   
    Each director holds office until the Company's annual meeting of
stockholders and until his successor is duly elected and qualified. The Company
intends to establish an Audit Committee prior to the consummation of the
Offering. Officers are elected by the Board of Directors and hold office at the
discretion of the Board of Directors. There are no family relationships between
any of the directors or executive officers of the Company.
    
 
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
 
    Directors do not receive compensation for serving on the Board of Directors
or fees for attending meetings of the Board of Directors; however, they are
reimbursed for related expenses. The Company expects to reconsider its policies
on director compensation in connection with its efforts to recruit additional
outside directors.
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    The following table sets forth the annual and long-term compensation for
services in all capacities for the fiscal years ended December 31, 1996, 1995
and 1994 paid to Kenneth D. Van Meter, the Company's Chairman of the Board,
President, and Chief Executive Officer, to Glenn West, Executive Vice President
and Director of Technology, and Mahmoud Youssefi, the Company's former Chief
Executive Officer (Messrs. Van Meter, West, and Youssefi, together the "Named
Executive Officers"). No other executive officer received compensation exceeding
$100,000 during the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996, 1995, or 1994.
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
   
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    LONG TERM COMPENSATION
                                                                             -------------------------------------
<S>                         <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
                                          ANNUAL COMPENSATION                         AWARDS             PAYOUTS
                            -----------------------------------------------  ------------------------  -----------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                  OTHER      RESTRICTED   SECURITIES    LONG-TERM
NAME AND PRINCIPAL                                               ANNUAL         STOCK     UNDERLYING    INCENTIVE     ALL OTHER
POSITION                      YEAR       SALARY      BONUS    COMPENSATION    AWARD(S)      OPTIONS    PLAN PAYOUT  COMPENSATION
- --------------------------  ---------  ----------  ---------  -------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -------------
<S>                         <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Kenneth D. Van Meter(1)...       1996      --         --           --            --           --           --            --
  Chairman of the Board,         1995      --         --           --            --           --           --            --
  Chief                          1994      --         --           --            --           --           --            --
  Executive Officer, and
  President
 
Glenn West................       1996  $  134,372     --           --            --           --           --            --
  Executive Vice President       1995  $  134,199     --           --            --           --           --            --
  and Director                   1994  $   72,000     --           --            --           --           --            --
 
Mahmoud Youssefi..........       1996  $  134,372     --           --            --           --           --            --
  Former Chief Executive         1995  $  131,167     --           --            --           --           --            --
  Officer and former             1994  $   66,000     --           --            --           --           --            --
  Director
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Mr. Van Meter joined the Company on January 20, 1997. Pursuant to his
    employment agreement, Mr. Van Meter is entitled to receive a salary of
    $162,000 for the 1997 fiscal year and a bonus equal to up to 99% of his base
    salary. See "Employment Agreements" below.
 
    The following table sets forth certain information concerning options
granted to the Named Executive Officers during the fiscal year ended December
31, 1996.
 
   
                       OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  INDIVIDUAL GRANTS
                                                                ------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                             <C>          <C>              <C>          <C>
                                                                 NUMBER OF    PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                SECURITIES    TOTAL OPTIONS
                                                                UNDERLYING     GRANTED TO     EXERCISE OR
                                                                  OPTIONS    INDIVIDUALS IN   BASE PRICE   EXPIRATION
NAME                                                              GRANTED      FISCAL YEAR     PER SHARE      DATE
- --------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ---------------  -----------  -----------
Kenneth D. Van Meter (1)......................................      --             --             --           --
Glenn West....................................................      --             --             --           --
Mahmoud Youssefi..............................................      --             --             --           --
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) For a discussion with respect to options granted to Mr. Van Meter in 1997,
    see "Management--Stock Option Plans; Options Granted Outside the Plans."
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
    The following table sets forth certain information concerning the number and
value of securities underlying exercisable and unexercisable stock options as of
the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996 by the Named Executive Officers.
 
           AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR AND FISCAL
                             YEAR-END OPTION VALUES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 NUMBER OF SECURITIES
                                        NUMBER OF               UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED    VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                         SHARES                       OPTIONS AT         IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS AT
                                       ACQUIRED ON    VALUE        DECEMBER 31, 1996        DECEMBER 31, 1996
NAME                                    EXERCISE     REALIZED   EXERCISABLE/UNEXERCISABLE EXERCISABLE/UNEXERCISABLE
- -------------------------------------  -----------  ----------  -----------------------  -----------------------
<S>                                    <C>          <C>         <C>                      <C>
Kenneth D. Van Meter.................      --           --                --                       --
Glenn West...........................      --           --                --                       --
Mahmoud Youssefi.....................      --           --                --                       --
</TABLE>
 
STOCK OPTION PLANS
 
    On August 10, 1995, the Board of Directors and stockholders adopted the
Company's 1995 Stock Option Plan (the "1995 Plan"). The 1995 Plan provides for
the grant of options to purchase up to 178,929 shares of Common Stock to
employees and officers of the Company. In August, 1997, the Board of Directors
and the stockholders adopted the Company's 1997 Stock Option Plan (the "1997
Plan," and, together with the 1995 Plan, the "Plans"). The 1997 Plan provides
for the grant of options to purchase up to 200,000 shares of Common Stock to
employees, directors, and officers of the Company. Options granted under the
Plans may be either "incentive stock options" within the meaning of Section 422A
of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), or non-qualified
options.
 
    The Plans are administered by the Board of Directors which serves as the
stock option committee and which determines, among other things, those
individuals who receive options, the time period during which the options may be
partially or fully exercised, the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon
the exercise of each option, and the option exercise price.
 
   
    The exercise price per share of Common Stock subject to an incentive stock
option may not be less than the fair market value per share of Common Stock on
the date the option is granted. The per share exercise price of the Common Stock
subject to a non-qualified option may be established by the Board of Directors,
but will not, after the date of this Prospectus, be less than 85% of the fair
market value of the Common Stock on the date of the grant. The aggregate fair
market value (determined as of the date the option is granted) of Common Stock
for which any person may be granted incentive stock options which first become
exercisable in any calendar year may not exceed $100,000. No person who owns,
directly or indirectly, at the time of the granting of an incentive stock option
to such person, more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes
of capital stock of the Company (a "10% Stockholder") shall be eligible to
receive any incentive stock options under the Plan unless the exercise price is
at least 110% of the fair market value of the shares of Common Stock subject to
the option, determined on the date of grant.
    
 
    No stock option may be transferred by an optionee other than by will or the
laws of descent and distribution and, during the lifetime of an optionee, the
option will be exercisable only by the optionee or a representative of such
optionee. In the event of termination of employment other than by death or
disability, the optionee will have no more than three months after such
termination during which the optionee shall be entitled to exercise the option,
unless otherwise determined by the stock option committee. Upon termination of
employment of an optionee by reason of death, such optionee's options remain
exercisable for one year thereafter to the extent such options were exercisable
on the date of such termination. Under the 1997 Plan, upon termination of
employment of an optionee by reason of total disability (as defined in the 1997
Plan) such optionee's options remain exercisable for one year thereafter.
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
    Options under the 1995 Plan must be issued within 10 years from August 10,
1995, the effective date of the 1995 Plan. Options under the 1997 Plan must be
issued within 10 years from August 6, 1997, the effective date of the 1997 Plan.
Incentive stock options granted under the Plans cannot be exercised more than 10
years from the date of grant. Incentive stock options issued to a 10%
Stockholder are limited to five-year terms. Payment of the exercise price for
options granted under the Plans may be made in cash or, if approved by the Board
of Directors of the Company, by delivery to the Company of shares of Common
Stock already owned by the optionee having a fair market value equal to the
exercise price of the options being exercised, or by a combination of such
methods. Therefore, an optionee may be able to tender shares of Common Stock to
purchase additional shares of Common Stock and may theoretically exercise all of
such optionee's stock options with no additional investment other than the
purchase of the original shares.
 
    Any unexercised options that expire or that terminate upon an employee's
ceasing to be employed by the Company become available again for issuance under
the Plan from which they were granted.
 
   
    Options to purchase 129,400 shares of Common Stock are outstanding under the
1995 Plan at exercise prices ranging from $0.10 to $4.90 per share, although
substantially all of such options are exercisable at $0.10 per share. Of such
optionees, William Chambers, an officer of the Company, has options to purchase
10,000 shares of Common Stock at $1.38 per share. No options are outstanding
under the 1997 Plan; however, the Company has agreed to grant Mark Cromwell, an
officer of the Company, options to purchase 24,000 shares of Common Stock by
December 31, 1997 at an exercise price equal to the market price of the Common
Stock on the date of grant.
    
 
OPTIONS GRANTED OUTSIDE THE PLANS
 
   
    In addition to the options which may be granted under the Plans, the Company
has granted options to purchase 483,200 shares of Common Stock outside of the
Plans, including: (i) options granted to Donald Greenhouse, a director of the
Company to purchase (x) 14,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of
$0.10 per share and (y) 26,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of
$1.38 per share; (ii) options to purchase 193,200 shares of Common Stock granted
to officers of the Company, including 183,200 to Kenneth Van Meter and 10,000 to
William Chambers at an exercise price of $1.38 per share; and (iii) options to
purchase 230,000 shares of Common Stock granted to Kenneth Van Meter and options
to purchase 20,000 shares of Common Stock granted to William Chambers at an
exercise price of $3.00 per share.
    
 
401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLAN
 
    The Company has a 401(k) profit sharing plan (the "401(k) Plan"), pursuant
to which the Company, at its discretion each year, may make contributions to
such plan which match a certain percentage, as determined by the Company, of the
contributions made by each employee. The Company may elect not to make matching
contributions to the 401(k) Plan in any given year. The Company made matching
contributions with respect to fiscal 1996 (an aggregate of approximately
$29,000) and has not yet made any determinations with respect to fiscal 1997.
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
 
    The Company has entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Van Meter, as
amended, which expires January 20, 2000. Pursuant to his employment agreement,
Mr. Van Meter receives an annual base salary of $162,000 and may, at the
discretion of the Board of Directors, receive an annual incentive bonus equal to
up to 99% of Mr. Van Meter's base salary if he and the Company reach certain
milestones. Up to two-thirds of such incentive bonus is to be awarded and paid
within thirty days following the end of each calendar year and up to the
remaining one third of such bonus is to be awarded at the end of each calendar
year and vest in two equal installments on the first and second anniversaries of
the date of the award. In connection with his employment, Mr. Van Meter
purchased 15,000 shares of Common Stock for nominal
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
consideration plus the cancellation of certain anti-dilution rights and received
options to purchase 183,200 shares of Common Stock at $1.38 per share and
options to purchase 230,000 shares of Common Stock at $3.00 per share.
Additionally, Mr. Van Meter is entitled to reimbursement of up to $45,000 for
expenses incurred as a result of his relocation.
 
   
    The Company has entered into an employment agreement with Mr. West which
expires on May 1, 2000. Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. West received
a base salary of $134,372 in 1996. Such base salary is subject to increase at
the discretion of the Board of Directors based upon, among other things, the
performance of the Company and the performance, duties, and responsibilities of
Mr. West. The employment agreement also provides that Mr. West will not compete
with the Company for two years after the termination of his employment. A state
court, however, may determine not to enforce such non-compete clause as against
public policy. The employment agreement is terminable by the Company for cause
upon the occurrence of certain events, or upon physical or mental disability or
incapacity.
    
 
   
    Pursuant to employment agreements with the Company, William Chambers and
Mark Cromwell are each receiving salaries of $125,000 per annum. Pursuant to Mr.
Chambers' agreement with the Company, he is eligible to receive, (i) at the
discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company, a bonus of up to twenty
five percent (25%) of his annual salary, and (ii) reimbursement in the amount of
$25,000 for expenses incurred as a result of his relocation. Pursuant to Mr.
Cromwell's agreement with the Company, he is eligible to receive (i) at the
discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company, a bonus of up to
twenty-five percent (25%) of his annual salary, and (ii) reimbursement of up to
$30,000 for expenses incurred in his relocation. In connection with his
employment, Mr. Chambers also received options to purchase 20,000 shares of
Common Stock at an exercise price of $1.38 and options to purchase 20,000 shares
of Common Stock at an exercise price of $3.00 per share and, by December 31,
1997, and subject to the approval of the Board of Directors of the Company, Mr.
Cromwell will receive an option to purchase 24,000 shares of Common Stock at an
exercise price per share equal to the market price of the Common Stock on the
date of grant. Messrs. Chamber's and Cromwell's employment with the Company may
be terminated by either the employee or the Company at any time.
    
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
 
    The following table sets forth certain information known to the Company
regarding the beneficial ownership of the Company's voting securities as of the
date of this Prospectus and as adjusted to reflect the sale of 2,000,000 shares
of Common Stock offered hereby by (i) each person who is known by the Company to
own of record or beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding Common Stock, (ii)
each of the Company's directors and the Named Executive Officers and (iii) all
directors and executive officers of the Company as a group. Unless otherwise
indicated, each of the stockholders listed in the table below has sole voting
and dispositive power with respect to the shares beneficially owned by such
stockholder.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          PERCENT OF CLASS(1)
                                                                                    -------------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>                          <C>             <C>
                                                            NUMBER OF SHARES
                                                              BENEFICIALLY              BEFORE
NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER(2)                                       OWNED                OFFERING     AFTER OFFERING
- -----------------------------------------------------  ---------------------------  --------------  ---------------
Glenn West...........................................              382,636                  18.4%            9.4%
Dr. Fenton Scruggs...................................              337,915                  16.2%            8.3%
Donald Greenhouse(3).................................               40,000(4)                1.9%            1.0%
Kenneth D. Van Meter.................................              428,200(5)               17.2%            9.5%
Mahmoud Youssefi(6)..................................              160,000                   7.7%            3.9%
Special Situations Fund III, L.P.....................              198,064(7)                9.3%            4.8%
All directors and executive officers as a group (six
  persons) (3)(4)(5)(8)..............................            1,232,751                  47.8%           26.9%
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) For each beneficial owner, shares of Common Stock subject to securities
    exercisable or convertible within 60 days of the date of this Prospectus are
    deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of such beneficial owner.
 
(2) The address for Messrs. West, Greenhouse, Van Meter, and Dr. Scruggs is c/o
    Celerity Systems, Inc., 9051 Executive Park Drive, Suite 302, Knoxville,
    Tennessee 37932.
 
   
(3) Mr. Greenhouse is the father of David Greenhouse who is the Vice President
    of AWM Investment Company, Inc. (See note 7 below.) Mr. Greenhouse disclaims
    beneficial ownership of the shares owned by such fund.
    
 
(4) Includes options to purchase 40,000 shares of Common Stock which will be
    exercisable upon consummation of the Offering.
 
(5) Includes 413,200 shares of Common Stock which are either subject to
    currently exercisable stock options or will be exercisable upon consummation
    of the Offering. Also includes an aggregate of 10,000 shares of Common Stock
    owned by Mr. Van Meter's children.
 
(6) The address of Mr. Youssefi is 211 Flynn Road, Walland, Tennessee 37886.
 
   
(7) Includes warrants to purchase 51,020 shares of Common Stock which are
    currently exercisable. MGP Advisers Limited Partnership, a Delaware limited
    partnership ("MGP"), is the general partner of the Special Situations Fund
    III, L.P. and AWM Investment Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation
    principally owned by Austin Marxe, is the general partner of MGP. The
    address of Special Situations Fund III, L.P. is 153 East 53rd Street, New
    York, New York 10022.
    
 
   
(8) Includes options issued to executive officers of the Company to purchase an
    aggregate of 44,000 shares of Common Stock which will be exercisable upon
    the consummation of the Offering.
    
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
                 CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
 
   
    The Company was initially capitalized by Dr. Fenton Scruggs, a founder and
director of the Company, who contributed $155,000 in capital from January to
June 1993. In June 1993, Mahmoud Youssefi, a founder of the Company and a
principal officer until April 1997, loaned the Company $30,000 in the form of an
unsecured loan bearing interest at the rate of 29.2% per annum. The balance of
the loan, together with accrued interest thereon, was paid in full in December
1995.
    
 
    In April 1994, the Company received a secured loan from Herzog, Heine &
Geduld, Inc., a customer of the Company, in the principal amount of $250,000 and
bearing interest at a rate of 9.75% per annum. The loan was converted into
181,290 shares of Series A Preferred Stock in May 1995, which will be converted
into 72,516 shares of Common Stock upon the closing of the Offering.
 
    In November 1994, the Company received an unsecured loan from Dr. Scruggs in
the principal amount of $75,000 and bearing interest at a rate of 9% per annum.
Dr. Scruggs converted the outstanding balance, including accrued interest
thereon, into 17,915 shares of the Company's Common Stock at $4.90 per share on
December 31, 1995.
 
   
    In May 1995, the Company sold 975,836 shares of Series A Preferred Stock at
$1.55 per share and warrants to purchase 408,479 Series B Preferred Stock at
$1.96 per share. The warrants to purchase the Series B Preferred Stock were
exercised in August 1995. The Preferred Stock, voting together as a single
class, had the right to elect one member of the Company's Board of Directors.
Donald Greenhouse has served as the designee of the holders of the preferred
stock.
    
 
   
    In May 1995, the Company redeemed 17,364 shares of Common Stock from Glenn
West, the Company's Executive Vice President, Director of Technology, and a
member of the Board of Directors, for an aggregate purchase price of $67,500. As
a founder of the Company, Mr. West purchased for nominal consideration the
shares that were redeemed.
    
 
   
    In November 1995, the Company issued 12-month promissory notes under an
arrangement with certain parties, including a number of holders of the Series A
and B Preferred Stock. The purchasers of such notes also received warrants to
purchase 190,714 shares of the Company's Common Stock at an exercise price of
$4.90 per share. The warrants expire upon the earlier of (i) May 31, 1998 or
(ii) the issuance by the Company of shares of its Common Stock in a public
offering at an aggregate purchase price of $5,000,000 or more, and at a Company
valuation of at least $10,000,000. The Offering would meet this criteria. The
principal amount of the promissory notes was $934,500 and interest accrued at a
fixed rate of 10% per annum. When payments on such notes were not made by
November 30, 1996, they automatically converted, at a rate of $4.90 per share,
into an aggregate of 190,714 shares of Common Stock. The interest which had
accrued on the debt was forgiven.
    
 
   
    During the year ended December 31, 1996 and the six months ended June 30,
1997, the Company paid approximately $35,000 and $30,000, respectively, in
consulting fees to Seneca Point Associates, Inc., a management consulting firm
of which Donald Greenhouse, a member of the Board of Directors, is President and
Chief Executive Officer. Seneca Point Associates, Inc., does not have an ongoing
consulting arrangement with the Company. In addition, Mr. Greenhouse's son,
David Greenhouse, is the Vice President of AWN Investment Company, Inc., which
indirectly controls the Special Situations Fund III, L.P., a principal
stockholder of the Company's securities and an investor in the Company's
November 1995 private placement of promissory notes and warrants.
    
 
    In July 1996, the Company completed the 1996 Placement, pursuant to which
the Representative acted as placement agent in such offering and received sales
commissions of $480,000, was reimbursed a total of $120,000 for certain
expenses, and was issued the Hampshire Warrant.
 
    On April 5, 1997, the Company entered into an agreement with Mr. Youssefi
pursuant to which Mr. Youssefi's employment as President of the Company was
terminated (the "Termination Agreement").
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
   
Pursuant to the Termination Agreement, Mr. Youssefi agreed, among other things,
(i) not to compete with the Company for a three-year period (although such
provision may be deemed unenforceable by a state court), (ii) to waive all
claims and rights against the Company, (iii) to cooperate with the Company in
its business endeavors and (iv) to assist with the Company's efforts in an
initial public offering. Under the Termination Agreement, the Company agreed to
pay Mr. Youssefi $4,000 in April 1997, $11,458.33 from May 1997 to and including
April 1998; $7,458.33 on or before May, 1, 1998, and $11,458.33 from June 1998
to May 1, 2000. The Termination Agreement included a clause which conditioned
these obligations upon payment by En K to the Company of $2,000,000 on or prior
to May 5, 1997 because Mr. Youssefi's compensation under such agreement was
premised, in part, on the continued success of the Company's relationship with
En K. The Company did not receive En K's May 5, 1997 payment and was therefore
only obligated to provide Mr. Youssefi the $11,458 monthly payments through
December 1997.
    
 
   
    As a condition to proceeding with the Bridge Financing and the Offering, the
Company deemed it necessary for it to repurchase a portion of its outstanding
Common Stock in order for the Common Stock to be sold in the Offering at the
appropriate valuation. Mr. Youssefi and Dr. Scruggs, who were in a position to
benefit substantially from the consummation of the Offering, agreed to sell
240,000 and 80,000 shares of Common Stock, respectively, to the Company at a
purchase price of $0.50 per share.
    
 
    Pursuant to a letter agreement, dated July 15, 1997, between the Company and
Mahmoud Youssefi (the "Youssefi Repurchase Agreement"), Mr. Youssefi sold to the
Company 240,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock held by him at a purchase
price of $0.50 per share concurrently with the closing of the Bridge Financing.
Additionally, pursuant to the Youssefi Repurchase Agreement, in exchange for Mr.
Youssefi's execution of an agreement (the "Youssefi Lock-Up"), pursuant to which
he promised not to sell any securities of the Company owned by him for a period
of 18 months following the Company's initial public offering, the Company agreed
to pay Mr. Youssefi (i) upon the Company's receipt of the Youssefi Lock-Up, (a)
$11,458.33 allegedly owed to Mr. Youssefi at such time under the Termination
Agreement and (b) approximately $7,400 for reimbursable credit card and business
expenses; (ii) concurrently with the closing of the Bridge Financing, $53,291.65
as payment in full (except for $15,458.33) for the Company's remaining
obligations under the Termination Agreement; and (iii) the remaining $15,458.33
upon the earlier of (a) 150 days after the closing of the Bridge Financing or
(b) the closing of this Offering. Finally, the Company agreed, within 30 days
following the closing of the Offering, to pay off approximately $25,000 of
leases guaranteed by Mr. Youssefi "See Use of Proceeds."
 
    Pursuant to a letter agreement, dated July 15, 1997, between the Company and
Dr. Fenton Scruggs, Dr. Scruggs sold to the Company 80,000 shares of the
Company's Common Stock held by him at a purchase price of $0.50 per share
concurrently with the closing of the Bridge Financing.
 
    In connection with his employment agreement, in July 1997, Kenneth D. Van
Meter purchased 15,000 shares of Common Stock for nominal consideration plus the
termination of certain anti-dilution rights. See "Management--Employment
Agreements."
 
    In August 1997, the Company completed the Bridge Financing, pursuant to
which the Representative acted as placement agent in such offering and received
sales commissions of $200,000, as well as a non-accountable expense allowance of
$60,000.
 
   
    The Company believes that each of the above referenced transactions was made
on terms no less favorable to the Company than could have been obtained from an
unaffiliated third party. Furthermore, any future transactions or loans between
the Company and officers, directors, principal stockholders or affiliates and,
any forgiveness of such loans, will be on terms no less favorable to the Company
than could be obtained from an unaffiliated third party, and will be approved by
a majority of the Company's directors, including a majority of the Company's
independent and disinterested directors who have access at the Company's expense
to the Company's legal counsel.
    
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
                           DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES
 
    The following summary description of the Company's capital stock, other
securities, and selected provisions of its Certificate of Incorporation and
Bylaws is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Company's Certificate of
Incorporation, Bylaws, and warrants, copies of which have been filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission as exhibits to the Registration Statement of
which this Prospectus is a part.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
    The Company is authorized to issue up to 15,000,000 shares of Common Stock,
par value $0.001 per share, of which 2,082,239 shares are issued and outstanding
as of the date hereof, after giving effect to the Conversion.
 
    Holders of shares of the Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share on
all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. Subject to preferences which
may be applicable to preferred stock outstanding at any time, holders of shares
of Common Stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may
be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors out of funds legally
available therefor. See "Dividend Policy."
 
    In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company,
the holders of shares of Common Stock are entitled to share ratably in all
assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to prior rights of
preferred stock, if any, then outstanding. Shares of Common Stock have no
preemptive, conversion, or other subscription rights and there are no repurchase
or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Common Stock. As of the date
hereof, there are approximately 105 record holders of Common Stock, after giving
effect to the Conversion.
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
   
    After giving effect to the Conversion, the Company is authorized to issue up
to 3,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, of which no
shares are outstanding as of the date hereof. The preferred stock may be issued
in one or more series, the terms of which may be determined at the time of
issuance by the Board of Directors, without further action by stockholders, and
may include voting rights (including the right to vote as a series on particular
matters), preferences as to dividends and liquidation, conversion rights,
redemption rights, and sinking fund provisions. The issuance of any such
preferred stock could adversely affect the rights of the holders of Common Stock
and, therefore, reduce the value of the Common Stock. The ability of the Board
of Directors to issue preferred stock could discourage, delay, or prevent a
takeover of the Company. The Company has no current arrangement, commitment or
understanding with respect to the issuance of its preferred stock. There can be
no assurance, however, that the Company will not, in the future, issue shares of
preferred stock. See "Risk Factors--Anti-Takeover Effects of Certain Provisions
of Certificate of Incorporation and Delaware Law."
    
 
REPRESENTATIVE'S WARRANTS
 
   
    In connection with this Offering, the Company has agreed to issue to the
Representative and its designees, Representative's Warrants to purchase up to
200,000 shares of Common Stock. The Representative's Warrants will be
exercisable, at a price equal to 165% of the public offering price, for a period
of four years commencing one year after the closing of this Offering. The
Representative and its designees are entitled to certain registration rights
under the Securities Act relating to the shares of Common Stock received upon
the exercise of the Representative's Warrants. The Representative's Warrants may
not be sold, assigned, pledged, hypothecated, or transferred for a period of one
year from the date of this Prospectus, except to members of the selling group
and officers or partners of the Representative or members of the selling group.
The Representative's Warrants contain anti-dilution provisions providing for
adjustment to the exercise price and number of shares of Common Stock issuable
upon exercise of the
    
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
Representative's Warrants (the "Warrant Shares") upon the occurrence of certain
events, including stock dividends, stock splits and recapitalizations.
 
    The Company has agreed that, at the request of the holders of a majority of
the Representative's Warrants and Warrant Shares (and on no more than one
occasion), the Company will file a registration statement under the Securities
Act for an offering of the Representative's Warrants and the Warrant Shares
during the four-year period beginning on the first anniversary of the date of
this Prospectus, and the Company has agreed to use its best efforts to cause
each such registration statement to be declared effective under the Securities
Act at the Company's expense (subject to certain limitations). In addition, the
Company has agreed to give advance notice to holders of the Representative's
Warrants and Warrant Shares of its intention to file a registration statement,
and in one such case, holders of the Representative's Warrants and the Warrant
Shares will have the right to require the Company to include the
Representative's Warrants and the Warrant Shares in such registration statement
at the Company's expense (subject to certain limitations).
 
OPTIONS AND WARRANTS
 
    1995 WARRANTS
 
    In connection with the Company's November 1995 private placement of 12-month
promissory notes, the Company issued the 1995 Warrants to purchase 190,714
shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $4.90 per share. Such warrants
may be exercised in whole or in part any time prior to the earlier of (i) May
31, 1998 and (ii) the issuance by the Company of at least $5,000,000 in
additional capital based on a valuation of the Company of at least $10,000,000
through a public offering, including the Offering.
 
    1996 WARRANTS
 
    The 1996 Warrants entitle the holders thereof to purchase, in the aggregate,
up to 209,520 shares of Common Stock, at an exercise price of $8.46 per share.
The 1996 Warrants may be exercised at any time and expire on the earlier of (i)
five years from the date of the issuance of such warrant or (ii) the third
anniversary of the closing of the Offering.
 
    HAMPSHIRE WARRANT
 
    The Hampshire Warrant is exercisable for 38,852 shares of Common Stock at an
exercise price of $9.44. The Hampshire Warrant may be exercised in whole or in
part at any time and expire on the earlier of (i) five years from the date of
the issuance of such warrant or (ii) the third anniversary of the closing of the
Offering.
 
    BRIDGE WARRANTS
 
    In connection with the Company's Bridge Financing, the Company issued the
Bridge Warrants to purchase 320,000 shares of the Common Stock at an exercise
price of $3.00 per share. Such warrants may be exercised at any time after
August 8, 1998 and expire on August 8, 2001.
 
    STOCK OPTIONS
 
   
    In addition to the 1995 Warrants, the 1996 Warrants, the Hampshire Warrant,
and the Bridge Warrants, the Company has outstanding 612,600 options for the
purchase of the Common Stock, 129,400 of which have been issued under the 1995
Plan. See "Management--Stock Option Plans."
    
 
STOCKHOLDER REPORTS
 
    The Company intends to furnish its stockholders with annual reports
containing audited financial statements and such other periodic reports as the
Company may deem appropriate and as may be required by law.
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
TRANSFER AGENT
 
    American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, New York, New York is the Transfer
Agent for the Company's Common Stock.
 
DIRECTORS' LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION
 
   
    The Company's Certificate of Incorporation includes provisions which (a)
eliminate the personal liability of directors for monetary damages resulting
from breaches of their fiduciary duty (except for liability for breaches of the
duty of loyalty, acts, or omissions not in good faith or which involve
intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, violations under Section
174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law ("DGCL"), or for any transaction
from which the director derived an improper personal benefit) and (b) states
that damages shall, to the extent permitted by law, include, without limitation,
any judgment, fine, amount paid in settlement, penalty, punitive damages,
excise, or other tax, including, without limitation, any of the foregoing
incurred or assessed with respect to an employee benefit plan, or expense of any
nature (including, without limitation, counsel fees and disbursements). The
Company believes that these provisions are necessary to attract and retain
qualified persons as directors and officers.
    
 
   
    Section 145 of the DGCL permits indemnification by a corporation of certain
officers, directors, employees, and agents. Consistent therewith, the Company's
Certificate of Incorporation requires that the Company indemnify all persons who
it may indemnify pursuant thereto to the fullest extent permitted by Section
145.
    
 
    The Company's Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws provide that the
Company will indemnify each of its directors and officers to the fullest extent
permitted by law with respect to all liability and loss suffered and expenses
incurred by such person in any action, suit, or proceeding in which such person
was or is made or threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved by
reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the
Company. The Company is also obligated to pay the expenses of the directors and
officers incurred in defending such proceedings, subject to reimbursement if it
is subsequently determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification.
 
    In addition, the Company's Certificate of Incorporation provides that the
Company's directors shall not be liable to the Company or its stockholders for
monetary damages for breaches of their fiduciary duties to the Company and its
stockholders except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation
thereof is not permitted under the DGCL. This provision in the Certificate of
Incorporation does not eliminate the duty of care, and in appropriate
circumstances equitable remedies such as injunctive or other forms of
nonmonetary relief will remain available under the DGCL. In addition, each
director will continue to be subject to liability for monetary damages for
misappropriation of any corporate opportunity in violation of the director's
duties, for acts or omissions involving intentional misconduct, for knowing
violations of law, for actions leading to improper personal benefit to the
director, and for distributions (including payment of dividends or stock
repurchases or redemptions) that are unlawful under the DGCL. The provision does
not affect a director's responsibilities under any other law, such as the
federal securities laws. The Certificate of Incorporation further provides that
if the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or
limiting the personal liability of directors then the liability of a director of
the Company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by
the DGCL as amended or supplemented.
 
   
    The Company intends to maintain a policy of insurance under which the
directors and officers of the Company will be insured, subject to the limits of
the policy, against certain losses arising from claims made against such
directors and officers by reason of any acts or omissions covered under such
policy in their respective capacities as directors or officers, including
liabilities under the Securities Act. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities
arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers, and
controlling persons of the Company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or
otherwise, the Company has
    
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
been advised that, in the opinion of the Commission, such indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore,
unenforceable.
 
DELAWARE ANTI-TAKEOVER LAW
 
    The Company is subject to Section 203 of the DGCL ("Section 203") which,
subject to certain exceptions and limitations, prohibits a Delaware corporation
from engaging in any "business combination" with any "interested stockholder"
for a period of three years following the date that such stockholder became an
interested stockholder, unless: (i) prior to such time, the board of directors
of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction
which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; (ii) upon
consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an
interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the
voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction
commenced (excluding, for the purposes of determining the number of shares
outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, those shares owned (x) by
persons who are directors and also officers and (y) by employee stock plans in
which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially
whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange
offer are excluded from the calculation); or (iii) on or subsequent to such
time, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and
authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written
consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66- 2/3% of the outstanding voting
stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.
 
    For purposes of Section 203, "a business combination" includes (i) any
merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested
stockholder; (ii) any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more
of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder; (iii)
subject to certain exceptions, any transaction which results in the issuance or
transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested
stockholder; (iv) any transaction involving the corporation which has the effect
of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the
corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or (v) the receipt
by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees,
pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.
Section 203 defines an "interested stockholder" as any entity or person
beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the
corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or
controlled by such entity or person.
 
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
    Upon completion of the Offering, the Company will have 4,082,239 shares of
Common Stock outstanding (4,382,239 shares of Common Stock outstanding if the
Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full). Of these shares, the
2,000,000 Shares offered hereby (2,300,000 shares if the Underwriters'
over-allotment option is exercised in full) will be freely tradeable without
further registration under the Securities Act.
 
   
    All of the presently outstanding 2,082,239 shares of Common Stock are, and
the 1,371,686 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Company's
outstanding options and warrants, will be, "restricted securities" within the
meaning of Rule 144 and, if held for at least one year would be eligible for
sale in the public market in reliance upon, and in accordance with, the
provisions of Rule 144 following the expiration of such one-year period. In
general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person or persons whose shares
are aggregated, including a person who may be deemed to be an "affiliate" of the
Company as that term is defined under the Securities Act, would be entitled to
sell within any three-month period a number of shares beneficially owned for at
least one year that does not exceed the greater of (i) 1% of the then
outstanding shares of Common Stock, or (ii) the average weekly trading volume in
the Common Stock during the four calendar weeks preceding such sale. Sales under
Rule 144 are also subject to certain requirements as to the manner of sale,
notice, and the availability of current public information about the Company.
However, a person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of the Company
    
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
during the 90 days preceding a sale by such person and who has beneficially
owned shares of Common Stock for at least two years may sell such shares without
regard to the volume, manner of sale, or notice requirements of Rule 144.
 
    Up to 200,000 additional shares of Common Stock may be purchased by the
Representative through the exercise of the Representative's Warrants during the
period commencing one year from the date of the closing of the Offering and
terminating on the fourth anniversary of such date. The holders of the
Representative's Warrants have certain demand and "piggyback" registration
rights as to such warrants and the underlying shares of Common Stock. Such
warrants and any and all shares of Common Stock purchased upon the exercise of
the Representative's Warrants may be freely tradeable, provided that the Company
satisfies certain securities registration and qualification requirements in
accordance with the terms of the Representative's Warrants. See "Description of
Securities--Representative's Warrants" and "Underwriting."
 
    The Company intends to file a registration statement covering the shares of
Common Stock underlying options which have been, or may be, granted under the
Plans and options granted outside the Plans. In addition, the holders of (i)
553,726 shares of Common Stock have certain demand and "piggyback" registration
rights as to such shares commencing immediately upon the consummation of the
Offering, (ii) 426,648 shares of Common Stock have certain demand and
"piggyback" registration rights as to such shares commencing 6 months after
consummation of the Offering, (iii) the holders of 880,551 shares of Common
Stock have certain "piggyback" registration rights as to such shares commencing
immediately upon consummation of the Offering, (iv) 190,714 shares of Common
Stock underlying the 1995 Warrants have "piggyback" registration rights
commencing immediately upon the consummation of the Offering and (v) 209,520
shares of Common Stock underlying the 1996 Warrants and 320,000 shares of Common
Stock underlying the Bridge Warrants have certain demand and "piggyback"
registration rights commencing six months and 12 months respectively, after
consummation of the Offering. The Company, its officers, directors, and certain
stockholders holding an aggregate of 895,552 shares of Common Stock have entered
into agreements with the Representative which prohibit them from offering,
issuing, selling, or otherwise disposing of any securities of the Company for a
period of 18 months following the date of this Prospectus, without the prior
written consent of the Representative. In addition, certain stockholders holding
an aggregate of 426,654 shares of Common Stock have entered into agreements with
the Representative which prohibit them from offering, issuing, selling, or
otherwise disposing of any securities of the Company for a period of 12 months
following the date of this Prospectus, without the prior written consent of the
Representative. See "Principal Stockholders" and "Underwriting."
 
    Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Company's
securities. Following the Offering, the Company cannot predict the effect, if
any, that sales of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Rule 144, registration
rights, or otherwise, or the availability of such shares for sale, will have on
the market price prevailing from time to time. In addition, sales by the current
stockholders of a substantial number of shares of Common Stock in the public
market could materially adversely affect prevailing market prices for the Common
Stock. The availability for sale of a substantial number of shares of Common
Stock acquired through the exercise of the options or warrants could also
materially adversely affect prevailing market prices for the Common Stock. See
"Risk Factors--Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
 
                                       57
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
    Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement
(the "Underwriting Agreement"), the Company has agreed to sell to each of the
Underwriters named below, and each of the Underwriters, for whom Hampshire
Securities Corporation is acting as Representative, has severally agreed to
purchase, the respective number of Shares set forth opposite its name below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
UNDERWRITERS                                                                           NUMBER OF SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------------
<S>                                                                                    <C>
Hampshire Securities Corporation.....................................................
 
                                                                                       -----------------
            Total....................................................................       2,000,000
                                                                                       -----------------
                                                                                       -----------------
</TABLE>
 
    A copy of the Underwriting Agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement, to which reference is hereby made. The Underwriting
Agreement provides that the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase the
Shares is subject to certain conditions. The Underwriters are committed to
purchase all of the Shares (other than those covered by the Underwriters'
over-allotment option described below), if any are purchased.
 
    The Representative has advised the Company that the Underwriters propose to
offer the Common Stock to the public at the initial public offering price set
forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, and that they may allow to certain
dealers who are members of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
("NASD") and to certain foreign dealers, concessions not in excess of $
per Share, of which amount a sum not in excess of $         per Share may in
turn be reallowed by such dealers to other dealers who are members of the NASD
and to certain foreign dealers. After the initial public offering, the offering
price, the concession to selected dealers and the reallowance to other dealers
may be changed by the Representative.
 
   
    The Company has agreed to pay the Representative an expense allowance, on a
non-accountable basis, equal to 3% of the gross proceeds received by the Company
from the sale of the 2,000,000 Shares offered hereby (and any shares sold upon
the exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option). The Company has also
granted to the Representative and its designees, for nominal consideration,
Representative's Warrants to purchase from the Company up to 200,000 shares of
Common Stock at an exercise price per share equal to 165% of the public offering
price per share. See "Description of Securities-- Representative's Warrants."
    
 
    The Company has granted the Representative the right, for a period of three
years commencing on the closing date of the Offering, to appoint an observer to
attend all meetings of the Board of Directors of the Company and receive
reimbursement for all out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending such
meetings. In addition, the observer will be entitled to indemnification, to the
same extent as the Company directors.
 
    The Representative has advised the Company that the Underwriters do not
intend to confirm sales of the Shares offered hereby to any account over which
they exercise discretionary authority.
 
    The Company has also granted to the Underwriters, exercisable for 45 days
from the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to 300,000 additional shares of
Common Stock at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and
commissions. To the extent such option is exercised, each Underwriter will
 
                                       58
<PAGE>
become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase additional shares
of Common Stock proportionate to such Underwriter's initial commitment as
indicated in the preceding table. The Underwriters may exercise such right of
purchase only for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in
connection with the sale of the Shares. Purchases of shares of Common Stock upon
exercise of the over-allotment option will result in the realization of
additional compensation by the Underwriters.
 
   
    The Company has agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against certain
liabilities, including civil liabilities under the Securities Act, or will
contribute to payments the Underwriters may be required to make in respect
thereof. The Company has been advised by the Securities and Exchange Commission,
however, that such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
    
 
    The Company, its officers, directors, and certain stockholders holding an
aggregate of 895,552 shares of Common Stock have entered into agreements with
the Representative which prohibit them from offering, issuing, selling, or
otherwise disposing of any securities of the Company for a period of 18 months
following the date of this Prospectus, without the prior written consent of the
Representative. In addition, certain stockholders holding an aggregate of
426,654 shares of Common Stock have entered into agreements with the
Representative which prohibit them from offering, issuing, selling, or otherwise
disposing of any securities of the Company for a period of 12 months following
the date of this Prospectus, without the prior written consent of the
Representative. See "Principal Stockholders" and "Shares Eligible for Future
Sale."
 
    Prior to the Offering, there has been no public trading market for the
Common Stock. The initial public offering price of the Common Stock has been
determined by arms-length negotiation between the Company and the Representative
and does not necessarily bear any relationship to the Company's book value,
assets, past operating results, financial condition, or other established
criteria of value. Factors considered in determining the offering price, in
addition to prevailing market conditions, included the history of and prospects
for the Company and the industry in which the Company competes, an assessment of
the Company's management, its capital structure and such other factors as were
deemed relevant.
 
    During and after the Offering, the Underwriters may purchase and sell Common
Stock in the open market. These transactions may include over-allotment and
stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover syndicate short positions
created in connection with the Offering. The Underwriters also may impose a
penalty bid, whereby selling concessions allowed to syndicate members or other
broker-dealers in respect of the Common Stock sold in the Offering for their
account may be reclaimed by the syndicate if such shares are repurchased by the
syndicate in stabilizing or covering transactions. These activities may
stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the Common Stock
which may be higher than the price that might otherwise prevail in the open
market. Neither the Company nor any of the Underwriters makes any representation
or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the
transactions described above may have on the price of the Common Stock. In
addition, neither the Company nor any of the Underwriters makes any
representation that the Underwriters will engage in such transactions or that
such transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued at any time.
 
    The Representative acted as the placement agent in connection with the 1996
Placement and the Bridge Financing. See "Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions."
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    The validity of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby and certain other
legal matters will be passed upon for the Company by Squadron, Ellenoff, Plesent
& Sheinfeld, LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters in connection with
the Offering will be passed upon for the Underwriters by Fulbright & Jaworski
L.L.P., New York, New York.
 
                                       59
<PAGE>
                                    EXPERTS
 
   
    The balance sheet as of December 31, 1996 and the statements of operations,
stockholders' equity and cash flows for the two years in the period ended
December 31, 1996, included in this Prospectus, have been included herein in
reliance on the report of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., independent certified public
accountants, given on the authority of that firm as experts in accounting and
auditing.
    
 
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
   
    The Company has filed with the Commission, 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
Washington D.C. 20549, a registration statement on Form SB-2 (the "Registration
Statement") under the Securities Act, with respect to the Common Stock offered
hereby. This Prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the
Registration Statement and the exhibits thereto, as permitted by rules and
regulations of the Commission. For further information, reference is made to the
Registration Statement and to the exhibits filed therewith. Statements contained
in this Prospectus as to the content of any contract or other document which has
been filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement are qualified in their
entirety by reference to such exhibits for a complete statement of their terms
and conditions. The Registration Statement and the exhibits thereto may be
inspected without charge at the offices of the Commission and copies of all or
any part thereof may be obtained from the Commission's Public Reference Section
at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 or at certain of the regional
offices of the Commission located at 7 World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York,
New York 10048 and 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661,
upon payment of the fees prescribed by the Commission. The Commission maintains
a World Wide Web site on the Internet at http://www.sec.gov that contains
reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding
registrants that file electronically with the Commission. In addition, following
approval of the Common Stock for quotation on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market,
reports and other information concerning the Company may be inspected at the
offices of the NASD, 1801 K Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006.
    
 
                                       60
<PAGE>
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
                             CELERITY SYSTEMS, INC.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                                -----
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
Report of Independent Accountants..........................................................................         F-2
Balance Sheets.............................................................................................         F-3
Statements of Operations...................................................................................         F-4
Statements of Stockholders' Equity.........................................................................         F-5
Statements of Cash Flows...................................................................................         F-6
Notes to Financial Statements..............................................................................         F-7
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Directors
Celerity Systems, Inc.
 
    We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Celerity Systems, Inc.
(the "Company") as of December 31, 1996, and the related statements of
operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the two years in the
period ended December 31, 1996. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
   
    We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
    
 
    In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Celerity Systems, Inc. as of
December 31, 1996, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each
of the two years in the period ended December 31, 1996, in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                          COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.
 
   
Knoxville, Tennessee
March 7, 1997, except for Notes 1
 and 16 for which the date is August 8, 1997
    
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                             CELERITY SYSTEMS, INC.
 
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     DECEMBER 31,       JUNE 30,
                                                                                         1996             1997
                                                                                  ------------------  ------------
<S>                                                                               <C>                 <C>
                                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
                                     ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents.......................................................  $        2,344,666  $    461,320
Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $555,050 and
  $570,050 in 1996 and 1997, respectively.......................................             713,232     1,627,063
Inventory.......................................................................           1,325,903     1,314,515
Prepaid expenses................................................................          --                61,843
Costs in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts............................             187,749       --
                                                                                  ------------------  ------------
      Total current assets......................................................           4,571,550     3,464,741
 
Property and equipment, net.....................................................             813,290       885,983
Other assets....................................................................             264,955       180,231
                                                                                  ------------------  ------------
                                                                                  $        5,649,795  $  4,530,955
                                                                                  ------------------  ------------
                                                                                  ------------------  ------------
                      LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Accounts payable................................................................  $          315,832  $  1,385,471
Accrued liabilities.............................................................             672,740       763,748
Deferred revenue................................................................             359,970       --
Interest payable................................................................             150,000       300,000
Current portion of leases payable...............................................               7,821         3,502
Reserve for management compensation.............................................             137,500       106,584
Allowance for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts.........................             672,600       348,000
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts.....             150,000       724,381
                                                                                  ------------------  ------------
      Total current liabilities.................................................           2,466,463     3,631,686
Long term notes payable.........................................................           3,000,000     3,000,000
Long term leases payable........................................................              19,009        19,009
 
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 1, 5, 6 and 16)
 
Preferred stock, Series A, noncumulative, redeemable, convertible, $0.01 par
  value, 390,334 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 1996
  and June 30, 1997, respectively...............................................           1,813,412     1,904,462
Preferred stock, Series B, noncumulative, redeemable, convertible, $0.01 par
  value, 163,392 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 1996
  and June 30, 1997, respectively...............................................             932,720       980,759
 
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 15,000,000 shares authorized, 1,836,476 issued
  and 1,819,113 outstanding at December 31, 1996 and June 30, 1997..............               1,836         1,836
Additional paid-in capital......................................................           3,280,920     4,682,883
Treasury stock, at cost.........................................................             (67,500)      (67,500)
Accumulated deficit.............................................................          (5,797,065)   (9,622,180)
                                                                                  ------------------  ------------
      Total liabilities and stockholders' equity................................  $        5,649,795  $  4,530,955
                                                                                  ------------------  ------------
                                                                                  ------------------  ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                             CELERITY SYSTEMS, INC.
 
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 YEAR ENDED                 SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                DECEMBER 31,                    JUNE 30,
                                                         ---------------------------  ----------------------------
<S>                                                      <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>
                                                             1995          1996           1996           1997
                                                         ------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                      <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>
Revenues...............................................  $  7,703,386  $   2,530,097  $   1,299,900  $   1,254,503
Cost of revenues.......................................     4,609,262      3,513,023      1,251,746      1,169,978
                                                         ------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
  Gross margin.........................................     3,094,124       (982,926)        48,154         84,525
Operating expenses.....................................     3,044,584      4,491,433      1,786,648      3,777,905
                                                         ------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
  Income (loss) from operations........................        49,540     (5,474,359)    (1,738,494)    (3,693,380)
Interest expense.......................................       (34,889)      (150,042)       (53,770)      (153,386)
Interest income........................................        10,641         96,888          8,663         21,651
                                                         ------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
  Income (loss) before income taxes....................        25,292     (5,527,513)    (1,783,601)    (3,825,115)
Income tax provision (benefit).........................        15,400        (15,400)      --             --
                                                         ------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
  Net income (loss)....................................         9,892     (5,512,113)    (1,783,601)    (3,825,115)
Accretion of premiums on preferred stock...............       149,839        278,174         74,920        139,087
                                                         ------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
  Net loss applicable to common stock..................  $   (139,947) $  (5,790,287) $  (1,858,521) $  (3,964,202)
                                                         ------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                         ------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
Loss per common share (Note 12):
  Primary loss per share...............................  $      (0.08) $       (2.89) $       (1.06) $       (1.67)
                                                         ------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                         ------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
   THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                             CELERITY SYSTEMS, INC.
                       STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              ADDITIONAL
                                                                  COMMON       PAID-IN      TREASURY    ACCUMULATED
                                                                   STOCK       CAPITAL       STOCK        DEFICIT
                                                                -----------  ------------  ----------  -------------
<S>                                                             <C>          <C>           <C>         <C>
Balances, January 1, 1995.....................................   $   1,200   $    153,800  $   --      $    (294,844)
Conversion of amounts due to stockholder to 17,915 shares of
  common stock................................................          17         87,767      --           --
Acquisition of 17,364 shares of common stock held in
  treasury....................................................      --            --          (67,500)      --
Accretion of premiums on preferred stocks.....................      --           (149,839)     --           --
Net income....................................................      --            --           --              9,892
                                                                -----------  ------------  ----------  -------------
Balances, December 31, 1995...................................       1,217         91,728     (67,500)      (284,952)
 
Issuance of 426,648 shares of common stock for private
  placement offering..........................................         427      2,532,938      --           --
Conversion of note payable to 190,714 shares of common
  stock.......................................................         191        934,309      --           --
Issuance of 1,200 shares of common stock under stock option
  plan........................................................           1            119      --           --
Accretion of premiums on preferred stocks.....................      --           (278,174)     --           --
Net loss......................................................      --            --           --         (5,512,113)
                                                                -----------  ------------  ----------  -------------
Balances, December 31, 1996...................................       1,836      3,280,920     (67,500)    (5,797,065)
 
Accretion of premiums on preferred stocks (unaudited).........      --           (139,087)     --           --
Grant of stock options at below the assumed offering price
  (unaudited).................................................      --          1,541,050      --           --
Net loss (unaudited)..........................................      --            --           --         (3,825,115)
                                                                -----------  ------------  ----------  -------------
Balances, June 30, 1997 (unaudited)...........................   $   1,836   $  4,682,883  $  (67,500) $  (9,622,180)
                                                                -----------  ------------  ----------  -------------
                                                                -----------  ------------  ----------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
   THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                             CELERITY SYSTEMS, INC.
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 YEAR ENDED               SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                DECEMBER 31,                  JUNE 30,
                                                          -------------------------  --------------------------
                                                             1995          1996          1996          1997
                                                          -----------  ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                       <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>
                                                                                            (UNAUDITED)
Net cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income (loss).....................................  $     9,892  $ (5,512,113) $ (1,783,601) $ (3,825,115)
  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash
    provided (used) by operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization.......................      124,078       277,287        84,734       214,636
    Compensation expense for issuance of stock
      options...........................................      --            --            --          1,541,050
    Provision for doubtful accounts receivable..........      --            555,050        30,000        15,000
    Provision for inventory obsolescence................      --            500,000       106,298       --
    Reserve for management compensation.................      --            137,500       --            (30,916)
    Deferred income taxes...............................       15,400       (15,400)      --            --
    Changes in current assets and liabilities:
      Accounts receivable...............................   (3,963,973)    2,887,635     2,867,644      (928,831)
      Prepaid expenses..................................      --            --            --            (61,843)
      Inventory.........................................     (348,463)   (1,383,416)     (980,792)       11,388
      Costs in excess of billings on uncompleted
        contracts.......................................      --           (187,749)      --            187,749
      Accounts payable..................................    1,632,096    (1,526,213)     (440,203)    1,069,639
      Accrued expenses..................................      174,271       368,451        33,068        91,008
      Deferred revenue..................................      --            359,970       --           (359,970)
      Interest payable..................................       (1,722)      139,508        46,736       150,000
      Allowance for estimated losses on uncompleted
        contracts.......................................      --            672,600            --      (324,600)
      Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings
        on uncompleted contracts........................      350,000      (200,000)       96,385       574,381
                                                          -----------  ------------  ------------  ------------
        Net cash provided (used) by operating
          activities....................................   (2,008,421)   (2,926,890)       60,269    (1,676,424)
                                                          -----------  ------------  ------------  ------------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Purchases of property and equipment...................     (506,637)     (300,577)     (166,245)     (202,603)
  Change in other assets................................       (1,171)           25            25       --
                                                          -----------  ------------  ------------  ------------
        Net cash used in investing activities...........     (507,808)     (300,552)     (166,220)     (202,603)
                                                          -----------  ------------  ------------  ------------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Proceeds from notes payable...........................      934,500     3,000,000       607,500       --
  Principal payments on long-term debt, notes payable
    and capital leases..................................       (8,000)     (108,243)      (22,546)       (4,319)
  Change in amounts due stockholders....................      (21,000)      --            --            --
  Proceeds from issuance of common stock................      --          2,533,485     489,159 -
  Repurchase of common stock............................      (67,500)      --            --            --
  Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock.............    2,068,119       --            --            --
  Debt offering costs...................................      --           (338,910)      (60,750)      --
                                                          -----------  ------------  ------------  ------------
        Net cash provided (used) by financing
          activities....................................    2,906,119     5,086,332     1,013,363        (4,319)
                                                          -----------  ------------  ------------  ------------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents....      389,890     1,858,890       907,412    (1,883,346)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period..........       95,886       485,776       485,776     2,344,666
                                                          -----------  ------------  ------------  ------------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period................  $   485,776  $  2,344,666  $  1,393,188  $    461,320
                                                          -----------  ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                          -----------  ------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                             CELERITY SYSTEMS, INC.
 
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1. ORGANIZATION AND NATURE OF BUSINESS
 
    Celerity Systems, Inc., a Tennessee corporation founded in 1993, designs,
develops, integrates, installs, operates and supports interactive video services
hardware and software ("interactive video"). The Company also designs, develops,
installs, and supports CD-ROM software products for business applications. In
the interactive video services area, the Company seeks to provide solutions,
including products and services developed by the Company and by strategic
partners, that enable interactive video programming and applications to be
provided to a wide variety of market niches. The sales of interactive video
products are principally made on a contract by contract basis. Currently, the
principal markets for the Company's interactive video products are Korea,
Israel, Taiwan and China. In the CD-ROM area, the Company provides several
products for the storage and rapid retrieval of large amounts of information.
The majority of the Company's existing CD-ROM customer base is in the security
brokerage industry and in U.S. Government applications.
 
    The Company was founded under Subchapter S corporation status. In
conjunction with an equity infusion from certain outside investors in May of
1995, the Company elected to become a C corporation. Subsequent to June 30,
1997, Celerity Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation, was formed. The Tennessee
corporation will be merged with the Delaware corporation during the third
quarter of 1997.
 
    The Company is currently preparing a registration statement under Regulation
SB-2. Management anticipates that the registration statement will be filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) in August 1997.
 
   
    The Company had one CD-ROM customer and two interactive video customers that
represented 51%, 12.7%, and 12.7% of its revenues in 1996, respectively. During
1995, the Company had one customer from the CD-ROM segment that represented 25%
of its revenues and one customer from the interactive video segment that
represented 57% of its revenues. The Company had two interactive video customers
and one CD-ROM customer that represented 9%, 45%, and 17%, respectively of its
revenues for the six month period ended June 30, 1997. Export sales for years
ended December 31, 1995 and 1996, and the six month period ended June 30, 1997
were approximately $5,186,600, $878,450, and $716,057, respectively. The export
sales represented 67%, 35% and 57% of revenues for the years ended December 31,
1995 and 1996, and for the six months ended June 30, 1997, respectively. Sales
related to Korea represented 86%, 41%, and 81% of revenues while sales relating
to Israel represented 13%, 36%, and 17% of revenues, for the years ended
December 31, 1995 and 1996, and for the six months ended June 30, 1997,
respectively.
    
 
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
   
    INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--Information in the accompanying financial
statements and notes to the financial statements for the interim period as of
June 30, 1997 and for the six months periods ended June 30, 1996 and 1997, is
unaudited. The accompanying unaudited financial statements have been prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and Regulation S-B.
Accordingly, they do not include all the information and footnotes required by
generally accepted accounting principles for complete financial statements. In
the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring
accruals) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included.
Operating results for the six month period ended June 30, 1997, are not
necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending
December 31, 1997.
    
 
    CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS--The Company considers all highly liquid debt
instruments with an original maturity of three months or less as cash
equivalents. The Company places its temporary cash
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                             CELERITY SYSTEMS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
investments principally in bank repurchase agreements with one bank. The Company
does not obtain collateral on its investment or deposit accounts.
 
    ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE--The Company does not require collateral or other
security to support customer receivables.
 
    INVENTORY--Inventory, consisting primarily of electronic components for
interactive video servers, is stated at the lower of cost or market, with cost
being determined using the first-in first-out (FIFO) method.
 
   
    REVENUE RECOGNITION--Long-term contracts related to the Company's
interactive video segment are accounted for under the percentage of completion
method as these contracts extend over relatively long periods of time. The
Company measures the percentage complete by contract based upon the costs
incurred to date in relation to the total estimated costs for each contract.
Costs are charged to contracts as incurred based upon material costs, hours
dedicated to the contract, and allocations of overhead costs based on
predetermined overhead rates. At December 31, 1996, billings in excess of costs
and estimated earnings on uncompleted long-term contracts are reflected as a
liability in the accompanying balance sheet. The Company has established an
allowance for estimated losses on uncompleted long-term contracts to record
management's estimates of losses that have been projected on the contracts in
progress.
    
 
   
    The Company entered into one short-term interactive video contract in 1996
and another in 1997. Due to the short-term nature of these projects, revenue
from these contracts is recorded by the completed contract method of accounting
which provides for recognition of revenue and related costs upon completion of
each contract. Costs in excess of billings on these uncompleted short-term
contracts are reflected as a current asset in the accompanying balance sheet
while billings in excess of costs are reflected as a current liability.
    
 
    The Company records sales of products not under contract when the related
products are shipped.
 
    RECLASSIFICATION--Certain amounts presented in the December 31, 1995 and
1996 financial statements have been reclassified from amounts previously
reported to conform to Regulation S-B requirements.
 
    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT--Property and equipment are stated at cost.
Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated
useful lives of the underlying assets, generally five years. Routine repair and
maintenance costs are expensed as incurred. Costs of major additions,
replacements and improvements are capitalized. Gains and losses from disposals
are included in income.
 
    SEGMENT INFORMATION REPORTING--In June 1997, the FASB issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 131, DISCLOSURES ABOUT SEGMENTS OF AN
ENTERPRISE AND RELATED INFORMATION. In accordance with this Statement, the
Company has presented segment information for the CD-ROM and interactive video
segments for the year ended December 31, 1996, and for the interim periods ended
June 30, 1996 and 1997 (unaudited). In accordance with SFAS 131, the interim
information is condensed in comparison with the audited period presented.
 
    OTHER ASSETS--Other assets consist of debt offering costs related to a
private placement offering in 1996. The costs are being amortized straight-line
over the term of the related debt. Amortization expense in 1996 was $84,726.
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                             CELERITY SYSTEMS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT COSTS--Research and development costs are expensed
as incurred and amounted to $810,772 and $479,558 for the years ended December
31, 1995 and 1996, respectively. These amounts are included in operating
expenses in the accompanying statements of operations.
 
    INCOME TAXES--The Company accounts for income taxes under the provisions of
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, ACCOUNTING FOR INCOME TAXES
(FAS 109). Under FAS 109, the asset and liability method is used in accounting
for income taxes, whereby deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined
based upon the differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets
and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will
be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse.
 
    REVERSE STOCK SPLIT--In August 1997, the Board of Directors approved a
1-for-2 1/2 reverse stock split of the Company's common stock for shareholders
of record. All common share and per share amounts included in the accompanying
financial statements have been restated to retroactively reflect the reverse
split.
 
    STOCK BASED COMPENSATION--On January 1, 1996, the Company adopted SFAS 123,
ACCOUNTING FOR STOCK BASED COMPENSATION. As permitted by SFAS 123, the Company
has chosen to apply APB Opinion No. 25, ACCOUNTING FOR STOCK ISSUED TO EMPLOYEES
(APB 25) and related interpretations in accounting for its Plans. The pro forma
disclosures of the impact of SFAS 123 are described in Note 11 of the financial
statements.
 
    ESTIMATES--The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates
and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The
significant areas of estimation included in the accompanying financial
statements relate principally to the percentage of completion calculations for
long-term contracts, the collection of accounts receivable and inventory
valuation.
 
   
    IMPACT OF SFAS 128--In February 1997, the FASB issued SFAS 128, EARNINGS PER
SHARE. The Statement simplifies the standards for computing earnings per share.
Additionally, the Statement requires dual presentation of basic and diluted
earnings per share on the face of the income statement and requires a
reconciliation of the numerator and denominator of the diluted calculation. The
Company plans to adopt the provisions of SFAS 128 for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 1998. Had the pronouncement been in effect at June 30, 1996 and
1997, basic loss per share would have been $(1.55) and $(2.18). Basic loss per
share at December 31, 1995 and 1996, would have been $(.12) and $(4.01),
respectively. The diluted loss per share for the six month periods ended June
30, 1996 and 1997, and for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996, would
have been $(1.06), $(1.67), $(0.08) and $(2.89), respectively.
    
 
    IMPACT OF SFAS 130--In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS 130, REPORTING
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME, which will be effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 1997. This standard will have no material impact on the Company.
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                             CELERITY SYSTEMS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
3. INVENTORY
 
    Inventory at December 31, 1996, consists of:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                               <C>
Raw materials...................................................  $1,045,530
Finished goods..................................................    780,373
                                                                  ---------
                                                                  1,825,903
Reserve for inventory valuation.................................    500,000
                                                                  ---------
                                                                  $1,325,903
                                                                  ---------
                                                                  ---------
</TABLE>
 
4. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Substantially all property and equipment of the Company is comprised of
computers and computer related equipment, therefore all property and equipment
is included in one category entitled "Property and equipment, net." Following is
a schedule of the cost and related accumulated depreciation for December 31,
1996.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                               <C>
Property and equipment..........................................  $1,181,552
Accumulated depreciation........................................    368,262
                                                                  ---------
Property and equipment, net.....................................  $ 813,290
                                                                  ---------
                                                                  ---------
</TABLE>
 
   
5. CONTRACTS
    
 
    The Company was awarded two projects during 1995 that are being accounted
for under the percentage of completion method for long-term contracts. These
contracts generate a significant amount of revenues and future revenue potential
for the Company as well as providing the funding mechanism for the related
product's development.
 
   
    The following summary delineates the costs incurred, estimated earnings and
billings through December 31, 1996, for the Israel project.
    
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                               <C>
Contract revenues...............................................  $1,044,004
                                                                  ---------
                                                                  ---------
Costs incurred through December 31..............................  $ 436,005
Estimated costs to complete.....................................    133,000
                                                                  ---------
    Total estimated costs.......................................  $ 569,005
                                                                  ---------
                                                                  ---------
Percentage complete.............................................      76.63%
Contract billings...............................................  $ 949,977
Costs and estimated earnings to be recognized...................    799,977
                                                                  ---------
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings..............  $ 150,000
                                                                  ---------
                                                                  ---------
</TABLE>
 
   
    The Company recognized revenues related to the Israel project of
approximately $626,490, $298,960, and $118,550, respectively, for the years
ended December 31, 1995 and 1996, and for the six month period ended June 30,
1997.
    
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                             CELERITY SYSTEMS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
   
5. CONTRACTS (CONTINUED)
    
   
    The Korea project which began in 1995, had a fixed contract price of
$4,227,280. The Company recognized revenues related to this project of
$3,847,300, $379,900 and $0, for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996 and
for the six months ended June 30, 1997, respectively.
    
 
   
    The Company incurred losses related to the Korea project of $318,000 during
the year ended December 31, 1996 which it recorded as they occurred. At December
31, 1996, management estimated that it would cost an additional $672,600 to
complete the project in 1997 and recorded an allowance for estimated losses on
uncompleted contracts and increased costs of revenues by this amount. The effect
of the change in estimated cost to complete the Korea project was to increase
the net loss by $672,600 and the loss per share by $.34 for the year ended
December 31, 1996. At June 30, 1997, the balance of the allowance for estimated
losses on uncompleted contracts was $348,000, and these projects remain in
progress with no additional losses expected.
    
 
   
    The Company has recorded costs in excess of billings of $187,749 at December
31, 1996 and billings in excess of costs of $724,381 at June 30, 1997 related to
two short-term contracts accounted for under the completed contract method.
    
 
6. MANAGEMENT COMPENSATION RESERVE
 
    On April 5, 1997, the Company entered into a termination agreement with one
of the Company's original founders, whereby the individual would no longer be an
employee or board member of the Company. The Company agreed to certain payment
schedules in accordance with the individual's prior employment contract. The
Company's obligations under the termination agreement could be eliminated or
reduced dependant upon the occurrence of certain events. One provision was the
timeliness and amounts of cash receipts from a customer with which the Company
had a signed contract (Note 16). That customer defaulted which resulted in a
decrease in the number of payments the Company was required to pay under the
terms of the agreement. As of December 31, 1996, the Company accrued $137,500
for management compensation relating to this agreement.
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                             CELERITY SYSTEMS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
7. INCOME TAXES
 
    The tax effects of temporary differences giving rise to the Company's
deferred tax assets (liabilities) at December 31, 1996, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                               <C>
Current:
  Allowance for doubtful accounts...............................  $ 211,000
  Inventory reserve.............................................    190,000
  Warranty reserve..............................................     76,000
  Deferred revenue..............................................    137,000
  Management compensation reserve...............................     52,000
                                                                  ---------
                                                                    666,000
  Valuation allowance for net current deferred tax assets.......   (666,000)
                                                                  ---------
  Total net current deferred tax asset..........................  $  --
                                                                  ---------
                                                                  ---------
Noncurrent:
  Net operating loss carryforwards..............................  $1,467,000
  Property and equipment........................................    (72,000)
                                                                  ---------
                                                                  1,395,000
  Valuation allowance for net non-current deferred tax assets...  (1,395,000)
                                                                  ---------
  Total net non-current deferred tax asset......................  $  --
                                                                  ---------
                                                                  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    As a result of the significant pretax loss in fiscal 1996, management can
not conclude that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax asset will be
realized. Accordingly, a valuation allowance has been established against the
total net deferred tax assets.
 
    The December 31, 1995 and 1996 provisions for income taxes consist of the
following:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              1995        1996
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
<S>                                                                                         <C>        <C>
Federal:
  Current tax expense.....................................................................  $  --      $   --
  Deferred tax expense attributable to change in valuation allowance......................     --        1,844,100
  Deferred tax expense (benefit) attributable to temporary differences....................     32,700     (564,100)
  Deferred tax benefit attributable to net operating loss carryforwards...................    (18,900)  (1,293,700)
State:
  Current tax expense.....................................................................     --          --
  Deferred tax expense attributable to change in valuation allowance......................     --          216,900
  Deferred tax expense (benefit) attributable to temporary differences....................      3,800      (66,400)
  Deferred tax benefit attributable to net operating loss carryforwards...................     (2,200)    (152,200)
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
                                                                                            $  15,400  $   (15,400)
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                             CELERITY SYSTEMS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
7. INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
   
    The Company's income tax expense (benefit) differs from that obtained by
using the statutory rate of 34% as a result of the following:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            1995         1996
                                                                                          ---------  -------------
<S>                                                                                       <C>        <C>
Computed "expected" tax expense (benefit)...............................................  $   8,600  $  (1,879,000)
State income taxes, net of federal income tax effect....................................      1,000       (221,000)
Change in valuation allowance...........................................................     --          2,061,000
Permanent differences...................................................................      5,000         18,000
Other...................................................................................        800          5,600
                                                                                          ---------  -------------
                                                                                          $  15,400  $     (15,400)
                                                                                          ---------  -------------
                                                                                          ---------  -------------
</TABLE>
    
 
    At December 31, 1996, the Company had approximately $3,800,000 of net
operating loss carryforwards. These amounts are available to reduce the
Company's future taxable income and expire in the years 2010 through 2011.
 
8. NOTES PAYABLE
 
   
    In June and July 1996, the Company sold 60 units for $100,000 per unit in a
private placement offering to outside investors. The units consisted of one 10%
Note (the "1996 Notes") in the principal amount of $50,000, 7,111 shares of
common stock, and warrants to purchase 2,625 shares of common stock.
Additionally, the agent received warrants to purchase 35,556 shares of common
stock at $10.31 per share, sales commissions of $480,000 and reimbursement of
expenses totaling $120,000. In November 1996, the Company issued an additional
867 warrants for each unit held by the outside investors in connection with the
Company's default on previously outstanding investor debt, and subsequent
conversion of the principal to common stock (see Note 9). All warrants issued in
the 1996 placement now have an exercise price of $8.46 and will expire on the
earlier of the fifth anniversary of the date of issuance of the warrant or the
third anniversary of the closing of the initial public offering of the Company's
securities. The warrants issued to the agent were increased to 38,852 in
connection with the default and the exercise price was decreased to $9.44. These
will expire five years from the date of grant.
    
 
   
    Notes payable at December 31, 1996, consisted of the $3,000,000 unsecured
promissory notes payable to outside investors due July 1998, bearing interest at
10% per annum. The Company missed an interest payment due June 30, 1997, with
respect to the 1996 Notes, however, the Company has received waivers as to such
defaults through the date of the earlier of an initial public offering or the
maturity date of the 1996 Notes.
    
 
9. INVESTOR DEBT WITH DETACHABLE WARRANTS
 
    In November of 1995, the Company issued twelve month promissory notes under
an arrangement with certain third parties, including a number of previous
investors in the Company's Series A and B Preferred Stock. The purchasers of the
notes also received warrants to purchase 190,714 shares of the Company's common
stock at an exercise price of $4.90 per share.
 
    The related warrant agreements contain certain provisions which include the
expiration of the warrants upon the earlier of May 31, 1998 or the issuance of
shares of the Company's common stock in a
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                             CELERITY SYSTEMS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
9. INVESTOR DEBT WITH DETACHABLE WARRANTS (CONTINUED)
public offering with an aggregate price of $5 million or more and at a Company
valuation of at least $10 million.
 
    The outstanding principal balance at December 31, 1995, was $934,500.
Interest accrued at a fixed rate of 10% and was payable at the end of the notes'
term. When interest payments on such notes were not made by November 30, 1996,
the notes automatically converted, at a rate of $4.90 per share, into an
aggregate of 190,714 shares of common stock. The interest, which had been
accrued on the debt, was forgiven.
 
10. REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
 
   
    The Board of Directors authorized the issuance of 975,836 shares of Series A
Preferred Stock at $3.88 per share and 408,479 shares of Series B Preferred
Stock at $4.90 per share in May 1995. The Company issued the Series A Preferred
Stock on May 17, 1995, and the Series B Preferred Stock on August 20, 1995. The
holders of the preferred stock have generally the same voting rights as those of
the common stockholders. Each class of preferred stock has a redemption feature
available to the holders thereof at any time after April 1, 2000, or upon
default by the Company of certain provisions included in the stock purchase
agreements. Additionally, the holders of the preferred stock have appointed a
member of the Board of Directors of the Company.
    
 
   
    Each class of preferred stock includes certain conversion, liquidation and
redemption privileges, including the accrual of premiums of 12% annually. The
accretion of the premiums has been reflected as a reduction in additional
paid-in capital in the accompanying financial statements. Each share of
preferred stock is convertible into one share of common stock, adjusted for
dilution, if any, for the issuance of the Company's common stock at purchase
prices below those of the respective preferred share issuances. Each class of
the preferred stock automatically converts to common stock upon the issuance of
a minimum of $5 million, net of underwriters fees, through an initial public
offering of the Company's stock under the Securities Act of 1933. Upon the
effective date of a registration statement for an initial public offering, all
of the Company's issued and outstanding classes of preferred stock will be
converted into 553,726 shares of common stock.
    
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                             CELERITY SYSTEMS, INC.
 
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
11. STOCK OPTIONS
 
    The Company established a stock option plan in 1995 to provide additional
incentives to its officers and employees. Eligible persons are all employees
employed on the date of grant. Management may vary the terms, provisions and
exercise price of individual options granted, with both incentive stock options
and non-qualified options authorized for grant. Each option granted under the
plan shall be exercisable only during a fixed term from the date of grant as
specified by management, but generally equal to 10 years. Options are vested
upon completion of three full years of service with the Company or upon the
Company's issuance of at least $5 million of capital. In 1995, the Board of
Directors approved the issuance of up to 178,929 options to acquire common
shares of which 164,800 options were granted. In 1997, the Company established
an additional stock option plan under which 200,000 options to acquire common
shares may be granted. There have been no shares granted under this plan.
 
    In December 1995, the Company granted options to acquire 14,000 common
shares to a member of the Company's Board outside the 1995 plan. These options
vest over a three year period, are exercisable at $0.10 per share and expire
upon the earlier of (a) three months after the board member ceases to be a
member, (b) twelve months from the board member's death, or (c) ten years from
date of grant.
 
    A summary of outstanding options as of December 31, 1995 and 1996, and
changes during the years ended on those dates is presented below:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          1995                        1996
                                                               --------------------------  --------------------------
                                                                             WEIGHTED                    WEIGHTED
                                                                              AVERAGE                     AVERAGE
                                                                OPTIONS   EXERCISE PRICE    OPTIONS   EXERCISE PRICE
                                                               ---------  ---------------  ---------  ---------------
<S>                                                            <C>        <C>              <C>        <C>
Outstanding at beginning of year(1)..........................     --         $  --           178,800     $    0.10
Granted......................................................    178,800(1)         0.10      14,800          4.90
Exercised....................................................     --            --            (1,200)         0.10
Forfeited....................................................     --            --            (6,600)         0.10
                                                               ---------         -----     ---------         -----
Outstanding at end of year...................................    178,800     $    0.10       185,800     $    0.43
                                                               ---------         -----     ---------         -----
                                                               ---------         -----     ---------         -----
Options exercisable at year end..............................     --         $  --            74,400     $    0.10
                                                               ---------         -----     ---------         -----
                                                               ---------         -----     ---------         -----
Weighted-average fair value per share of options granted
  during the year............................................    178,800     $    0.03        14,800     $    0.53
                                                               ---------         -----     ---------         -----
                                                               ---------         -----     ---------         -----
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
(1)  Includes 14,000 options granted to an outside director. These options were
    granted outside the 1995 plan.
 
    The following table summarizes information about stock options at December
31, 1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              OPTIONS OUTSTANDING                    OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
                 ----------------------------------------------  ----------------------------
                   NUMBER     WEIGHTED-AVERAGE     WEIGHTED        NUMBER        WEIGHTED
   RANGE OF      OUTSTANDING     REMAINING          AVERAGE      EXERCISABLE      AVERAGE
EXERCISE PRICE   AT 12/31/96  CONTRACTUAL LIFE  EXERCISE PRICE   AT 12/31/96  EXERCISE PRICE
- ---------------  -----------  ----------------  ---------------  -----------  ---------------
<S>              <C>          <C>               <C>              <C>          <C>
   $    0.10        173,000       8.58 years       $    0.10         74,400      $    0.10
   $    4.90         12,800       9.25 years       $    4.90         --          $  --
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                             CELERITY SYSTEMS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
11. STOCK OPTIONS (CONTINUED)
   
    The Company recorded no compensation expense related to the options granted
in 1995 or 1996 as the exercise price of the options was equal to the fair
market value of the Company's common stock at grant dates. Had compensation cost
for the option grants been determined based on the fair value at the grant dates
for awards under the Plan consistent with the method of SFAS 123, the Company's
net income (loss) would have been adjusted to the pro forma amounts indicated
below at December 31:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         1995                        1996
                                                               ------------------------  ----------------------------
                                                                   AS                         AS
                                                                REPORTED     PRO FORMA     REPORTED       PRO FORMA
                                                               -----------  -----------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                                            <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>
Net income (loss)............................................   $   9,892    $   7,490   $  (5,512,113) $  (5,519,984)
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using
the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average
assumptions used for grants in 1995 and 1996: risk-free interest rate of 6.46%
and expected lives of 10 years.
    
 
   
12. LOSS PER SHARE
    
 
   
    Loss per share has been computed by dividing net loss attributable to Common
Stock by the weighted average number of common and common equivalent shares
outstanding during each period. Common equivalent shares relating to options
issued during the twelve month period preceding the filing of a registration
statement at a price below the estimated offering price have been calculated
using the treasury stock method assuming that the options were outstanding
during each period presented and that the fair value of the Company's common
stock during each period was equal to the assumed initial public offering price
of $7.50 per share. Remaining warrants, options, and preferred stock granted
prior to the one year period before the filing of the initial public offering
were considered common stock equivalents but were not included for purposes of
calculating primary loss per share because they were anti-dilutive.
    
 
   
    After giving effect to the items described above, loss per common share have
been computed based on the assumed weighted average number of shares outstanding
in each period (1,749,245 shares in fiscal year 1995; 2,006,582 shares in fiscal
year 1996; 1,761,373 and 2,379,934 shares for the six months ended June 30, 1996
and 1997 (unaudited), respectively).
    
 
13. SEGMENT INFORMATION
 
    The Company has two reportable segments: CD-ROM and interactive video. The
CD-ROM segment includes the design, development, installation and support of
CD-ROM storage and imaging software products for business applications. The
interactive video segment includes the design, development, integration,
installation, operation and support of interactive video services hardware and
software. The Company's two reportable segments offer different products and
services and market such products to different customer bases. The two segments
are managed separately because each business requires different technology and
marketing strategies. The two segments evolved over the life of the Company and
have specifically identifiable tangible assets. The segments share certain
corporate assets and, as such, those are not specifically identified in the
segment information.
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                             CELERITY SYSTEMS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
13. SEGMENT INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
   
    Summarized financial information by business segment for the year ended
December 31, 1995 and 1996, approximates the following:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        INTERACTIVE
                                                                            CD-ROM         VIDEO         TOTALS
                                                                         ------------  -------------  ------------
 
<S>                                                                      <C>           <C>            <C>
1995
Revenues from external customers.......................................  $  2,896,265  $   4,807,120  $  7,703,385
Depreciation and amortization..........................................        35,837         78,398       114,235
Segment profit (loss)..................................................       376,138       (326,598)       49,540
Segment long-lived assets..............................................       741,289      4,513,662     5,254,951
Expenditures for segment assets........................................       115,273        388,692       503,965
1996
Revenues from external customers.......................................  $  1,809,400  $     720,697  $  2,530,097
Depreciation and amortization..........................................        71,700        187,200       258,900
Segment loss...........................................................      (411,477)    (5,062,882)   (5,474,359)
Other significant non-cash items:
  Bad debt provision...................................................       --             555,050       555,050
  Inventory valuation provision........................................       --             500,000       500,000
Segment long-lived assets..............................................       530,900      2,432,500     2,963,400
Expenditures for segment assets........................................        66,800        214,900       281,700
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    The total of the segment assets reported above varies from the total assets
of the Company due to the inability to allocate corporate assets. The corporate
assets consist of cash, fixed assets, offering costs, and other assets. The
following is a reconciliation of the Company's total assets, depreciation and
amortization expense, and cash expenditures for assets to the totals of the
segments' reported above:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          1995           1996
                                                                                      ------------  --------------
<S>                                                                                   <C>           <C>
ASSETS
  Total assets of the segments......................................................  $  5,254,951  $    2,963,400
  Unallocated corporate assets......................................................       545,299       2,686,395
                                                                                      ------------  --------------
      Total assets..................................................................  $  5,800,250  $    5,649,795
                                                                                      ------------  --------------
                                                                                      ------------  --------------
DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION EXPENSE
  Segment depreciation and amortization.............................................  $    110,208  $      258,900
  Unallocated corporate depreciation................................................        13,874          18,387
                                                                                      ------------  --------------
      Total depreciation and amortization expense...................................  $    124,082  $      277,287
                                                                                      ------------  --------------
                                                                                      ------------  --------------
SEGMENT PROFIT (LOSS)
  Total segment profit (loss).......................................................  $     49,540  $   (5,474,359)
  Unallocated corporate interest and taxes..........................................       (39,648)        (37,754)
                                                                                      ------------  --------------
      Total net income (loss).......................................................  $      9,892  $   (5,512,113)
                                                                                      ------------  --------------
                                                                                      ------------  --------------
EXPENDITURES FOR LONG-LIVED ASSETS
  Segment expenditures for long-lived assets........................................  $    503,965  $      281,700
  Unallocated corporate expenditures for long-lived assets..........................        37,649          18,852
                                                                                      ------------  --------------
      Total expenditures for assets.................................................  $    541,614  $      300,552
                                                                                      ------------  --------------
                                                                                      ------------  --------------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                             CELERITY SYSTEMS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
13. SEGMENT INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
    The segment information for the six month periods ending June 30, 1996 and
1997, is as follows:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   JUNE 30,          JUNE 30,
                                                                                     1996              1997
                                                                               ----------------  ----------------
<S>                                                                            <C>               <C>
                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)       (UNAUDITED)
REVENUES FROM EXTERNAL CUSTOMERS
  CD-ROM.....................................................................  $        838,500  $        498,600
  Interactive video..........................................................           461,400           755,903
                                                                               ----------------  ----------------
      Total..................................................................  $      1,299,900  $      1,254,503
                                                                               ----------------  ----------------
                                                                               ----------------  ----------------
SEGMENT PROFIT (LOSS)
  CD-ROM.....................................................................  $       (213,174) $       (947,349)
  Interactive video..........................................................        (1,525,320)       (2,746,031)
                                                                               ----------------  ----------------
      Total..................................................................  $     (1,738,494) $     (3,693,300)
                                                                               ----------------  ----------------
                                                                               ----------------  ----------------
SEGMENT ASSETS
  CD-ROM.....................................................................    Not applicable  $        517,600
  Interactive video..........................................................    Not applicable         3,245,800
                                                                               ----------------  ----------------
      Total..................................................................    Not applicable  $      3,763,400
                                                                               ----------------  ----------------
                                                                               ----------------  ----------------
</TABLE>
    
 
    The change in the asset balance at June 30, 1997, for the interactive video
segment when compared to the aforementioned December 31, 1996 segment
information is approximately $813,300. This change is due to an increase in
interactive video segment accounts receivable relating to one of the Company's
current short-term contracts. There were no significant changes in the CD-ROM
segment assets between the audited financial statements and June 30, 1997. The
segment asset information for the period ended June 30, 1996, is not presented
as no balance sheet is presented for this period.
 
   
    The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in
the summary of significant accounting policies. The segment information provided
contains allocations of certain corporate assets and expenses which are shared
by each of the segments. The allocations are generally based on a 25%/75% basis
for the CD-ROM and interactive video segments, respectively. Neither of the
segments have financial operations and, therefore, there are no material amounts
of interest revenue or expense generated. There was a net interest expense for
the Company of $53,154 for the year ended December 31, 1996. The segment profit
(loss) amounts do not contain amounts attributable to the Company's net interest
expense, corporate income tax expense (benefit), or accretion of premiums on
preferred stock.
    
 
14. CASH FLOWS:
 
   
    Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information for the years ended
December 31, 1995 and 1996 is as follows:
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 1995       1996
                                                                                               ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                            <C>        <C>
Cash paid during year for:
Interest.....................................................................................  $  38,010  $   9,973
Taxes........................................................................................     --         --
</TABLE>
 
    Noncash investing and financing activities:
 
        Capital lease obligations of $34,973 were incurred when the Company
    entered into leases for new equipment in 1995.
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                             CELERITY SYSTEMS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
14. CASH FLOWS: (CONTINUED)
        Amounts due to stockholders and related interest payable totaling
    $87,784 were converted into the Company's common stock in 1995.
 
        The Company recorded $149,839 and $278,174 for accretion of interest on
    preferred stocks in 1995 and 1996, respectively.
 
        Notes payable of $250,000 were converted to the Company's Series A
    Preferred Stock in 1995.
 
        Notes payable of $934,500 were converted to the Company's common stock
    in 1996.
 
15. LEASES
 
    Operating leases -- The Company leases office space and certain equipment
under operating leases. Future minimum lease payments by year, and in the
aggregate, under noncancellable operating leases with remaining terms of one
year or more at December 31, 1996, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                 <C>
1997..............................................................................  $ 125,646
1998..............................................................................    136,592
1999..............................................................................    139,423
2000..............................................................................     48,857
                                                                                    ---------
 
    Total minimum lease payments..................................................  $ 450,518
                                                                                    ---------
                                                                                    ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Rent expense for operating leases was $70,957 and $126,903 in 1995 and 1996,
respectively.
 
16. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
    PRIVATE PLACEMENT
 
   
    In August 1997, the Company sold 20 units, each consisting of a 10% Note in
the principal amount of $100,000 and warrants to purchase 16,000 shares of
common stock at $3.00 per share. This private placement provided approximately
$1,700,000 in net proceeds to the Company. The proceeds will be used principally
to pay outstanding trade payables and provide working capital. Additionally, the
agent received commissions of $200,000 and a $60,000 expense allowance. In
connection with this placement, the Company entered into stock repurchase
agreements with one of the Company's former officers and with a director. The
Company is to pay $0.50 per share for a combined total of 320,000 shares
currently held by the two individuals, using a portion of the funds from the
private placement.
    
 
   
    The Company recorded debt discount and additional paid-in capital for the
fair value of the warrants which was $1,440,000. The fair value of the warrants
was determined based on the difference between the $7.50 estimated offering
price and the $3.00 exercise price of the warrants. Based upon the recording of
the debt discount, the notes have an effective interest rate in excess of 300%.
    
 
   
    Upon the initial public offering, the Company expects that it will repay
amounts due under the placement creating a charge of $1,909,000 in the third
quarter of 1997, related to interest expense, loss on early extinguishment of
debt and write-off of capitalized financing costs related to the these notes as
well as the notes issued in the 1996 Placement.
    
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
                             CELERITY SYSTEMS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
16. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (CONTINUED)
    LICENSE AGREEMENT
 
   
    In September 1996, the Company entered into an agreement with En Kay Telecom
Co., Ltd., a Korean company ("En K"), pursuant to which the Company, as
licensor, agreed to design a digital set top box which would be manufactured and
sold by En K in the Republic of Korea (the "1996 En K Agreement"). In February
1997, the Company entered into a second license agreement with En K for the
manufacture and sale by En K of two models of the Company's video servers in
Korea, as well as a license to sell those server models on an exclusive basis in
Korea and on a non-exclusive basis elsewhere (the "1997 En K Agreement"). The
Company received $600,000 under the 1996 En K Agreement; however, in April 1997,
the Company stopped production under the 1996 En K Agreement pending settlement
of disputes under the 1997 En K Agreement. At that time, the Company had been
performing in accordance with contractual schedules under both agreements and
had completed significant portions of the design work under the 1996 En K
Agreement. The Company recorded the $600,000 payment as deferred revenue and
amortized the amount into income on a straight-line basis over nine months,
beginning in October 1996, which approximately matched costs and revenues during
that period. The amortization is net of $60,000 in commissions paid by the
Company to the sales agent. The Company recognized $180,000 in revenue in 1996
and $360,000 in 1997. The 1997 En K Agreement provided for the payment by En K
to the Company of $1,000,000 on each of February 21, 1997 and May 1, 1997,
$4,000,000 during 1998, and minimum annual purchases of $2,000,000 over a
five-year period. En K has failed to make the initial two payments under the
1997 En K Agreement, although En K did pay $200,000 in mid-May. The Company
recorded the $200,000 payment as revenue under the installment method as
management could not estimate collectibility of the remaining amounts due under
the 1997 En K Agreement. The Company gave notice of default on April 5, 1997 and
placed En K in default on May 5, 1997, which En K failed to cure within the
agreed thirty-day period. The Company is considering various options in this
matter, including commencing legal proceedings. There can be no assurance that
En K will honor either of the agreements with the Company, that the Company will
prevail in any legal proceedings, or if the Company does prevail, that it will
collect any amounts awarded. In addition, although the Company does not believe
there is any basis for such a course of action, it is possible that En K may
seek to recover amounts previously paid by it under the agreements.
    
 
    EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
 
    The Company has entered into employment agreements with two key employees.
 
   
    One of the agreements provides for a base salary of approximately $162,000,
opportunity for an annual incentive bonus of up to 99% of the base salary
dependent upon reaching certain milestones, up to $45,000 in expense
reimbursement related to relocation, and grants of common stock and options to
purchase common stock. This employee has been granted 413,200 options which are
non-qualified. Options totaling 183,200 which were granted in April and June
1997, with an exercise price of $1.38 per share, are vested over the sooner of
(a) a two year period or (b) an initial public offering raising $5 million or
more in capital, with the remaining 230,000 options which were granted in July
1997, being 100 percent vested with an exercise price of $3.00 per share. The
413,200 options expire ten years from the date of grant. In addition, in July
1997, the employee purchased 15,000 shares of common stock for payment of $.001
per share as well as for giving up certain anti-dilution rights. The Company
considered the consideration received to be equal to the fair value of the stock
at purchase date and, accordingly, recorded no compensation expense related to
this purchase. This agreement expires January 20, 2000 and may not be terminated
without cause.
    
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
                             CELERITY SYSTEMS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
16. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (CONTINUED)
    Under the other employment agreement, which can be terminated only for cause
or disability, the employee receives a base salary of approximately $134,000
subject to increases to be approved by the Board. This agreement expires May 1,
2000.
 
   
    STOCK OPTIONS
    
 
   
    From April 1997 through July 1997, the Company granted 521,800 options to
purchase common stock, including those granted under the aforementioned
employment agreement, with exercise prices ranging from $1.38 to $3.00 as
follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   EXERCISE
                                                                        OPTIONS      PRICE
                                                                       ---------  -----------
<S>                                                                    <C>        <C>
1995 Plan grants                                                          22,600   $    1.38
Options granted outside the plans:
                                                                         229,200   $    1.38
                                                                         270,000   $    3.00
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    In the second quarter of 1997, the Company recorded compensation expense
totaling approximately $1,541,000 and expects to record approximately $1,036,000
in the third quarter of 1997 related to these awards based on the assumed
initial public offering price of $7.50 per share.
    
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
    NO DEALER, SALES REPRESENTATIVE OR OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE
ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS,
AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED
UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR THE UNDERWRITERS. THIS
PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL, OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER
TO BUY, ANY OF THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY IN ANY JURISDICTION TO ANY PERSON
TO WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH AN OFFER OR SOLICITATION IN SUCH
JURISDICTION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE
HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THE
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE
HEREOF.
 
                            ------------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    PAGE
                                                  ---------
<S>                                               <C>
Prospectus Summary..............................          3
Risk Factors....................................          7
Use of Proceeds.................................         17
Dividend Policy.................................         18
Dilution........................................         18
Capitalization..................................         20
Selected Financial Data.........................         21
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
  Financial Condition and Results of
  Operations....................................         22
Business........................................         29
Management......................................         44
Principal Stockholders..........................         50
Certain Relationships and Related
  Transactions..................................         51
Description of Securities.......................         53
Shares Eligible for Future Sale.................         56
Underwriting....................................         58
Legal Matters...................................         59
Experts.........................................         60
Available Information...........................         60
Index to Financial Statements...................        F-1
</TABLE>
    
 
                            ------------------------
 
    UNTIL            , 1997 (25 DAYS AFTER THE DATE HEREOF), ALL DEALERS
EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE REGISTERED SECURITIES, WHETHER OR NOT
PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS.
THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN
ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OF
SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
                                2,000,000 SHARES
 
                               CELERITY SYSTEMS,
                                      INC.
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
                               ------------------
 
                                   PROSPECTUS
                               ------------------
 
                        HAMPSHIRE SECURITIES CORPORATION
                                           , 1997
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 24. INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
 
    Delaware General Corporation Law, Section 102(b)(7), enables a corporation
in its original certificate of incorporation, or an amendment thereto validly
approved by stockholders, to eliminate or limit personal liability of members of
its Board of Directors for violations of a director's fiduciary duty of care.
However, the elimination or limitation shall not apply where there has been a
breach of the duty of loyalty, failure to act in good faith, intentional
misconduct or a knowing violation of a law, the payment of a dividend or
approval of a stock repurchase which is deemed illegal or an improper personal
benefit is obtained. The Company's Certificate of Incorporation includes the
following language:
 
    "No director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or any of
its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a
director, provided that this provision does not eliminate or limit the liability
of the director (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the
Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or
which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under
Section 174 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code, or (iv) for any transaction from
which the director derived an improper personal benefit. For purposes of the
prior sentence, the term "damages" shall, to the extent permitted by law,
include, without limitation, any judgment, fine, amount paid in settlement,
penalty, punitive damages, excise, or other tax, including, without limitation,
any of the foregoing incurred or assessed with respect to an employee benefit
plan, or expense of any nature (including, without limitation, counsel fees and
disbursements)." According to the Certificate of Incorporation, the limitations
of liability discussed in this provision cannot be limited by a modification of
the Certificate of Incorporation for acts that occurred prior to that
modification.
 
    Article NINTH of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, permits
indemnification of, and advancement of expenses to, among others, officers and
directors of the Corporation. Such Article provides as follows:
 
    "A. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a
party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit, or proceeding, whether
civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative (hereinafter a "proceeding"),
by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee, or
agent of the Corporation or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries or is or
was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee,
or agent of any other corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, or
other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan
(hereinafter an "indemnitee"), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged
action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee, or agent or in
any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee, or agent,
shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent
authorized by the Delaware Code, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended
(but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment
permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than permitted
prior thereto), against all expense, liability, and loss (including attorneys'
fees, judgments, fines, excise or other taxes assessed with respect to an
employee benefit plan, penalties, and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably
incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith, and such
indemnification shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a
director, officer, employee, or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the
indemnitee's heirs, executors, and administrators; provided, however, that,
except as provided in Paragraph C of this Article Ninth with respect to
proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall
indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof)
initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was
authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation."
 
    "B. The right to indemnification conferred in paragraph A of this Article
Ninth shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses
incurred in defending any proceeding for which such right to indemnification is
applicable in advance of its final disposition (hereinafter an "advancement of
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
expenses"); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, if the Delaware Code so requires, an
advancement of expenses incurred by an indemnitee in his or her capacity as a
director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is
rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an
employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an
undertaking (hereinafter an "undertaking"), by or on behalf of such indemnitee,
to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final
judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a
"final adjudication") that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for
such expenses under this Article Ninth or otherwise."
 
    "C. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses
conferred in paragraphs A and B of this Article Ninth shall be contract rights.
If a claim under paragraph A or B of this Article Ninth is not paid in full by
the Corporation within 60 days after a written claim has been received by the
Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in
which case the applicable period shall be 20 days, the indemnitee may at any
time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount
of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit
brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the
terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the
expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (i) any suit brought by the
indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit
brought by an indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it
shall be a defense that, the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for
indemnification set forth in the Delaware Code, and (ii) any suit by the
Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an
undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a
final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for
indemnification set forth in the Delaware Code. Neither the failure of the
Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its
stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such
suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances
because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in
the Delaware Code, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its
Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the
indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a
presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct
or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such
suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to
indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the
Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an
undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be
indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article Ninth or
otherwise, shall be on the Corporation."
 
    "D. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses
conferred in this Article Ninth shall not be exclusive of any other right which
any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, this certificate of
incorporation, by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested
directors, or otherwise."
 
    "E. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect
itself and any director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation or
another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise
against any expense, liability, or loss, whether or not the Corporation would
have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability, or loss
under the Delaware Code."
 
    "F. The Corporation's obligation, if any, to indemnify any person who was or
is serving as a director, officer, employee, or agent of any direct or indirect
subsidiary of the Corporation or, at the request of the Corporation, of any
other corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise
shall be reduced by any amount such person may collect as indemnification from
such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise."
 
    "G. Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article
Ninth shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person
in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or
modification."
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
ITEM 25. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
 
    The following is an itemization of all expenses (subject to future
contingencies) incurred or expected to be incurred by the Company in connection
with the issuance and distribution of the securities being offered hereby (items
marked with an asterisk (*) represent estimated expenses):
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                 <C>
SEC Registration Fee..............................................  $   5,773
                                                                    ---------
Legal Fees and Expenses...........................................    100,000
                                                                    ---------
Blue Sky Fees (including counsel fees)............................     65,000
                                                                    ---------
NASD Filing Fees..................................................      2,405
                                                                    ---------
Listing and Nasdaq SmallCap Market fees...........................     25,020
                                                                    ---------
Accounting Fees and Expenses......................................     35,000
                                                                    ---------
Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees.................................      5,000
                                                                    ---------
Printing and Engraving Expenses...................................    130,000
                                                                    ---------
Underwriting Non-Accountable Expense Allowance....................    450,000
                                                                    ---------
Miscellaneous.....................................................     39,402
                                                                    ---------
Total.............................................................  $ 857,600
                                                                    ---------
                                                                    ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
ITEM 26. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
 
    In the past three years, the Registrant has made the following sales of
unregistered securities, all of which sales were exempt from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof or as
otherwise indicated herein. The following section gives effect to the
one-for-two-and-one-half reverse stock split of the Company's Common Stock
effected in August 1997.
 
   
    In May 1995, the Company sold 975,836 shares of Series A Preferred Stock at
$1.55 per share (including 453,225 shares of Series A Preferred Stock sold to
Herzog, Heine & Geduld, Inc., a customer of the Company, as a result of the
conversion of a loan in the principal amount of $250,000 received from such
customer in April 1994) and warrants to purchase 408,479 shares of Series B
Preferred Stock at $1.96 per share for an aggregate purchase price of
$1,517,500, solely to accredited investors. The warrants to purchase the shares
of Series B Preferred Stock were exercised in August 1995 and the Company issued
163,392 shares of Series B Preferred Stock solely to accredited investors. The
Company believes that the issuance and sale of such securities was exempt from
registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and/or Rule 506
promulgated thereunder.
    
 
   
    In November 1995, the Company issued subordinated debt in the principal
amount of $934,500 solely to accredited investors, many of which had
participated in the previous preferred stock offerings. Such debt bore interest
at 10% per annum and, if not paid by November 30, 1996, automatically converted
to Common Stock at a rate of $4.90 per share. Purchasers of the debt received
the 1995 Warrants to purchase 190,714 shares of the Company's Common Stock for
an aggregate purchase price equal to the principal amount of the debt
($934,500). The 1995 Warrants expire on the earlier of (i) May 31, 1998 and (ii)
the closing of the Offering. Accordingly, such warrants will expire if not
exercised prior to the consummation of the Offering. The debt was automatically
converted to 190,714 shares of Common Stock in November 1996. All interest,
which had been accrued on the debt, was forgiven. The Company believes that each
issuance and sale of such securities was exempt from registration pursuant to
Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and/or Rule 506 promulgated thereunder.
    
 
   
    In December 1995, the Company issued 17,915 shares of Common Stock to Dr.
Fenton Scruggs, a director of the Company and an accredited investor, as a
result of the conversion of a loan in the principal amount of $75,000 received
from Dr. Scruggs in November 1994. The Company believes that such issuance and
sale was exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities
Act.
    
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
   
    In June 1996, the Company, through Hampshire Securities Corporation, acting
as placement agent, issued and sold 60 units of its securities, each consisting
of 7,111 shares of Common Stock, one 10% Note in the principal amount of $50,000
and one three-year 1996 Warrant to purchase 2,625 shares of Common Stock at an
exercise price equal to $8.46 per share, at $100,000 per unit ($6,000,000 total)
solely to accredited investors. The Company believes that each issuance and sale
of such securities was exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the
Securities Act and Rule 506 promulgated thereunder. Hampshire Securities
Corporation received, for its services, a placement fee of 8% of the gross
proceeds from the sale of such securities, a warrant to purchase 38,852 shares
of Common Stock at an exercise price of $9.44 per share, and reimbursement of
certain other expenses.
    
 
   
    On July 15, 1997, the Company, through Hampshire Securities Corporation
acting as placement agent, commenced the offer of 20 units of its securities,
each consisting of one 10% Note in the principal amount of $100,000 and one
four-year Warrant to purchase 16,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price
equal to $3.00 per share, at $100,000 per unit ($2,000,000 total) solely to
accredited investors. The Company believes that such issuance and sale of such
securities was exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the
Securities Act and/or Rule 506 promulgated thereunder. At the closing of such
offering on August 8, 1997, Hampshire Securities Corporation received, for its
services, a placement fee of 10% of the gross proceeds from the sale of such
securities and reimbursement of certain other expenses.
    
 
   
    The Company's currently outstanding options to purchase 129,400 shares of
Common Stock under the 1995 Plan were granted from August 10, 1995 through April
4, 1997 at exercise prices ranging from $0.10 to $4.90 per share, although
substantially all of such options are exercisable at $0.10 per share. The
Company believes that the issuance of such securities was exempt from
registration under Rule 701 under the Securities Act. In addition to the options
granted under the 1995 Plan, the Company granted to accredited investors between
April 4, 1997 and July 18, 1997 options to purchase 513,200 shares of Common
Stock outside of the 1995 Plan at exercise prices ranging from $0.10 to $3.00,
30,000 of which have been cancelled. The Company believes that each such
issuance and sale of securities was exempt from registration pursuant to Section
4(2) of the Securities Act.
    
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS
 
    (a) The following exhibits, unless otherwise indicated are filed herewith:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.    DESCRIPTION
- -------------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>            <S>
 
          1    Form of Underwriting Agreement
        3.1    Certificate of Incorporation of Celerity Systems, Inc.*
        3.2    By laws of Celerity Systems, Inc.*
        4.1    Form of Representative's Warrant
        4.2    1995 Stock Option Plan*
        4.3    1997 Stock Option Plan*
        4.4    Form of Stock Certificate**
        4.5    Form of Bridge Warrant*
        4.6    Form of 1996 Warrant**
        4.7    Form of Hampshire Warrant
        4.8    Form of 1995 Warrant*
        4.9    Letter Agreement dated July 15, 1997, between the Company and Mahmoud Youssefi, including exhibits*
       4.10    Letter Agreement, dated July 11, 1997, between the Company and Dr. Fenton Scruggs*
        5.1    Opinion of Squadron, Ellenoff, Plesent & Sheinfeld, LLP**
       10.1    Employment Agreement, dated January 7, 1997, as amended, between the Company and Kenneth D. Van Meter
       10.2    Employment, Non-Solicitation, Confidentiality and Non-Competition Agreement, dated as of May 1, 1996,
               between the Company and Glenn West*
       10.3    Termination Agreement, dated as of April 5, 1997, between the Company and Mahmoud Youssefi*
       10.4    Letter Agreements, dated January 6, and October 1, 1997, between the Company and Doyal H. Hodge
       10.5    Letter Agreement, dated March 13, 1997, between the Company and William Chambers
       10.6    Letter Agreement, dated July 24, 1997, between the Company and Mark. C. Cromwell
       10.7    Exclusive OEM/Distribution Agreement, dated March 10, 1995, between the Company and InterSystem
               Multimedia, Inc.*
       10.8    Purchase Order Agreement, dated June 26, 1995, between Tadiran Telecommunications Ltd. and the
               Company*
       10.9    License Agreement, dated as of September 26, 1996, between the Company and En Kay Telecom Co., Ltd.*
      10.10    License Agreement, dated as of February 21, 1997, between the Company and En Kay Telecom Co., Ltd.*
      10.11    Remarketer Agreement, dated as of June 15, 1997, between the Company and Minerva Systems, Inc.*
      10.12    Memorandum of Understanding, dated April 25, 1996, between Integrated Network Corporation and the
               Company*
      10.13    Letter of Agreement, dated March 31, 1993, between the Company and Herzog, Heine & Geduld, Inc. and
               Development Agreement attached thereto*
      10.14    Subcontract Agreement, dated June 26, 1997, between Unisys Corporation and the Company*
      10.15    Lease Agreement for Crossroad Commons, dated November 25, 1996, as amended, between Lincoln
               Investment Management, Inc., as attorney in fact for the Lincoln National Life Insurance Company, and
               the Company
         11    Statement re: computation of per share earnings
       23.1    Consent of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-5
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.    DESCRIPTION
- -------------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>            <S>
       23.2    Consent of Squadron, Ellenoff, Plesent & Sheinfeld, LLP (contained in the Opinion filed as Exhibit
               5.1)**
         24    Power of Attorney (included in signature page)*
       24.1    Power of Attorney (included in signature page)
         27    Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
   
*   Previously filed.
    
 
   
**  To be filed by amendment.
    
 
ITEM 28. UNDERTAKINGS
 
    (a) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:
 
        (1) to file, during any period in which it offers or sells securities, a
    post-effective amendment to this registration statement to
 
        (i) include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the
    Securities Act;
 
        (ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events which,
    individually or together, represent a fundamental change in the information
    in the registration statement;
 
       (iii) to include any additional or changed material information on the
    plan of distribution;
 
        (2) for determining liability under the Securities Act, treat each
    post-effective amendment as a new registration statement of securities
    offered, and the offering of such securities at that time be the initial
    bona fide offering thereof; and
 
        (3) file a post-effective amendment to remove from registration any of
    the securities that remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
 
    (d) The Registrant hereby undertakes that it will provide to the
Underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates
in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the
underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
    (e) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the
Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act
and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses
incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the Registrant
in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.
 
    (f) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that it will:
 
        (1) for determining any liability under the Securities Act, treat the
    information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this
    registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
    prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or
    497(h) under the Securities Act as part of this registration statement as of
    the time the Commission declared it effective; and
 
        (2) determining any liability under the Securities Act, treat each
    post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus as a new
    registration statement for the securities offered therein, and the offering
    of such securities at that time as the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
                                      II-6
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
    In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all
of the requirements for filing on Form SB-2 and authorized this Amendment No. 1
to Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, in
Knoxville, Tennessee on October 8, 1997.
    
 
   
                                CELERITY SYSTEMS, INC.
 
                                By:  /s/ Kenneth D. Van Meter
                                     -----------------------------------------
                                     Name: Kenneth D. Van Meter
                                     Title:  President and Chief Executive
                                     Officer
 
    
 
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
   
Know all men by these presents, that the Registrant and each person whose
signature appears below constitutes and appoints Kenneth D. Van Meter, his, her
or its true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agents, with full power of
substitution and resubstitution for him, her or it and in his, her, or its name,
place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign and file (i) any and all
amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement,
with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, and
(ii) any registration statement, and any and all amendments thereto, relating to
the offering covered hereby filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities
Act of 1933, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said
attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and
every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises,
as fully to all intents and purposes as he, she, or it might or could do in
person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and
agent, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by
virtue hereof.
    
 
   
    In accordance with to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement has been signed by the following
persons in the capacities and on the dates stated.
    
 
   
          SIGNATURE                        TITLE                    DATE
- ------------------------------  ---------------------------  -------------------
 
                                President, Chief Executive
   /s/ Kenneth D. Van Meter       Officer and Chairman of
- ------------------------------    the Board (Principal         October 8, 1997
     Kenneth D. Van Meter         Executive Officer)
 
     /s/ Thomas E. Welch        Controller (Principal
- ------------------------------    Financial and Principal      October 8, 1997
       Thomas E. Welch            Accounting Officer)
 
       /s/ Glenn West        *
- ------------------------------  Executive Vice President       October 8, 1997
          Glenn West              and Director
 
     /s/ Fenton Scruggs      *
- ------------------------------  Director                       October 8, 1997
        Fenton Scruggs
 
   /s/ Donald Greenhouse     *
- ------------------------------  Director                       October 8, 1997
      Donald Greenhouse
 
    
 
   
*By:     /s/ Kenneth D. Van
                Meter
      -------------------------
        Kenneth D. Van Meter,
          Attorney-in-fact
    
 
                                      II-7
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.    DESCRIPTION
- -------------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>            <S>
          1    Form of Underwriting Agreement
        3.1    Certificate of Incorporation of Celerity Systems, Inc.*
        3.2    By laws of Celerity Systems, Inc.*
        4.1    Form of Representative's Warrant
        4.2    1995 Stock Option Plan*
        4.3    1997 Stock Option Plan*
        4.4    Form of Stock Certificate**
        4.5    Form of Bridge Warrant*
        4.6    Form of 1996 Warrant**
        4.7    Form of Hampshire Warrant
        4.8    Form of 1995 Warrant*
        4.9    Letter Agreement dated July 15, 1997, between the Company and Mahmoud Youssefi, including exhibits*
       4.10    Letter Agreement, dated July 11, 1997, between the Company and Dr. Fenton Scruggs*
        5.1    Opinion of Squadron, Ellenoff, Plesent & Sheinfeld, LLP**
       10.1    Employment Agreement, dated January 7, 1997, as amended, between the Company and Kenneth D. Van Meter
       10.2    Employment, Non-Solicitation, Confidentiality and Non-Competition Agreement, dated as of May 1, 1996,
               between the Company and Glenn West*
       10.3    Termination Agreement, dated as of April 5, 1997, between the Company and Mahmoud Youssefi*
       10.4    Letter Agreements, dated January 6 and October 1, 1997, between the Company and Doyal H. Hodge
       10.5    Letter Agreement, dated March 13, 1997, between the Company and William Chambers
       10.6    Letter Agreement, dated July 24, 1997, between the Company and Mark. C. Cromwell
       10.7    Exclusive OEM/Distribution Agreement, dated March 10, 1995, between the Company and InterSystem
               Multimedia, Inc.*
       10.8    Purchase Order Agreement, dated June 26, 1995, between Tadiran Telecommunications Ltd. and the
               Company*
       10.9    License Agreement, dated as of September 26, 1996, between the Company and En Kay Telecom Co., Ltd.*
      10.10    License Agreement, dated as of February 21, 1997, between the Company and En Kay Telecom Co., Ltd.*
      10.11    Remarketer Agreement, dated as of June 15, 1997, between the Company and Minerva Systems, Inc.*
      10.12    Memorandum of Understanding, dated April 25, 1996, between Integrated Network Corporation and the
               Company*
      10.13    Letter of Agreement, dated March 31, 1993, between the Company and Herzog, Heine & Geduld, Inc. and
               Development Agreement attached thereto*
      10.14    Subcontract Agreement, dated June 26, 1997, between Unisys Corporation and the Company*
      10.15    Lease Agreement for Crossroad Commons, dated November 25, 1996, as amended, between Lincoln
               Investment Management, Inc., as attorney in fact for the Lincoln National Life Insurance Company, and
               the Company
         11    Statement re: computation of per share earnings
       23.1    Consent of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P
       23.2    Consent of Squadron, Ellenoff, Plesent & Sheinfeld, LLP (contained in the Opinion filed as Exhibit
               5.1)**
         24    Power of Attorney (included in signature page)*
       24.1    Power of Attorney (included in signature page)
         27    Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
   
*   Previously filed.
    
 
   
**  To be filed by amendment.
    


<PAGE>

                          2,000,000 Shares of Common Stock 

                                CELERITY SYSTEMS, INC.

                                UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

                                                           , 1997

Hampshire Securities Corporation
640 Fifth Avenue, 4th Floor
New York, New York 10019

On behalf of itself and the other
several Underwriters named in
Schedule I attached hereto

Gentlemen:

         The undersigned, Celerity Systems, Inc., a corporation organized and 
existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the "Company"), hereby 
confirms its agreement with Hampshire Securities Corporation (individually, 
"Hampshire," and, as representative (the "Representative") of the several 
underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the "Underwriters")), as follows:

         1.   Introduction.

         (a)  The Company proposes to issue and sell to the Underwriters an 
aggregate of 2,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of 
the Company (the "Common Stock").  Such 2,000,000 shares of Common Stock are 
hereinafter referred to as the "Firm Stock."

<PAGE>

         (b)  Solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, the 
Company proposes to grant to the Underwriters an option (the "Over-allotment 
Option") to purchase 300,000 shares of Common Stock.  Such shares of Common 
Stock are hereinafter referred to as the "Additional Stock."  The Firm Stock 
and the Additional Stock are hereinafter referred to collectively as the 
"Stock."

         (c)  The Company proposes to sell to Hampshire, individually and not 
as Representative, 200,000 warrants (the "Representative's Warrants") to 
purchase up to an aggregate of 200,000 shares of Common Stock (the "Warrant 
Shares") for a purchase price of $0.001 per warrant, or an aggregate purchase 
price of $200.00.  The Representative's Warrants will have an exercise price 
per share equal to 165% of the public offering price per share.  The 
Representative's Warrants shall be substantially in the form filed with the 
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.  ("NASD").  The 
Representative's Warrants and the Warrant Shares are hereinafter referred to 
collectively as the "Representative's Securities."  The Stock and the 
Representative's Securities are hereinafter referred to collectively as the 
"Securities."

         2.   Representations and Warranties.

         The Company, represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the 
Underwriters that:

         (a)  The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission (the "Commission") a registration statement, and may have filed 
one or more amendments thereto, on Form SB-2 (Registration No. 333-33509), 
including in such registration statement and each such amendment a related 
preliminary prospectus, for the registration of the Stock under the 
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act").  As used in this 
Agreement, the term "Registration Statement" shall refer to such registration 
statement referred to in the first sentence of this Section 2(a), as amended, 
on file with the Commission at the time such registration statement is 
declared by the Commission to be effective under the Securities Act 
(including the prospectus, financial statements, and exhibits filed as a part 
thereof, provided, however, that such registration statement, at the time it 
is declared by the Commission to be effective under the Securities Act, may 
omit such information as is permitted to be omitted from such registration 
statement when it becomes effective under the Securities Act pursuant to Rule 
430A of the General Rules and Regulations of the Commission under the 
Securities Act (the "Regulations"), which information (the "Rule 430A 
Information") shall be deemed to be included in such registration statement 
when a final prospectus is filed with the 

                                         -2-
<PAGE>

Commission in accordance with Rules 430A and 424(b)(1) or (4) of the 
Regulations); the term "Preliminary Prospectus" shall refer to each 
prospectus included in the Registration Statement, or any amendments thereto, 
before the Registration Statement is declared by the Commission to be 
effective under the Securities Act, the form of prospectus omitting Rule 430A 
Information included in the Registration Statement when the Registration 
Statement becomes effective under the Securities Act, if applicable (the 
"Rule 430A Prospectus"), and any prospectus filed by the Company with the 
consent of the Underwriters pursuant to Rule 424(a) of the Regulations, and 
the term "Prospectus" shall refer to (x) if the Company relies on Rule 434 of 
the Regulations, the Term Sheet (as defined below) relating to the Stock that 
is first filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(7) of the Regulations, together with 
the Preliminary Prospectus identified therein that the Term Sheet 
supplements, or (y) if the Company does not rely on Rule 434 of the 
Regulations, the final prospectus forming a part of the Registration 
Statement in the form first filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 
424(b)(1) or (4) of the Regulations or, if no such filing is required, the 
form of final prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement.  "Term 
Sheet" shall mean any term sheet thereof satisfies the requirements of Rule 
434 of the Regulations.  The date on which the Registration Statement is 
declared effective by the Commission is referred to as the "Effective Date."  
For purposes of this Agreement, all references to the Registration Statement, 
Prospectus, Preliminary Prospectus or Term Sheet or to any amendment or 
supplement to any of the foregoing shall be deemed to include the copy filed 
with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering Analysis and 
Retrieval system ("EDGAR").

         (b)  When the Registration Statement becomes effective under the 
Securities Act, and at all times subsequent thereto up to and including the 
Closing Date (as defined in Section 3(a)) and each Additional Closing Date 
(as defined in Section 3(b)), and during such longer period as the Prospectus 
may be required to be delivered in connection with sales by the Underwriters 
or a dealer, and during such longer period until any post-effective amendment 
thereto shall become effective under the Securities Act, the Registration 
Statement (and any post-effective amendment thereto) and the Prospectus (as 
amended or as supplemented if the Company shall have filed with the 
Commission any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the 
Prospectus) will contain all statements which are required to be stated 
therein in accordance with the Securities Act and the Regulations, will 
comply with the Securities Act and the Regulations in all material respects, 
and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state 
any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the 
statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under 

                                         -3-

<PAGE>

which such statements were made, not misleading, and no event will have 
occurred which should have been set forth in an amendment or supplement to 
the Registration Statement or the Prospectus which has not then been set 
forth in such an amendment or supplement; if a Rule 430A Prospectus is 
included in the Registration Statement at the time it is declared by the 
Commission to be effective under the Securities Act, the Prospectus filed 
pursuant to Rules 430A and 424(b)(1) or (4) of the Regulations will contain 
all Rule 430A Information and all statements which are required to be stated 
therein in accordance with the Securities Act or the Regulations, will comply 
with the Securities Act and the Regulations in all material respects, and 
will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any 
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the 
statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were 
made, not misleading; and each Preliminary Prospectus, as of the date filed 
with the Commission, contained all statements required to be stated therein, 
in the light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, in 
accordance with the Securities Act and the Regulations, complied with the 
Securities Act and the Regulations in all material respects, and did not 
contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material 
fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements 
therein, in the light of the circumstances under which such statements were 
made, not misleading, except that no representation or warranty is made in 
this Section 2(b) with respect to statements or omissions made in reliance 
upon, and in conformity with, written information furnished to the Company as 
stated in Section 8(b) with respect to any  Underwriter by, or on behalf of, 
such Underwriter expressly for inclusion in the Registration Statement, any 
Preliminary Prospectus, or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement 
thereto.  Each Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus delivered to the 
Underwriters for use in connection with the offering of the Stock will, at 
the time of delivery, be identical to the electronically transmitted copies 
thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent 
permitted by Regulation S-T under the Securities Act.

         (c)  Neither the Commission nor the "blue sky" or securities 
authority of any jurisdiction has issued an order (a "Stop Order") suspending 
the effectiveness of or preventing or suspending the use of, the Registration 
Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, or any amendment or 
supplement thereto, refusing to permit the effectiveness of the Registration 
Statement, or suspending the registration, qualification or exemption of the 
Securities nor has any of such authorities instituted or to its best 
knowledge threatened to institute any proceedings with respect to a Stop 
Order.

                                         -4-

<PAGE>

         (d)  Any contract, agreement, instrument, lease, or license required 
to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus has been 
described therein.  Any contract, agreement, instrument, lease, or license 
required to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement has been 
filed with the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

         (e)  The Company is a corporation duly organized and validly 
existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with full power and 
authority, and all necessary consents, authorizations, approvals, orders, 
licenses, certificates and permits of and from, and declarations and filings 
with, all federal, state, local and other governmental authorities and all 
courts and other tribunals, to own, lease, license, and use its properties 
and assets and to conduct its business in the manner described in the 
Registration Statement and the Prospectus, except where the failure to obtain 
such consents, authorizations, approvals, orders, licenses, certificates and 
permits would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse 
effect on the business, assets, future prospects, results of operations or 
financial condition of the Company (a "Material Adverse Effect").  The 
Company is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation and is in 
good standing as such in every jurisdiction in which its ownership, leasing, 
licensing, or use of property and assets or the conduct of its business makes 
such qualification necessary, except where the failure to so qualify will not 
have a Material Adverse Effect.  A complete and correct copy of the 
Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws of the Company, as currently in 
effect, have been delivered to you, and no changes therein will be made 
subsequent to the date hereof and prior to the Closing Date.

         (f)  The Company has no subsidiaries (as defined in the 
Regulations).  

         (g)  The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 
15,000,000 shares of Common Stock, of which 2,082,239 shares of Common Stock 
are issued and outstanding, and 3,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par 
value $0.01 per share, no shares of which are outstanding.  Each outstanding 
share of Common Stock is validly authorized and issued, fully paid, and 
nonassessable, without any personal liability attaching to the ownership 
thereof, and has not been issued and is not owned or held in violation of any 
preemptive or similar rights of shareholders.  There is no commitment, plan, 
or arrangement to issue, and no outstanding option, warrant, or other right 
calling for the issuance of, any share of capital stock of the Company or any 
security or other instrument which by its terms is convertible into, or 
exercisable or exchangeable for, shares of capital stock of the Company, 
except as may be properly described in the Prospectus.  There is 

                                         -5-

<PAGE>

outstanding no security or other instrument which by its terms is convertible 
into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, capital stock of the Company, 
except as may be properly described in the Prospectus.  The certificates 
evidencing the shares of Common Stock are in due and proper form.

         (h)  The financial statements of the Company included in the 
Registration Statement and the Prospectus fairly present, with respect to the 
Company, the financial position, the results of operations, the cash flows, 
and the other information purported to be shown therein at the respective 
dates and for the respective periods to which they apply.  Such financial 
statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted 
accounting principles consistently applied throughout the periods involved, 
and are in accordance with the books and records of the Company.  Coopers & 
Lybrand L.L.P., the accountants whose report on the audited financial 
statements is filed with the Commission as a part of the Registration 
Statement, are, and during the periods covered by its report included in the 
Registration Statement and the Prospectus were, independent certified public 
accountants with respect to the Company within the meaning of the Securities 
Act and the Regulations.  The selected and summary financial information 
included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus present fairly the 
information shown therein and have been compiled on a basis substantially 
consistent with the financial statements presented therein.  No other 
financial statements are required by Form SB-2 or otherwise to be included in 
the Registration Statement or the Prospectus.  There has at no time been a 
material adverse change in the financial condition, results of operations, 
business, properties, assets, liabilities or future prospects of the Company 
from the latest information set forth in the Registration Statement or the 
Prospectus, except as may be described in the Prospectus.

         (i)  The Company has a duly authorized and outstanding 
capitalization as disclosed in the Prospectus under "Capitalization" and will 
have the adjusted capitalization set forth therein at the Closing Date (based 
on the assumptions set forth therein).  The financial information and data 
set forth in the Prospectus under "Prospectus Summary," "Risk Factors," "Use 
of Proceeds," "Dilution," "Capitalization," "Selected Financial Data," 
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 
Operations," "Business," and "Management," are fairly presented and prepared 
on a basis consistent with the audited financial statements of the Company.

         (j)  There is no litigation, arbitration, claim, governmental or 
other proceeding (formal or informal), or investigation pending, or, to the 
best 

                                         -6-

<PAGE>

knowledge of the Company, threatened with respect to the Company or any of 
its operations, businesses, properties, or assets, except as may be described 
in the Prospectus or such as individually or in the aggregate do not now 
have, and will not in the future have, a Material Adverse Effect.  The 
Company is not in violation of, or in default with respect to, any law, rule, 
regulation, order, judgment, or decree, except as may be described in the 
Prospectus or such as in the aggregate do not now have, and will not in the 
future have, a Material Adverse Effect nor is the Company currently required 
to take any action in order to avoid any such violation or default.

         (k)  The Company has good and marketable title to all properties and 
assets which the Prospectus indicates are owned by it, free and clear of all 
liens, security interests, pledges, charges, encumbrances, and mortgages 
(collectively "Liens"), except as may be described in the Prospectus.  No 
real property owned, leased, licensed, or used by the Company lies in an area 
which is, or to the knowledge of the Company will be, subject to zoning, use, 
or building code restrictions which would prohibit the present or 
contemplated use thereof in a material respect, and, no state of facts 
relating to the actions or inaction of another person or entity or his or its 
ownership, leasing, licensing, or use of any real or personal property exists 
or will exist which would prevent, the continued effective ownership, 
leasing, licensing, or use of such real property in the business of the 
Company as presently conducted or as the Prospectus indicates it contemplates 
conducting, except as may be described in the Prospectus.

         (l)  Neither the Company, nor to the knowledge of the Company, any 
other party is now, or is expected by the Company to be, in violation or 
breach of, or in default with respect to, any provision of any contract, 
agreement, instrument, lease, license, arrangement, or understanding to which 
the Company is a party, and each such contract, agreement, instrument, lease, 
license, arrangement, and understanding is in full force and effect and is 
the legal, valid, and binding obligation of the parties thereto and is 
enforceable as to them in accordance with its respective terms, except in 
each case, that which would not have a Material Adverse Effect.  The Company 
enjoys peaceful and undisturbed possession under all leases and licenses 
under which it is operating, except where the failure of such possession 
would not have a Material Adverse Effect.  Except as described in the 
Prospectus, the Company is not a party to, or bound by, any contract, 
agreement, instrument, lease, license, arrangement, or understanding, or 
subject to any charter or other restriction, which has had, or may in the 
future have, a Material Adverse Effect.  The Company is not violation or 
breach of, or in default with respect to, any term of its Certificate of 
Incorporation and By-Laws. 

                                         -7-

<PAGE>

         (m)  The Company owns or possesses adequate licenses or other rights 
to use, free and clear of all liens, charges, claims, encumbrances and 
restrictions of any kind whatsoever, all patents, patent rights, inventions, 
trade secrets, technology, licenses, know-how, proprietary techniques, 
including processes and substances, trademarks, service marks, trade names, 
and copyrights described or referred to in the Prospectus as owned or used by 
it or which are necessary for the conduct of its business  as currently 
conducted as described in the Prospectus and, to the best knowledge of the 
Company, its business as contemplated as described in the Prospectus.  To the 
best knowledge of the Company, all such patents, patent rights, licenses, 
trademarks, service marks, and copyrights are valid and enforceable, are not 
being infringed by any third parties which infringement could, singly or in 
the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, and are uncontested by any 
third party.  Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement and the 
Prospectus, the Company is not obligated or under any liability whatsoever to 
make any payments by way of royalties, fees or otherwise to any owner or 
licensee of, or other claimant to, any patent, trademark, service mark, 
tradename, copyright, trade secret, know-how, technology or other intangible 
asset, with respect to the use thereof or in connection with the conduct of 
its business or otherwise.  The Company has no knowledge of, nor has it 
received any notice of, infringement of, or conflict with, asserted rights of 
others with respect to any patents, patent rights, inventions, trade secrets, 
licenses, know-how, proprietary techniques, including processes and 
substances, trademarks, service marks, trade names, or copyrights which, 
singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, 
ruling, or finding could have a Material Adverse Effect.

         (n)  The Company owns and has the right to use all trade secrets, 
know-how (including all other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or 
confidential information, systems or procedures), inventions, designs, 
processes, works of authorship, computer programs and technical data and 
information that are material to its business, properties and operations.

         (o)  Neither the Company, nor, to the best knowledge of the Company, 
any director, officer, agent, employee, or other person associated with, or 
acting on behalf of, the Company has, directly or indirectly used any 
corporate funds for unlawful contributions, gifts, entertainment, or other 
unlawful expenses relating to political activity, made any unlawful payment 
to foreign or domestic government officials or employees or to foreign or 
domestic political parties or campaigns from corporate funds, violated any 
provision of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as 
amended, or made any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback, or 
other unlawful payment.  The Company's 

                                         -8-

<PAGE>

internal accounting controls and procedures are sufficient to cause the 
Company to comply in all respects with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 
1977, as amended.

         (p)  The Company has all requisite power and authority to execute, 
deliver, and perform this Agreement and the Representative's Warrants.  All 
necessary corporate proceedings of the Company have been duly taken to 
authorize the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this 
Agreement and the Representative's Warrants.  This Agreement has been duly 
authorized, executed, and delivered by the Company and is the legal, valid, 
and binding obligation of the Company, and is enforceable as to the Company 
in accordance with its terms. The Representative's Warrants have been duly 
authorized by the Company and, when executed and delivered by the Company, 
will be legal, valid, and binding obligations of the Company, each 
enforceable as to the Company in accordance with its terms.  No consent, 
authorization, approval, order, license, certificate, or permit of or from, 
or declaration or filing with any federal, state, local, or other 
governmental authority or any court or other tribunal is required by the 
Company for the execution, delivery, or performance by the Company of this 
Agreement or the Representative's Warrants, except filings under the 
Securities Act which have been or will be made before the Closing Date, and 
consents consisting only of consents under "blue sky" or securities laws, 
which have been obtained at or prior to the date of this Agreement.  No 
consent of any party to any contract, agreement, instrument, lease, license, 
arrangement, or understanding to which the Company is a party, or to which 
any of its properties or assets are subject, is required for the execution, 
delivery, or performance of this Agreement and the Representative's Warrants, 
and the execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement and the 
Representative's Warrants will not violate, result in a breach of, conflict 
with, result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge, or 
encumbrance upon any properties or assets of the Company pursuant to the 
terms of, or, with or without the giving of notice or the passage of time or 
both, entitle any party to terminate or call a default under, any such 
contract, agreement, instrument, lease, license, arrangement, or 
understanding, or violate, result in a breach of, or conflict with any term 
of the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws of the Company or violate, 
result in a breach of, or conflict with, any law, rule, regulation, order, 
judgment, or decree binding on the Company or to which any of its operations, 
businesses, properties, or assets are subject.

         (q)  The Stock is validly authorized and, when issued and delivered 
in accordance with this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid, and 
nonassessable, without any personal liability attaching to the ownership 
thereof, 

                                         -9-

<PAGE>

and will not be issued in violation of any preemptive or similar rights of 
stockholders, and the Underwriters will receive good title to the Stock 
purchased by it, free and clear of all liens, security interests, pledges, 
charges, encumbrances, stockholders' agreements, and voting trusts.  The 
Stock conforms to all statements relating thereto contained in the 
Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

         (r)  The Warrant Shares are validly authorized and have been duly 
and validly reserved for issuance and, when issued and delivered upon 
exercise of the Representative's Warrants in accordance with the terms 
thereof, will be validly issued, fully paid, and nonassessable, without any 
personal liability attaching to the ownership thereof, and will not be issued 
in violation of any preemptive or similar rights of stockholders, and the 
holders of the Representative's Warrants will receive good title to the 
securities purchased by them upon the exercise of the Representative's 
Warrants, free and clear of all liens, security interests, pledges, charges, 
encumbrances, stockholders' agreements and voting trusts.  The 
Representative's Securities conform in all material respects to all 
statements relating thereto contained in the Registration Statement and the 
Prospectus.

         (s)  Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is 
given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and except as may 
otherwise be described in the Registration Statement or Prospectus, the 
Company has not (i) issued any securities or incurred any liability or 
obligation, primary or contingent, for borrowed money, (ii) entered into any 
material transaction not in the ordinary course of business, (iii) declared 
or paid any dividend on its shares of Common Stock, or (iv) experienced any 
changes or any development which could reasonably be expected to have a 
Material Adverse Effect.

         (t)  Neither the Company, nor any of its officers, directors, or 
affiliates (as defined in the Regulations), has taken or will take, directly 
or indirectly, prior to the termination of the offering contemplated by this 
Agreement, any action designed to stabilize or manipulate the price of any 
security of the Company, or which has caused or resulted in, or which might 
in the future reasonably be expected to cause or result in, stabilization or 
manipulation of the price of any security of the Company, to facilitate the 
sale or resale of any of the Stock.

         (u)  The Company has obtained from each of its directors, officers 
and stockholders designated by the Representative holding an aggregate of 
______ shares of Common Stock a written agreement, in form and substance 
satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, that, for a period of 18 months 
from the Effective Date he, she, or it will not, without the prior written 
consent of the 

                                         -10-

<PAGE>

Representative offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, grant any option for 
the sale of, or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of 
Common Stock or any security or other instrument which by its terms is 
convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, shares of Common Stock 
or other securities of the Company, including, without limitation, any shares 
of Common Stock issuable pursuant to the terms of any employee stock options, 
provided, however, that such persons may offer, sell, contract to sell, grant 
an option for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of all or any part of his, 
her, or its shares of Common Stock or other such security or instrument of 
the Company during such period if such transaction is private in nature and 
the transferee of such shares of Common Stock or other securities or 
instruments agrees, prior to such transaction, to be bound by all of the 
provisions of such agreement.

         (v)  The Company is not, and does not intend to conduct its business 
in a manner in which it would be required to register as, an "investment 
company" as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the 
"Investment Company Act"), and the rules and regulations promulgated 
thereunder. 

         (w)  All issuances and sales of securities by the Company prior to 
the date hereof were exempt from registration under the Securities Act and 
complied in all respects with the provisions of all applicable federal and 
state securities laws.  No person or entity has the right to require 
registration of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company 
because of the filing or effectiveness of the Registration Statement, which 
right has not been waived, except as set forth in the Prospectus, and no 
holder of any security of the Company has the right to demand registration of 
any security owned by such holder during the period ending 18 months after 
the date of the Prospectus, except as set forth in the Prospectus.

         (x)  Except as may be set forth in the Prospectus, the Company has 
not incurred any liability for a fee, commission, or other compensation on 
account of the employment of a broker or finder in connection with the 
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

         (y)  No officer, director, or shareholder of the Company has any 
affiliation or association with the NASD or any member thereof, except as 
disclosed in writing to the Underwriters.

         (z)  The Company has filed all necessary federal, state, local, and 
municipal, and all foreign income and franchise tax returns and other reports 
required to be filed and has paid all taxes shown as due thereon and all 

                                         -11-

<PAGE>

assessments received by it to the extent that the same have become due.  The 
provisions for income taxes payable, if any, shown on the financial 
statements filed with or as part of the Registration Statement and the 
Prospectus are sufficient for all accrued and unpaid foreign and domestic 
taxes, whether or not disputed, and for all periods to and including the 
dates of such financial statements, and there is no material tax deficiency 
which has been, or, to the knowledge of the Company, might be, asserted 
against the Company.  Except as disclosed in writing to the Underwriters, or 
set forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, the Company has 
not executed or filed with any taxing authority, foreign or domestic, any 
agreement extending the period for assessment or collection of any income 
taxes and the Company is not a party to any pending action or proceeding by 
any foreign or domestic governmental agency for assessment or collection of 
taxes, and no claims for assessment or collection of taxes have been asserted 
against the Company.

         (aa) To the best knowledge of the Company, none of the activities or 
business of the Company is in violation of, or will cause the Company to 
violate, any law, rule, regulation, or order of the United States, or any 
country, municipality or locality, or of any agency or body of the United 
States or of any state, municipality or locality thereof, the violation of 
which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

         (ab)  The Common Stock has been approved for quotation on the Nasdaq 
Smallcap Market subject to official notice of issuance.

         (ac) The Company maintains insurance covering its properties, 
operations, personnel and businesses.  Such insurance insures against such 
losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in the 
businesses in which it is engaged.  The Company has not been refused any 
casualty insurance coverage sought or applied for; and the Company has no 
reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance 
coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from 
similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that 
would not have a Material Adverse Effect.  All such insurance is outstanding 
and duly in force on the date hereof.

         (ad) The Company is in compliance with all applicable laws or 
regulations relating to pollution or protection of human health or the 
environment ("Environmental Laws") in the states and countries in which it 
has facilities or operates,  except where the failure to be in compliance 
would not have a Material Adverse Effect.  The Company has not authorized, 
conducted or has knowledge 

                                         -12-

<PAGE>

of the generation, transportation, storage, use, treatment, disposal or 
release of any hazardous substance, hazardous waste, hazardous material, 
hazardous constituent, toxic substance, pollutant, contaminant, petroleum 
product, natural gas, liquified gas or synthetic gas, defined or regulated 
under any Environmental Law on, in or under any property currently leased or 
owned or by any means controlled by the Company (the "Real Property") in 
violation of any applicable law, except for any violation which would not 
have a Material Adverse Effect; there is no pending or, to the Company's 
knowledge, threatened claim, action, litigation or any administrative agency 
proceeding involving the Company or any of its  properties, nor has the 
Company received any written notice, or any oral notice to any executive 
officer of the Company or any other employee responsible for receipt of any 
such notice, from any governmental entity or third party, that (A) alleges a 
violation of any Environmental Laws by the Company or any person or entity 
whose liability for a violation of an Environmental Law the Company has 
retained or assumed either contractually or by operation of law, which 
liability or violation could be reasonably expected to have a Material 
Adverse Effect, (B) alleges the Company is a liable party under the 
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 
U.S.C. Section  9601 et seq., or any state superfund law, (C) alleges 
possible contamination of the environment by the Company or (D) alleges 
possible contamination of the Real Property.

         (ae) The Company maintains a system of internal accounting controls 
sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (A) transactions are executed 
in accordance with management's general or specific authorizations, (B) 
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial 
statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to 
maintain asset accountability, (C) access to assets is permitted only in 
accordance with management's general or specific authorization and (D) the 
recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at 
reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any 
differences.

         (af) The Company is not involved in any labor dispute and, to the 
knowledge of the Company, no such dispute is threatened.

         (ag) The Company is not presently doing business with the government 
of Cuba or with any person or affiliate located in Cuba.  If, at any time 
after the date on which the Registration Statement is declared by the 
Commission to be effective under the Securities Act or with the Florida 
Department of Banking and Finance (the "Florida Department"), whichever is 
later, and prior to the end of the period referred to in the first clause of 
Section 2(b) hereof, the Company 

                                         -13-

<PAGE>

commences engaging in business with the government of Cuba or with any person 
or affiliate located in Cuba, the Company will so inform the Florida 
Department within 90 days after such commencement of business in Cuba, and, 
during the period referred to in Section 2(b) hereof, will inform the Florida 
Department within 90 days after any change occurs with respect to previously 
reported information.

         3.   Purchase, Sale, and Delivery of the Stock and the 
              Representative's Warrants.

         (a)  On the basis of the representations, warranties, covenants, and 
agreements of the Company herein contained, but subject to the terms and 
conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to issue and sell to the 
Underwriters, and the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, agree to 
purchase from the Company, the number of shares of Firm Stock set forth 
opposite the respective names of the Underwriters in Schedule I hereto.

         The purchase price per share of the Firm Stock to be paid by the 
several Underwriters shall be $______.  The initial public offering price per 
share of the Firm Stock shall be $______.

         Payment for the Firm Stock by the Underwriters shall be made by 
certified or official bank check or wire transfer and payable in immediately 
available funds payable to the order of the Company, at the offices of 
Hampshire Securities Corporation, 640 Fifth Avenue, 4th Floor, New York, New 
York 10019, or at such other place in the New York City metropolitan area as 
the Representative shall determine and advise the Company by at least two 
full days' notice in writing, upon delivery of the Firm Stock to the 
Representative for the respective accounts of the Underwriters.  Such 
delivery and payment shall be made at 10:00 a.m., New York City local time, 
on the third or fourth business day (as permitted under Rule 15c6-1 under the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) following the time of the 
initial public offering, as defined in Section 11(a) hereof, or at such other 
time as shall be agreed upon between the Representative and the Company.  The 
time and date of such delivery and payment are hereinafter referred to as the 
"Closing Date."

         Certificates representing the Firm Stock shall be registered in such 
name or names and in such authorized denominations as the Representative may 
request in writing at least two full business days prior to the Closing Date. 
The 

                                         -14-

<PAGE>

Company shall permit the Representative to examine and package such 
certificates for delivery at least one full business day prior to the Closing 
Date.

         (b)  The Company hereby grants to the Underwriters an Over-allotment 
Option to purchase up to 300,000 shares of Common Stock, as may be necessary 
to cover over-allotments, at the same purchase price per share to be paid by 
the Underwriters to the Company for the Firm Stock as provided for in this 
Section 3.  The Over-allotment Option may be exercised only to cover 
over-allotments in the sale of Stock by the Underwriters.  The Over-allotment 
Option may be exercised by the Underwriters on the basis of the 
representations, warranties, covenants, and agreements of the Company herein 
contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, at any 
time and from time to time on or before the 45th day following the Effective 
Date by written notice by the Underwriters to the Company.  Such notice shall 
set forth the aggregate number of shares of Additional Stock as to which the 
Over-allotment Option is being exercised, the name or names in which the 
certificates representing the Additional Stock are to be registered, the 
authorized denominations in which the Additional Stock are to be registered, 
and the time and date, as determined by the Underwriters, when such shares of 
Additional Stock are to be delivered (each such time and date are hereinafter 
referred to as an "Additional Closing Date"), provided, however, that no 
Additional Closing Date shall be earlier than the Closing Date nor earlier 
than the second business day after the date on which the notice of the 
exercise of the Over-allotment Option shall have been given nor later than 
the eighth business day after the date on which such notice shall have been 
given.

         In the event that the Company declares or pays a dividend or a 
distribution on the shares of Common Stock, whether in the form of cash, 
shares of Common Stock or other consideration, prior to the Additional 
Closing Date, such dividend or distribution shall also be paid on the 
Additional Stock on the later of the Additional Closing Date and the date on 
which such dividend or distribution is payable.

         Payment for the Additional Stock by the Underwriters shall be made 
by certified or official bank check or wire transfer and payable in 
immediately available funds, payable to the order of the Company at the 
offices of Hampshire Securities Corporation, 640 Fifth Avenue, 4th Floor, New 
York, New York 10019, or at such other place in the New York City 
metropolitan area as the Representative shall determine and advise the 
Company by at least two full days' notice in writing, upon delivery of the 
Additional Stock to the Underwriters.

                                         -15-

<PAGE>

         Certificates for the Additional Stock shall be registered in such 
name or names and in such authorized denominations as the Underwriters may 
request in writing at least two full business days prior to the Additional 
Closing Date with respect thereto.  The Company shall permit the Underwriters 
to examine and package such certificates for delivery at least one full 
business day prior to the Additional Closing Date with respect thereto.

         (c)  The Company hereby agrees to issue and sell to the 
Representative and/or its designees on the Closing Date the Representative's 
Warrants to purchase the Warrant Shares for an aggregate purchase price for 
the Representative's Warrants equal to $200.00.  

         Delivery and payment for the Representative's Warrants shall be made 
on the Closing Date.  The Company shall deliver to the Representative, upon 
payment therefor, certificates representing the Representative's Warrants in 
the name or names and in such authorized denominations as the Representative 
may request.  The Representative's Warrants shall be exercisable for a period 
of four years commencing one year from the date on which the Registration 
Statement was declared effective under the Securities Act at an initial 
exercise price per Warrant Share equal to $____.

         4.   Offering.  The Underwriters are to make a public offering of 
the Firm Stock as soon, on or after the date on which the Registration 
Statement becomes effective under the Securities Act, as the Underwriters 
deem it advisable so to do.  The Firm Stock is to be initially offered to the 
public at the initial public offering price as provided for in Section 3(a) 
(such price being hereinafter referred to as the "public offering price"). 
After the initial public offering, the Underwriters may from time to time 
increase or decrease the public offering price, in the sole discretion of the 
Underwriters, by reason of changes in general market conditions or otherwise. 
 

         5.   Covenants.  The Company covenants with the Underwriters that it 
will:

         (a)  Use its best efforts to cause the Registration Statement to 
become effective under the Securities Act as promptly as possible, and notify 
the Underwriters and counsel to the Underwriters immediately, and confirm 
such notice in writing, (i) when the Registration Statement and any 
post-effective amendment thereto, (ii) of the receipt of any comments from 
the Commission or the "blue sky" or securities authority of any jurisdiction 
regarding the Registration Statement, any 

                                         -16-

<PAGE>

post-effective amendment thereto, the Prospectus, or any amendment or 
supplement thereto, (iii) of the filing with the Commission of any supplement 
to the Prospectus, and (iv) of the receipt of any notification with respect 
to a Stop Order by the Commission.  The Company will use its best efforts to 
prevent the issuance of any Stop Order and, if any Stop Order is issued, to 
obtain the lifting thereof as promptly as possible.  If the Registration 
Statement has become or becomes effective under the Securities Act with a 
form of prospectus omitting Rule 430A information, or filing of the 
Prospectus with the Commission is otherwise required under Rule 424(b) of the 
Regulations, the Company will file with the Commission the Prospectus, 
properly completed, pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Regulations within the 
time period prescribed and will provide evidence satisfactory to the 
Underwriters of such timely filing.

         (b)  During the time when a prospectus relating to the Firm Stock or 
the Additional Stock is required to be delivered hereunder or under the 
Securities Act or the Regulations, comply with all requirements imposed upon 
it by the Securities Act, as now existing and as hereafter amended, and by 
the Regulations, as from time to time in force, so far as necessary to permit 
the continuance of sales of, or dealings in, the Firm Stock and the 
Additional Stock in accordance with the provisions hereof and the Prospectus. 
 If, at any time when a prospectus relating to the Firm Stock or the 
Additional Stock is required to be delivered hereunder or under the 
Securities Act or the Regulations, any event shall have occurred as a result 
of which, in the reasonable opinion of counsel for the Company or of counsel 
for the Underwriters, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus as then 
amended or supplemented contains any untrue statement of a material fact or 
omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary 
to make the statements therein not misleading, or if, in the opinion of 
either of such counsel, it is necessary at any time to amend or supplement 
the Registration Statement or the Prospectus to comply with the Securities 
Act or the Regulations, the Company will immediately notify the Underwriters 
and promptly prepare and file with the Commission an appropriate amendment or 
supplement (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters 
and counsel to the Underwriters) which will correct such statement or 
omission or which will effect such compliance and will use its best efforts 
to have any such amendment declared effective under the Securities Act as 
soon as possible.  The Company will not file any amendment of or supplement 
to the Registration Statement or Prospectus which is not approved by the 
Underwriters after reasonable notice from the Company to the Underwriters, 
which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

                                         -17-

<PAGE>

         (c)  Deliver without charge to the Underwriters such number of 
copies of each Preliminary Prospectus as may reasonably be requested by such 
Underwriters and, as soon as the Registration Statement, or any amendment 
thereto, becomes effective under the Securities Act or a supplement is filed 
with the Commission, deliver without charge to the Underwriters one signed 
copy of the Registration Statement, including exhibits, or such amendment 
thereto, as the case may be, and two copies of any supplement thereto, and 
deliver without charge to the Underwriters such number of copies of the 
Prospectus, the Registration Statement, and amendments and supplements 
thereto, if any, without exhibits, as the Underwriters may request for the 
purposes contemplated by the Securities Act.

         (d)  Endeavor in good faith, in cooperation with the Underwriters, 
at or prior to the time the Registration Statement becomes effective under 
the Securities Act, to qualify the Stock for offering and sale under the 
"blue sky" or securities laws of such jurisdictions as may be designated by 
the Underwriters, provided, however, that no such qualification shall be 
required in any jurisdiction where, as a result thereof, the Company would be 
subject to service of general process or to taxation as a foreign corporation 
doing business in such jurisdiction to which it is not then subject. In each 
jurisdiction where such qualification shall be effected, the Company will, 
unless the Underwriters agrees in writing that such action is not at the time 
necessary or advisable, file and make such statements or reports at such 
times as are or may be required by the laws of such jurisdiction.

         (e)  Make generally available, within the meaning of Section 11(a) 
of the Securities Act and the Regulations, to its security holders as soon as 
practicable, but not later than 45 days after the end of the 12-month period 
beginning at the end of the fiscal quarter of the Company during which the 
Effective Date occurs (or 90 days, if such 12-month period coincides with the 
Company's fiscal year), an earnings statement, which need not be certified by 
independent certified public accountants unless required by the Securities 
Act or the Regulations, but which shall satisfy the provisions of Section 
11(a) of the Securities Act and the Regulations, covering a period of at 
least 12 months beginning after the date on which the Registration Statement 
was declared effective under the Securities Act.  The Company will furnish to 
its stockholders a copy of its annual reports containing financial statements 
audited by the Company's independent accountants and quarterly reports 
containing unaudited financial information for the first three quarters of 
each year.  

         (f)  For a period of 18 months after the date of the Prospectus, 
not, without the prior written consent of the Representative, offer, issue, 
sell, contract to 

                                         -18-

<PAGE>

sell, grant any option for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of, directly or 
indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, or 
any security or other instrument which by its terms is convertible into, or 
exercisable or exchangeable for, shares of Common Stock, except as 
contemplated by Section 3 hereof and except for (i) the issuance of stock 
options, or shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise thereof, which 
have been or may be granted pursuant to the Company's existing stock option 
plans, up to an aggregate of 378,929 shares of Common Stock, as described in 
the Prospectus, (ii) upon the exercise of warrants outstanding on the date 
hereof, as described in the Prospectus, (iii) the issuance of the Warrant 
Shares upon exercise of the Representative's Warrants, and (iv) a private 
transaction in which the transferee prior to the transfer agrees to be bound 
by all the provisions of such agreement. 

         (g)  For a period of five years after Effective Date furnish the 
Representative without charge, the following:

              (i)  within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, one copy 
of financial statements certified by independent certified public 
accountants, including a balance sheet, statement of income, and statement of 
changes in cash flows of the Company and its then existing subsidiaries, if 
any, with supporting schedules, prepared in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles as at the end of such fiscal year and for the 
12 months then ended, which may be on a consolidated basis;

              (ii) as soon as practicable after they have been sent to 
stockholders of the Company or filed with, or furnished to, the Commission or 
the NASD, one copy of each annual and interim financial and other report or 
communication sent by the Company to its stockholders or filed with, or 
furnished to, the Commission or the NASD;

              (iii)     upon request, as soon as practicable, one copy of 
every press release and every material news item and article in respect of 
the Company, including any subsidiary, or its affairs which was released by 
the Company; and

              (iv) such additional documents and information with respect to 
the Company, and its affairs, as the Representative may from time to time 
reasonably request, provided, however, that such additional documents and 
information shall be received by the Representative on a confidential basis, 
unless otherwise disclosed to the public, and shall not be used in violation 
of the laws of the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations 
promulgated thereunder.

                                         -19-

<PAGE>

         (h)  Apply the net proceeds received by the Company from the 
offering contemplated by this Agreement in the manner set forth under the 
heading "Use of Proceeds" in the Prospectus.

         (i)  Furnish to the Underwriters as early as practicable prior to 
the Closing Date and each Additional Closing Date, if any, as the case may 
be, but not less than two full business days prior thereto, a copy of the 
latest available unaudited interim financial statements of the Company which 
have been read by the Company's independent certified public accountants, as 
stated in their letters to be furnished pursuant to Section 7(f) hereof.

         (j)  File no amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement 
or Prospectus at any time, whether before or after the date on which the 
Registration Statement was declared effective under the Securities Act, 
unless such filing shall comply with the Securities Act and the Regulations, 
and unless the Representative shall previously have been advised of such 
filing and furnished with a copy thereof, and the Representative shall have 
approved such filing in writing, such approval not to be unreasonably 
withheld.  Until the later of (i) the completion by the Underwriters of the 
distribution of the Stock (but in no event more than nine months after the 
date on which the Registration Statement shall have been declared effective 
under the Securities Act) and (ii) 25 days after the date on which the 
Registration Statement shall have been declared effective under the 
Securities Act, the Company will prepare and file with the Commission, 
promptly upon the Representative's request, any amendments or supplements to 
the Registration Statement or the Prospectus which, in the Representative's 
reasonable opinion and the reasonable opinion of its counsel, may be 
necessary or advisable in connection with the distribution of the Stock.

         (k)  File timely with the Commission an appropriate form with 
respect to the registration of the shares of Common Stock pursuant to Section 
12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") 
to become effective under the Exchange Act concurrently with the 
effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the Securities Act and 
comply with all registration, filing, and reporting requirements of the 
Exchange Act, which may from time to time be applicable to the Company.

         (l)  Comply with all provisions of all undertakings contained in the 
Registration Statement.

                                         -20-

<PAGE>


         (m)  Prior to the later of 25 days after the Effective Date or any
Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, issue no press release or other
communication, directly or indirectly, and hold no press conference with respect
to the Company, the financial condition, results of operations, business,
properties, assets, liabilities or future prospects of the Company or this
offering, without the prior written consent of the Representative, which consent
shall not be unreasonably withheld.

         (n)  Make all filings required to maintain the inclusion of the
Company Stock on the Nasdaq Smallcap Market for at least five years from the
date of this Agreement.

         (o)  On the Closing Date, sell to the Representative, the
Representative's Warrants at an aggregate purchase price of $200.00, which
Representative's Warrants shall be substantially in the form filed with the
NASD.

         (p)  Until expiration of the Representative's Warrants, keep reserved
sufficient shares of Common Stock for issuance upon exercise of the
Representative's Warrants.

         (q)  Deliver to the Representative, without charge, within a
reasonable period after the last Additional Closing Date or the expiration of
the period during which the Representative may exercise the Over-allotment
Option, five sets of bound volumes of the Registration Statement and all related
materials to the individuals designated by the Representative or counsel to the
Representative.

         (r)  For a period of three years from the Effective Date, provide, at
its sole expense, to the Representative copies of the Company's daily transfer
sheets, if so requested by the Representative.

         (s)  For a period of three years from the Effective Date, the Company
shall use its best efforts to cause two persons to be elected to the Company's
Board of Directors who are deemed to be independent of the Company's management
within the meaning of the rules of the Nasdaq Smallcap Market.

         (t)  For a period of three years from the Effective Date, the
Representative shall have the right to appoint a designee as an observer of the
Company's Board of Directors.  Such observer will have the right to attend all 

                                         -21-
<PAGE>

meetings of the Board of Directors.  Such observer shall be entitled to receive
reimbursement for all out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending such
meetings, including, but not limited to, food, lodging and economy
transportation.  The Representative shall be given notice of such meetings at
the same time and in the same manner as directors of the Company are informed. 
The Representative and such observer shall be indemnified to the same extent as
the other independent directors.  The Company will use its best efforts to
purchase directors and officers insurance in an amount of not less than
$2,000,000; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay
more than $50,000 per year in order to maintain such insurance, and if insurance
in such amount is not available at such cost, the Company shall purchase that
amount of such insurance which is available at a cost of $50,000 per year. 

         (u)  Maintain key-person life insurance payable to the Company on the
life of Kenneth D. Van Meter, President and Chief Executive Officer of the
Company, and Glenn West, Executive Vice President and Chief Technical Officer of
the Company, each in the amount of at least $1,000,000, for the period of time
equal to the longer of three years from the Effective Date and the respective
terms of the employment agreements between the Company and such officers.

         (v)  Cause stockholders owning at least five percent (5%) of the
Company's outstanding shares of Common Stock as of the date hereof, and use its
best efforts to cause stockholders owning at least five percent (5%) of the
Company's outstanding shares of Common Stock immediately following the Closing
Date, to grant to the Representative a preferential right for a period of
eighteen months following the Effective Date to sell for the account of such
holder any securities sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act.  Each
of such holders shall agree to consult with the Representative with regard to
any such sale and will offer the Representative the exclusive opportunity to
sell such securities on terms at least as favorable to such holder as such
holder can secure elsewhere.  If the Representative fails to accept in writing
any such proposal for sale by such holder within seven (7) business days after
receipt of a notice containing such proposal, then the Representative shall have
no claim or right with respect to any such sales contained in such notice.  If,
thereafter, such proposal is modified in any material respect, such holders
shall adopt the same procedure as with respect to the original proposal.

         (w)  Until the expiration of three years from the Effective Date, the
Company will not effect a change in the independent certified public accountants
for the Company unless either the Company has received the 

                                         -22-
<PAGE>


Representative's prior written consent or such substitute independent certified
public accountant is one of the "big six" firms.

         6.   Payment of Expenses.  The Company hereby agrees to pay all
expenses (other than fees of counsel for the Underwriters, except as provided in
subdivision (c) of this Section 6) in connection with (a) the preparation and
printing of the Registration Statement including all amendments thereto, the
Prospectus, this Agreement and related other underwriting documents, including
the cost of all copies thereof and of the Preliminary Prospectuses and of the
Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto supplied to the
Underwriters in quantities as hereinabove stated, (b) the issuance, sale,
transfer, and delivery (as applicable) of the Securities, including any transfer
or other taxes payable thereon, (c) the qualification of the Securities under
state or foreign "blue sky" or securities laws, including the costs of printing
and mailing any preliminary and final "Blue Sky Survey" and the fees and
disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection therewith in the
amount of up to $30,000 ($45,000 if Nasdaq National Market listing is not
obtained) plus disbursements in connection therewith, (d) the filing fees
payable to the NASD, and the jurisdictions in which such qualification is
sought, (e) any fees relating to the listing of the shares of Common Stock on
the Nasdaq Smallcap Market, (f) the cost of printing certificates representing
shares of Common Stock and the Representative's Warrants (g) the fees of the
transfer agent for the shares of Common Stock, (h) the cost of publication of
"tombstone" advertisements with respect to the offering, (i) all expenses
relating to the "roadshow" except the Underwriters' travel and lodging, and (j)
a non-accountable expense allowance equal to three percent (3%) of the gross
proceeds of the sale of the Firm Stock and any Additional Stock with respect to
which the Over-allotment Option has been exercised to the Representative on the
Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be. 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the offering contemplated hereby should be
terminated, the Company agrees to pay the Underwriters only the out-of-pocket
expenses incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Agreement and the
proposed offer, sale, and delivery of Securities.

         7.   Conditions of Underwriter's Obligations.  The obligations of the
Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Firm Stock and the Underwriters to
purchase and pay for the Additional Stock, as provided herein, and the
obligation of the Representative to purchase and pay for the Representative's
Warrants, each as provided herein, shall be subject, in the discretion of the
Representative's, to the continuing accuracy of the representations and
warranties of the Company contained herein and in each certificate and document
contemplated under this 


                                         -23-
<PAGE>

Agreement to be delivered to the Underwriters, as of the date hereof and as of
the Closing Date (or any Additional Closing Date, as the case may be), to the
performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder, and to the following
conditions:

         (a)  The Registration Statement shall have become effective under the
Securities Act not later than 6:00 P.M., New York City local time, on the date
of this Agreement or such later date and time as shall be consented to in
writing by the Underwriters, on or prior to the Closing Date, or any Additional
Closing Date, as the case may be, no Stop Order shall have been issued and no
proceeding shall have been initiated or threatened with respect to a Stop Order,
and any request by the Commission for additional information shall have been
complied with by the Company to the reasonable satisfaction of counsel for the
Underwriters.  If required, the Prospectus shall have been filed with the
Commission in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b)
under the Securities Act.

         (b)  At the Closing Date and any Additional Closing Date, as the case
may be, the Underwriters shall have received the opinion of Squadron, Ellenoff,
Plesent & Sheinfeld, LLP, counsel for the Company, dated the date of delivery,
addressed to the Underwriters, and in the form and scope satisfactory to counsel
for the Underwriters, with reproduced copies or signed counterparts thereof for
the Underwriters, to the effect that:

              (i)  the Company is a corporation duly organized, validly
existing, and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of
incorporation, with full corporate power and authority, and all necessary
consents, authorizations, approvals, orders, licenses, certificates, and permits
of and from, and declarations and filings with, all federal, state, local, and
other governmental authorities and all courts and other tribunals, to own,
lease, license, and use its properties and assets and to conduct its business in
the manner described in the Prospectus.  The Company is duly qualified to do
business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing as such in every
jurisdiction in which its ownership, leasing, licensing, or use of property and
assets or the conduct of its business makes such qualification necessary, except
where the failure to so qualify or be in good standing would not have a material
Adverse Effect;

              (ii) the authorized capital stock of the Company consists of (1)
15,000,000 shares of Common Stock, of which 2,082,239 shares are outstanding and
(ii) 3,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share, none of
which is outstanding.  Except as otherwise disclosed in the Prospectus, each
outstanding 

                                         -24-
<PAGE>


share of capital stock of the Company is free and clear of all liens, security
interests, pledges, charges, encumbrances, stockholders' agreements, and voting
trusts.  Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, each outstanding share of Common
Stock is validly authorized and issued, fully paid, and nonassessable, without
any personal liability attaching to the ownership thereof, has not been issued
and is not owned or held in violation of any preemptive or similar rights of
stockholders.  To the knowledge of such counsel, there is no commitment, plan,
or arrangement to issue, and no outstanding option, warrant, or other right
calling for the issuance of, any share of capital stock of the Company or any
security or other instrument which by its terms is convertible into, or
exercisable or exchangeable for, capital stock of the Company except as may be
described in the Prospectus.  Except as described in the Prospectus, there is
outstanding no security or other instrument which by its terms is convertible
into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, capital stock of the Company.  The
certificates evidencing the Common Stock are in due and proper form;

              (iii)     to the knowledge of such counsel, there is no
litigation, arbitration, claim, governmental or other proceeding (formal or
informal), or investigation pending, threatened, or in prospect (or any basis
therefor) with respect to the Company or any of its operations, businesses,
properties, or assets, except as may be described in the Prospectus or such as
individually or in the aggregate do not now have, and will not in the future
have, a Material Adverse Effect.  To the knowledge of such counsel, the Company
is not in violation of, or in default with respect to, any law, rule,
regulation, order, judgment, or decree, except as may be described in the
Prospectus or such as individually or in the aggregate do not now have and will
not in the future have a Material Adverse Effect; nor is the Company required to
take any action in order to avoid any such violation or default;

              (iv) to the knowledge of such counsel, neither the Company nor
any other party is now, or is expected by the Company to be, in violation or
breach of, or in default with respect to, any provision of any contract,
agreement, instrument, lease, license, arrangement, or understanding which is
material to the Company, and, to the knowledge of such counsel, each such
contract, agreement, instrument, lease, license, arrangement, or understanding
is in full force and effect and is the valid, legal, and binding obligation of
the parties thereto and is enforceable in accordance with its terms;

              (v)  the Company is not in violation or breach of, or in default
with respect to, any term of its respective Certificate of Incorporation or
By-Laws;


                                         -25-
<PAGE>

              (vi) the Company has all requisite power and authority to
execute, deliver, and perform this Agreement and the Representative's Warrants. 
All necessary corporate proceedings of the Company have been taken to authorize
the execution, delivery, and performance by the Company of this Agreement and
the Representative's Warrants.  This Agreement has been duly authorized,
executed, and delivered by the Company, is the legal, valid, and binding
obligation of the Company, and, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
and other laws affecting the enforceability of creditors' rights generally, is
enforceable as to the Company in accordance with its terms.  The
Representative's Warrants have been duly authorized by the Company and, when
executed and delivered by the Company, will be legal, valid, and binding
obligations of the Company, each enforceable as to the Company in accordance
with its terms.  No consent, authorization, approval, order, license,
certificate, or permit of or from, or declaration or filing with, any federal,
state, local, or other governmental authority or any court or other tribunal is
required by the Company for the execution, delivery, or performance by the
Company of this Agreement or the Representative's Warrants, except filings under
the Securities Act which have been made prior to the Closing Date or Additional
Closing Date, as the case may be, and consents consisting only of consents under
"blue sky" or securities laws, which have been obtained.  No consent of any
party to any contract, agreement, instrument, lease, license, arrangement, or
understanding known to such counsel to which the Company is a party, or to which
any of its properties or assets are subject, is required for the execution,
delivery, or performance of this Agreement and the Representative's Warrants;
and the execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement and the
Representative's Warrants will not violate, result in a breach of, conflict
with, result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge, or encumbrance
upon any properties or assets of the Company pursuant to the terms of, or, with
or result in a breach of, or conflict with any law, rule, regulation, order,
judgment, or decree binding on the Company to which any of its operations,
business, properties, or assets are subject;

              (vii)     each share of Firm Stock to be delivered on the 
Closing Date is validly authorized and, when issued and delivered in 
accordance with the terms hereof, will be validly issued, fully paid, and 
nonassessable, without any personal liability attaching to the ownership 
thereof, and will not be issued in violation of any  preemptive or similar 
rights of stockholders.  Each share of Additional Stock to be delivered on 
the Closing Date or any Additional Closing Date, as applicable, is validly 
authorized and, when issued and delivered in accordance with the terms 
hereof, will be validly issued, fully paid, and nonassessable, without any 
personal liability attaching to the ownership thereof,

                                         -26-
<PAGE>

and will not be issued in violation of any preemptive or similar rights of 
stockholders.  The Underwriters will receive good title to the shares of Firm 
Stock and Additional Stock purchased by them, respectively, free and clear of 
all liens, security interests, pledges, charges, encumbrances, stockholders' 
agreements, and voting trusts.  The Additional Stock has been duly ad validly 
reserved for issuance.  The Stock conforms to all statements relating thereto 
contained in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus;

              (viii)    the Warrant Shares are validly authorized and have been
duly and validly reserved for issuance pursuant to the terms of the
Representative's Warrants.  The Representative's Warrants have been duly and
validly issued and delivered.  The Warrant Shares, when issued and delivered in
accordance with the Representative's Warrants, will be validly issued, fully
paid, and nonassessable, without any personal liability attaching to the
ownership thereof, and will not have been issued in violation of any preemptive
rights of stockholders.  The Representative, and any other holders of the
Representative's Warrants, will receive good title to the securities purchased
by them upon exercise of the Representative's Warrants, free and clear of all
liens, security interests, pledges, charges, encumbrance, stockholders'
agreements, and voting trusts.  The Representative's Securities conform to all
statements relating thereto contained in the Registration Statement or the
Prospectus;

              (ix) to the knowledge of such counsel, each contract, agreement,
instrument, lease, or license required to be described in the Registration
Statement or the Prospectus has been accurately described therein, and each
contract, agreement, instrument, lease, or license required to be filed as an
exhibit to the Registration Statement has been filed with the Commission as an
exhibit to the Registration Statement;

              (x)  insofar as statements in the Prospectus purport to summarize
the status of litigation or the provisions of laws, rules, regulations, orders,
judgments, decrees, contracts, agreements, instruments, leases, or licenses,
such statements have been prepared or reviewed by such counsel and accurately
reflect the status of such litigation and provisions purported to be summarized
and are correct in all respects;

              (xi) the Company is not an "investment company" as defined in the
Investment Company Act and the rules and regulations thereunder and, if the
Company conducts its business as set forth in the Prospectus, will not become 

                                         -27-
<PAGE>


an "investment company", and will not be required to be registered under the
Investment Company Act;

              (xii)     to the knowledge of such counsel, no person or entity
has the right to require registration of shares of Common Stock or other
securities of the Company because of the filing or effectiveness of the
Registration Statement, except by persons or entities which have waived such
rights as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus; and

              (xiii)    the Registration Statement has become effective under
the Securities Act, the Prospectus has been filed in accordance with Rule 424(b)
of the Regulations, including the applicable time periods set forth therein, or
such filing is not required.  To the knowledge of such counsel, no Stop Order
has been issued and no proceeding for that purpose has been instituted or
threatened.  

              In addition, such counsel shall state that in the course of the
preparation of the Registration Statement and Prospectus, such counsel have
participated in conferences with representatives of the Underwriters, officers
and representatives of the Company and representatives of the independent
certified public accountants of the Company, at which conferences the contents
of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and related matters were
discussed, and that although such counsel have not verified the accuracy,
completeness or fairness of the statements contained in the Registration
Statement, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, and
accordingly are not passing thereon, such counsel have no reason to believe that
(A) the Registration Statement (except as to financial statements and other
financial data and schedules which are or should be contained therein, as to
which such counsel need express no opinion) on the Effective Date, contained any
untrue statement of a material fact required to be stated therein, or omitted to
state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
statements therein, not misleading, or (B) the Prospectus (except as to the
financial statements and other financial data and schedules which are or should
be contained therein, as to which such counsel need express no opinion), as of
its date or the date hereof, contained or contains any untrue statement of a
material fact or omitted or omits to state any material fact necessary in order
to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they
were made, not misleading or (C) the Registration Statement and the Propsectus
do not comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the
Securities Act and the applicable Regulations.  There is no assurance that all
material facts were disclosed to such counsel or that such counsel's familiarity
with the Company is such that such 

                                         -28-
<PAGE>


counsel necessarily recognized the materiality of such facts as were disclosed
to such counsel, and such counsel have relied to a large extent upon the
statements of representatives of the Company as to the materiality of the facts
disclosed to such counsel.

              In rendering such opinion, counsel for the Company may rely (A)
as to matters involving the application of laws other than the laws of the
United States and the laws of the State of New York, to the extent counsel for
the Company deems proper and to the extent specified in such opinion, upon an
opinion or opinions (in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the
Underwriters) of other counsel, acceptable to counsel for the Underwriters,
familiar with the applicable laws, in which case the opinion of counsel for the
Company shall state that the opinion or opinions of such other counsel are
satisfactory in scope, form, and substance to counsel for the Company and that
reliance thereon by counsel for the Company and the Underwriters is reasonable;
(B) as to matters of fact, to the extent they deem proper, on certificates of
responsible officers of the Company; and (C) to the extent they deem proper,
upon written statements of certificates of officers of departments of various
jurisdictions having custody of documents respecting the corporate existence or
good standing of the Company; provided that copies of any such opinions,
certificates, or statements shall be annexed as exhibits to the opinion of
counsel for the Company.

         (c)  On or prior to the Closing Date and any Additional Closing 
Date, as the case may be, the Underwriters shall have been furnished such 
information, documents, certificates, and opinions as they may reasonably 
require for the purpose of enabling them to review the matters referred to in 
Section 7(b), and in order to evidence the accuracy, completeness, or 
satisfaction of any of the representations, warranties, covenants, 
agreements, or conditions herein contained, or as the Underwriters may 
reasonably request.

         (d)  At the Closing Date or any Additional Closing Date, as the case
may be, (i) the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any amendments or
supplements thereto shall contain all statements which are required to be stated
therein in accordance with the Securities Act and the Regulations, and in all
material respects conform to the requirements thereof; and neither the
Registration Statement nor the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement
thereto shall contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state
any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
statements therein not misleading, (ii) there shall have been, since the
respective dates as of which 

                                         -29-
<PAGE>


information is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, no
material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material
adverse change, in the business, properties, or condition (financial or
otherwise), results of operations, future prospects, capital stock, long-term or
short-term debt, or general affairs of the Company from that set forth in the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus, except changes which the Registration
Statement and Prospectus indicate might occur after the date on which the
Registration Statement becomes effective under the Securities Act, and the
Company shall not have incurred any material liabilities or entered into any
agreements not in the ordinary course of business other than as referred to in
the Registration Statement and Prospectus, (iii) except as set forth in the
Prospectus, no litigation, arbitration, claim, governmental or other proceeding
(formal or informal), or investigation shall be pending, threatened, or in
prospect (or any basis therefor) with respect to the Company, or any of its
respective operations, businesses, properties, or assets which would be required
to be set forth in the Registration Statement, wherein an unfavorable decision,
ruling, or finding would have a Material Adverse Effect, and (iv) the Stock
shall be quoted upon the Nasdaq Smallcap Market.

         (e)  At the Closing Date and any Additional Closing Date, as the case
may be, the Underwriters shall have received a certificate of the President and
the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, dated the Closing Date or such
Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, to the effect, among other things,
that (i) the conditions set forth in Sections 7(a) and 7(d) have been satisfied,
(ii) as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date or such
Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the representations and warranties
of the Company contained herein were and are accurate and correct, and (iii) as
of the Closing Date or such Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the
obligations to be performed by the Company hereunder on or prior to such time
have been fully performed.

         (f)  At the time this Agreement is executed and at the Closing Date
and any Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Representative shall
have received a letter, addressed to the Underwriters, and in form and substance
satisfactory to the Representative, with reproduced copies or signed consents
thereof for each of the Underwriters, from Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., independent
certified public accountants for the Company, dated the date of delivery: 

              (i)  confirming that they are, and during the period covered by
their report(s) included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus were, 

                                         -30-
<PAGE>


independent certified public accountants with respect to the Company within the
meaning of the Securities Act and the published Regulations;

              (ii) stating that, in their opinion, the financial statements and
schedules of the Company included in the Registration Statement examined by them
comply in form in all material respects with the applicable accounting
requirements of the Securities Act and the related published rules and
regulations;

              (iii)     stating that they have performed, with respect to the
interim financial statements of the Company included in the Registration
Statement, the procedures set out in Statement on Auditing Standards No. 71
("SAS 71") for a review of interim financial information and providing the
report of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P as described in SAS 71 on the interim
financial statements of the Company;

              (iv) stating that, on the basis of procedures (but not an
examination made in accordance with the generally accepted auditing standards)
consisting of a reading of the latest available unaudited interim financial
statements of the Company (with an indication of the date of the latest
available unaudited interim financial statements), a reading of the latest
available minutes of the stockholders and Boards of Directors of the Company and
committees of such Board of Directors, inquires to certain officers and other
employees of the Company responsible for financial and accounting matters, and
other specified procedures and inquiries, nothing has come to their attention
that caused them to believe that: (A) the unaudited financial statements and
schedules of the Company included in the Registration Statement and Prospectus
do not comply in form in all material respects with the applicable accounting
requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and related published
rules and regulations under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or are not
fairly presented in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles
(except to the extent that certain footnote disclosures regarding any stub
period may have been omitted in accordance with the applicable rules of the
Commission under the Exchange Act) applied on a basis consistent with that of
the audited financial statements appearing therein; (B) there was any change in
the capital stock or long-term debt of the Company or any decrease in the total
current assets or stockholders' equity of the Company as of the date of the
latest available monthly financial statements of the Company as of a specified
date not more than five business days prior to the date of such letter, each, as
compared with the amounts shown in the December 31, 1996 balance sheets included
in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, other than as described in the
Registration Statement 

                                         -31-
<PAGE>


and Prospectus or any change or decrease (which shall be set forth therein)
which, in the sole discretion of the Representative, the Underwriters shall
accept, or (C) there was any decrease in the revenues, net income, or net income
per share of Common Stock during the period from December 31, 1996 to the date
of the latest available monthly financial statements of the Company or to a
specified date not more than five business days prior to the date of such
letter, each as compared with the corresponding prior period, other than as
described in the Registration Statement and Prospectus or any decrease (which
shall be set forth therein) which, in the sole discretion of the Representative,
the Underwriters shall accept; and

              (v)  stating that they have compared specific numerical data and
financial information pertaining to the Company set forth in the Registration
Statement, which have been specified by the Representative prior to the date of
this Agreement, to the extent that such data and information may be derived from
the general accounting records of the Company, and excluding any questions
requiring any interpretation by legal counsel, with the results obtained from
the application of specified readings, inquiries, and other appropriate
procedures (which procedures do not constitute an examination in accordance with
the generally accepted auditing standards) set forth in the letter, and found
them to be in agreement.

         (g)  All proceedings taken in connection with the issuance, sale,
transfer, and delivery of the Securities shall be reasonably satisfactory in
form and substance to the Representative and to counsel for the Underwriters,
and the Underwriters shall have received from such counsel for the Underwriters
opinions, dated as of the Closing Date and the Additional Closing Date, as the
case may be, with respect to such of the matters set forth under Section 7(b),
and with respect to such other related matters, as the Representative may
reasonably request.

         (h)  The NASD, upon review of the terms of the public offering of the
Stock, shall not have objected to the Underwriters' participation in such
offering.

         (i)  On the Closing Date, the Company shall have sold the
Representative's Warrants to the Representative and its designees.

         (j)  Prior to or on the Closing Date, the Company shall have provided
to the Representative copies of the agreements referred to in Section 2(u).  In
order to enforce this covenant, the Company shall impose stop-transfer
instructions with respect to the shares of capital stock owned by the officers,
directors and stockholders until the end of such period.

                                         -32-

<PAGE>

         Any certificate or other document signed by any officer of the Company
and delivered to the Representative or to counsel for the Underwriters pursuant
to the terms of this Agreement shall be deemed a representation and warranty by
the Company, as applicable, hereunder to the Underwriters as to the statements
made therein.  If any condition to the Underwriters' obligations hereunder to be
fulfilled prior to or at the Closing Date or any Additional Closing Date, as the
case may be, is not so fulfilled, the Representative may, on behalf of the
several Underwriters, terminate this Agreement or, if the Representative so
elects, in writing waive any such conditions which have not been fulfilled or
extend the time for their fulfillment.

         8.   Indemnification and Contribution.

         (a)  Subject to the conditions set forth below, the Company agrees, to
indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its officers, directors, partners,
employees, agents, and counsel, and each person, if any, who controls any
Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or
Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act, against any and all loss, liability, claim,
damage, and expense whatsoever (which shall include, for all purposes of this
Section 8, but not be limited to, reasonable attorneys' fees and any and all
expense whatsoever incurred in investigating, preparing, or defending against
any litigation, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever and any and all
amounts paid in settlement of any claim or litigation) as and when incurred
arising out of, based upon, or in connection with, (i) any untrue statement or
alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in (A) the Registration
Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, or the Prospectus (as from time to time
amended and supplemented), or any amendment or supplement thereto or (B) any
application or other document or communication (for purposes of this Section 8,
collectively referred to as an "application") executed by, or on behalf of, the
Company or based upon written information furnished by, or on behalf of, the
Company filed in any jurisdiction in order to qualify the Securities under the
"blue sky" or securities laws thereof or filed with the Commission or any
securities exchange; or any omission or alleged omission to state a material
fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein
not misleading, unless such statement or omission was made in reliance upon, and
in conformity with, written information furnished to the Company as stated in
Section 8(b) with respect to any Underwriter by, or on behalf of, such
Underwriter through the Representative expressly for inclusion in the
Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any
amendment or supplement thereto, or in any application, as the case may be, or
(ii) any breach of any representation, warranty, covenant, or 

                                         -33-


<PAGE>


agreement of the Company contained in this Agreement; provided, that the Company
will not be liable to the Underwriters or any person controlling the
Underwriters with respect to any such untrue statement or omission made in any
Preliminary Prospectus that is corrected in the Prospectus (or any amendment or
supplement thereto) if the person asserting any such loss, claim, damage or
liability purchased Securities from such Underwriters but was not sent or given
a copy of the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) at or prior to the written
confirmation of the sale of such Securities to such person in any case where
such delivery of the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) is required by the
Securities Act, unless such failure to deliver the Prospectus (as amended or
supplemented) was a result of noncompliance by the Company with its obligations
under this Agreement. The foregoing agreement to indemnify shall be in addition
to any liability the Company may otherwise have, including liabilities arising
under this Agreement.

         If any action is brought against an Underwriter or any of its
respective officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, or counsel, or any
controlling persons of an Underwriter (an "indemnified party") in respect of
which indemnity may be sought against the Company pursuant to the foregoing
paragraph, such indemnified party or parties shall promptly notify the Company
in writing of the institution of such action (but the failure so to notify shall
not relieve the Company from any liability they may have other than pursuant to
this Section 8(a)), and the Company shall promptly assume the defense of such
action, including, without limitation, the employment of counsel reasonably
satisfactory to such indemnified party or parties and payment of expenses.  Such
indemnified party or parties shall have the right to employ its or their own
counsel in any such case, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at
the expense of such indemnified party or parties unless the employment of such
counsel shall have been authorized in writing by the Company in connection with
the defense of such action or the Company shall not have promptly employed
counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party or parties to have
charge of the defense of such action or such indemnified party or parties shall
have reasonably concluded that there may be one or more legal defenses available
to it or them or to other indemnified parties which are different from, or in
addition to, those available to the Company in any of which events such fees and
expenses shall be borne by the Company and neither the Company shall not have
the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified
party or parties.

         Anything in this section to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company
shall not be liable for any settlement of any such claim or action effected
without 

                                         -34-


<PAGE>


its written consent.  The Company shall not, without the prior written consent
of each indemnified party that is not released as described in this sentence,
settle or compromise any action, or permit a default or consent to the entry
of judgment or otherwise seek to terminate any pending or threatened action, in
respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder (whether or not any
indemnified party is a party thereto), unless such settlement, compromise,
consent, or termination includes an unconditional release of each indemnified
party from all liability in respect of such action.  The Company agrees promptly
to notify the Underwriters of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings
against the Company or any of its officers or directors in connection with the
sale of the Securities, the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus,
or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any application.

         (b)  Each Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless
the Company, each director of the Company, each officer of the Company who shall
have signed the Registration Statement, and each other person, if any, who
controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or
Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity
from the Company to the Underwriters in Section 8(a), but only with respect to
statements or omissions, if any, made in the Registration Statement, any
Preliminary Prospectus, or the Prospectus (as from time to time amended and
supplemented), or any amendment or supplement thereto, or in any application, in
reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information furnished to the
Company as stated in this Section 8(b) with respect to any Underwriter by, or on
behalf of, such Underwriter through the Representative expressly for inclusion
in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, or
any amendment or supplement thereto, or on any application, as the case may be
(it being agreed that the only such information is that set forth in the
stabilization legend on the inside front cover page of the Prospectus, the
amounts of the selling concession and reallowance and the name of the
Underwriters, and the number of shares of Firm Stock purchased by the
Underwriters set forth in the Prospectus), provided, however, that the
obligation of any Underwriter to provide indemnity under the provisions of this
Section 8(b) shall be limited to the amount which represents the product of (i)
the number of shares of Stock underwritten by such Underwriter hereunder and the
(ii) the underwriting discount per share of Common Stock set forth on the cover
page of the Prospectus.  If any action shall be brought against the Company, or
any other person so indemnified based on the Registration Statement, any
Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement
thereto, or in any application, and in respect of which indemnity may be sought
against the Underwriters pursuant to this Section 8(b), the 

                                         -35-


<PAGE>


Underwriters shall have the rights and duties given to the Company, and the
Company, and each other person so indemnified shall have the rights and duties
given to the indemnified parties, by the provisions of Section 8(a).

         (c)  To provide for just and equitable contribution, if (i) an
indemnified party makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to Section 8(a) or
8(b) (subject to the limitations thereof) but it is found in a final judicial
determination, not subject to further appeal, that such indemnification may not
be enforced in such case, even though this Agreement expressly provides for
indemnification in such case or (ii) any indemnified or indemnifying party seeks
contribution under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or otherwise, then the
Company (including for this purpose any contribution made by, or on behalf of,
any director of the Company, any officer of the Company who signed the
Registration Statement, and any controlling person of the Company), as one
entity, and the Underwriters (including for this purpose any contribution by, or
on behalf of, an indemnified party) as a second entity, shall contribute to the
losses, liabilities, claims, damages, and expenses whatsoever to which any of
them may be subject, based on relative benefits so that the Underwriters are
responsible for the proportion thereof equal to the percentage which the
underwriting discount per share of Common Stock set forth on the cover page of
the Prospectus represents of the initial public offering price per share of
Common Stock set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus and the Company is
responsible for the Company's proceeds, provided, however, that if applicable
law does not permit such allocation, then other relevant equitable
considerations such as the relative fault of the Company and the Underwriters in
connection with the facts which resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims,
damages, and expenses shall also be considered.  The relative fault, in the case
of an untrue statement, alleged untrue statement, omission, or alleged omission,
shall be determined by, among other things, whether such statement, alleged
statement, omission, or alleged omission relates to information supplied by the
Company or by the Underwriters, and the parties' relative intent, knowledge,
access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement,
alleged statement, omission, or alleged omission.  The Company and the
Underwriters agree that it would be unjust and inequitable if the respective
obligations of the Company and the Underwriters for contribution were determined
by pro rata or per capita allocation of the aggregate losses, liabilities,
claims, damages, and expenses (even if the Underwriters and the other
indemnified parties were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other
method of allocation that does not reflect the equitable considerations referred
to in this Section 8(c).  No person guilty of a fraudulent misrepresentation
(within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to
contribution from any person who is not guilty of such fraudulent 

                                         -36-


<PAGE>


misrepresentation.  For purposes of this Section 8(c), each person, if any, who
controls the Underwriters within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act
or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act and each officer, director, partner,
employee and agent of the Underwriters shall have the same rights to
contribution as the Underwriters, and each person, if any, who controls the
Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20(a)
of the Exchange Act, each officer of the Company who shall have signed the
Registration Statement, and each director of the Company shall have the same
rights to contribution as the Company, subject in each case to the provisions of
this Section 8(c).  Anything in this Section 8(c) to the contrary
notwithstanding, no party shall be liable for contribution with respect to the
settlement of any claim or action effected without its written consent.  This
Section 8(c) is intended to supersede any right to contribution under the
Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or otherwise.

         9.   Representations and Agreements to Survive Delivery.  All
representations, warranties, covenants, and agreements contained in this
Agreement shall be deemed to be representations, warranties, covenants, and
agreements at the Closing Date and any Additional Closing Date, and such
representations, warranties, covenants, and agreements of the Underwriters and
the Company, including the indemnity and contribution agreements contained in
Section 8, shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any
investigation made by, or on behalf of, the Underwriters or any indemnified
person, or by, or on behalf of, the Company or any person or entity which is
entitled to be indemnified under Section 8(b), and shall survive termination of
this Agreement or the delivery of the Firm Stock and the Additional Stock, if
any, to the Underwriters.  In addition, the provisions of Sections 6, 8, 9, 12,
and 14 shall survive termination of this Agreement, whether such termination
occurs before or after the Closing Date or any Additional Closing Date.

         10.  Default by an Underwriter.  If one or more of the Underwriters
shall fail or refuse at a Closing Date to purchase and pay for any of the Stock
agreed to be purchased by such Underwriter or Underwriters hereunder on such
date and the aggregate number of shares of Firm Stock or Additional Stock, as
the case may be, which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters, as the case
may be, agreed but failed or refused to purchase is not more than one-tenth of
the total number of shares of Firm Stock or Additional Stock, as the case may
be, to be purchased on such date by all Underwriters, each non-defaulting
Underwriter shall be obligated severally, in the proportion which the number of
shares of Firm Stock set forth opposite its name in Schedule I bears to the
total number of shares of Firm Stock which all the non-defaulting Underwriters,
as the case may be, have agreed 


                                         -37-


<PAGE>


to purchase, or in such other proportion as the Representative may specify, to
purchase the Firm Stock or Additional Stock, as the case may be, which such
defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters, as the case may be, agreed but failed or
refused to purchase on such date; provided that in no event shall the number of
shares of Firm Stock or Additional Stock, as the case may be, which any
Underwriter has agreed to purchase pursuant to Section 3 hereof be increased
pursuant to this Section 10 by an amount in excess of one-tenth of such number
of shares of Firm Stock or Additional Stock, as the case may be, without the
written consent of such Underwriter.  If on the Closing Date or on the
Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, any Underwriter or Underwriters
shall fail or refuse to purchase Firm Stock or Additional Stock, as the case may
be, and the aggregate number of shares of Firm Stock or Additional Stock, as the
case may be, with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of
the aggregate number of shares of Firm Stock or Additional Stock, as the case
may be, to be purchased on such date by all Underwriters in the event of a
default by an Underwriter and arrangements satisfactory to the Representative
and the Company for purchase of such shares of Firm Stock or Additional Stock,
as the case may be, are not made within 48 hours after such default, this
Agreement will terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting
Underwriter and the Company, except as otherwise provided in this Section 10. 
In any such case which does not result in termination of this Agreement, either
the Representative or the Company shall have the right to postpone the Closing
Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, but in no event for
longer than seven days, in order that the required changes, if any, in the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus or any other documents or arrangements
may be effected.  Any action taken under this paragraph shall not relieve any
defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of any default of any such
Underwriter under this Agreement.

         11.  Effective Date of This Agreement and Termination Thereof.

         (a)  This Agreement shall become effective at 9:30 A.M., New York City
local time, on the first full business day following the day on which the
Registration Statement becomes effective under the Securities Act or at the time
of the initial public offering by the Underwriters of the Firm Stock, whichever
is earlier.  The time of the initial public offering shall mean the time, after
the Registration Statement becomes effective under the Securities Act, of the
release by the Underwriters for publication of the first newspaper advertisement
which is subsequently published relating to the Firm Stock or the time, after
the Registration Statement becomes effective under the Securities Act, when the
shares of Firm Stock are first released by the Underwriters for offering by the
Underwriters or 

                                         -38-


<PAGE>


dealers by letter or telegram, whichever shall first occur.  The Underwriters or
the Company may prevent this Agreement from becoming effective without liability
of any party to any other party, except as noted below in this Section 11, by
giving the notice indicated in Section 11(d) before the time this Agreement
becomes effective under the Securities Act.

         (b)  If the purchase price of the Firm Stock has not been determined
as provided for in Section 3 prior to 4:30 p.m., New York City local time, on
the third full business day after the date on which the Registration Statement
was declared effective under the Securities Act, this Agreement may be
terminated at any time thereafter either by the Underwriters or by the Company
by giving notice to the other unless before such termination the purchase price
for the Firm Stock has been so determined.  If the purchase price of the Firm
Stock has not been so determined prior to 4:30 p.m., New York City local time,
on the tenth full business day after the date on which the Registration
Statement was declared effective under the Securities Act, this Agreement shall
automatically terminate forthwith.

         (c)  In addition to the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to
Sections 7 and 10 hereof, the Underwriters shall have the right to terminate
this Agreement at any time prior to the Closing Date or any Additional Closing
Date, as the case may be, by giving notice to the Company, and, if exercised,
the Over-allotment Option, at any time prior to any Additional Closing Date, by
giving notice to the Company, (i) if any domestic or international event, act,
or occurrence has materially and adversely disrupted, or, in the opinion of the
Representative will in the immediate future materially and adversely disrupt,
the securities markets; or (ii) if there shall have been a general suspension
of, or a general limitation on prices for, trading in securities on the New York
Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or in the over-the-counter market;
or (iii) if there shall have been an outbreak or increase in the level of major
hostilities or other national or international calamity; or (iv) if a banking
moratorium has been declared by a United States; or (v) if there shall have been
a material interruption in the mail service or other means of communication
within the United States if such interruption materially impairs the ability of
the Underwriters to offer the securities for sale or materially impairs the
securities markets generally; or (vi) if the Company shall have sustained a
material loss by fire, flood, accident, hurricane, earthquake, theft, sabotage,
or other calamity or malicious act, whether or not such loss shall have been
insured, or from any labor dispute or court or government action, order, or
decree, which, in the opinion of the Representative, such event materially
impairs the ability of the Underwriters to offer the securities for sale or
materially impairs securities markets generally and will make it inadvisable to
proceed with 

                                         -39-


<PAGE>


the offering, sale, or delivery of the Firm Stock or the Additional Stock, as
the case may be; or (vii) if any material governmental restrictions shall have
been imposed on trading in securities in general, which restrictions are not in
effect on the date hereof; or (ix) if there shall be passed by the Congress of
the United States or by any state legislature any act or measure, or adopted by
any governmental body or authoritative accounting institute or board, or any
governmental executive, any orders, rules, or regulations, which the
Representative believes likely to have a material adverse effect on the
business, financial condition, or financial statements of the Company or the
securities market generally; or (x) if there shall have been such material and
adverse change in the market for securities in general or in political,
financial, or economic conditions as in the judgment of the Representative makes
it inadvisable due to the material impact on the securities market generally to
proceed with the offering, sale, and delivery of the Firm Stock or the
Additional Stock, as the case may be, on the terms contemplated by the
Prospectus.

         (d)  If the Representative elects to prevent this Agreement from
becoming effective, as provided in this Section 11 or to terminate this
Agreement pursuant to Section 7 or Section 10 of this Agreement, the
Representative shall notify the Company promptly by telephone, telex, facsimile
or telegram, confirmed by letter.  If, as so provided, the Company elects to
prevent this Agreement from becoming effective or to terminate this Agreement,
the Company shall notify the Representative promptly by telephone, telex,
facsimile or telegram, confirmed by letter.

         (e)  Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding if
this Agreement shall not become effective by reason of an election pursuant to
this Section 11 or if this Agreement shall terminate or shall otherwise not be
carried out within the time specified herein by reason of any failure on the
part of the Company to perform any covenant or agreement or satisfy any
condition of this Agreement required by it to be performed or satisfied, the
sole liability of the Company to the Underwriters, in addition to the
obligations the Company assumed pursuant to Section 6 hereof, will be to
reimburse the Underwriters for such out-of-pocket expenses (including the
reasonable fees and disbursements of their counsel) as shall have been incurred
by it in connection with this Agreement or the proposed offer, sale, and
delivery of the Securities, and, upon demand, the Company agrees to pay promptly
the full amount thereof to the Underwriters. 

         12.  Notices.  All communications hereunder, except as may be
otherwise specifically provided herein, shall be in writing and, if sent to any 


                                         -40-


<PAGE>


Underwriter, shall be mailed, delivered, telexed, sent by facsimile or
telegraphed, confirmed by letter, to Hampshire Securities Corporation, 640 Fifth
Avenue, 4th Floor, New York, New York 10019, Attention: Mr. Leo T. Abbe Managing
Director, with a copy to Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P., 666 Fifth Avenue, New
York, New York 10103, Attention: Mara H. Rogers, Esq.; or if sent to the
Company, shall be mailed, delivered, telexed, sent by facsimile or telegraphed,
confirmed by letter, to the Company, 9051 Executive park Drive, Suite 302,
Knoxville, Tennessee, Attention: Kenneth D. Van Meter, with a copy to Squadron,
Ellenoff Plesent & Sheinfeld, LLP, 557 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10176,
Attention:  Kenneth R. Koch, Esq.  All notices hereunder shall be effective upon
receipt by the party to which it is addressed.

         13.  Construction.  This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed
in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to
conflict of laws.

         14.  Consent to Jurisdiction.  The Company irrevocably consent to the
jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and of any federal court
located in such State in connection with any action or proceeding arising out
of, or relating to, this Agreement, any document or instrument delivered
pursuant to, in connection with, or simultaneously with this Agreement, or a
breach of this Agreement or any such document or instrument.  In any such action
or proceeding, the Company waives personal service of any summons, complaint, or
other process and agrees that service thereof may be made in accordance with
Section 12 and upon itself at the address set forth in the Registration
Statement or such other address as such agent may designate by notice in
accordance with Section 12.  Within 30 days after such service, or such other
time as may be mutually agreed upon in writing by the attorneys for the parties
to such action or proceeding, the Company shall appear or answer such summons,
complaint, or other process.  Should the Company fail to appear or answer within
such 30-day period or such extended period, as the case may be, the Company
shall be deemed in default and judgment may be entered against the Company for
the amount as demanded in any summons, complaint, or other process so served.

                                         -41-


<PAGE>


 
         If the foregoing correctly sets forth the understandings between the
Underwriters and the Company, please so indicate in the space provided below for
that purpose, whereupon this letter shall constitute a binding agreement between
us.

                                  Very truly yours,

                                  CELERITY SYSTEMS, INC.


                                  By:/s/_______________________________________
                                        Name:
                                        Title:




Accepted as of the date first above
written in New York, New York

HAMPSHIRE SECURITIES CORPORATION



By:/s/________________________________________
      Name:
      Title:

On behalf of itself and the other several 
Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto


<PAGE> 


                                     Schedule I



                                                             Number of Shares of
                                                                 Firm Stock
Name                                                           to Be Purchased

Hampshire Securities Corporation ........................
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
                                                                   ---------
    Total................................................          2,000,000
                                                                   ---------
                                                                   ---------





<PAGE>

                                                                    Exhibit 4.1


THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY BE REOFFERED,
SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF ONLY IF REGISTERED PURSUANT TO AN
EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT OR SUCH LAWS OR IF AN EXEMPTION
FROM REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE.

VOID AFTER 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK TIME, ON ______, 2002 [5 YEARS FROM EFFECTIVE
DATE] OR IF NOT A BUSINESS DAY, AS DEFINED HEREIN, AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK TIME,
ON THE NEXT FOLLOWING BUSINESS DAY.




                      WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
                                          OF
                                CELERITY SYSTEMS, INC.
                                           
                       TRANSFER RESTRICTED -- SEE SECTION 6.02
                                           
                                           
NO. W-1                                                           200,000 Shares

This certifies that, for good and valuable consideration, Hampshire Securities
Corporation, and its registered, permitted assigns (collectively, the
"Warrantholder"), is entitled to purchase from Celerity Systems, Inc., a
corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware (the
"Company"), subject to the terms and conditions hereof, at any time on or after
9:00 A.M., New York time, on _____, 1998 [1 year from Effective Date], and
before 5:00 P.M., New York time, on _____, 2002 [5 years from Effective Date]
(or, if such day is not a Business Day, at or before 5:00 P.M., New York time,
on the next following Business Day), the number of fully-paid and non-assessable
shares of common stock (par value $0.001 per share) of the Company stated above
at the Exercise Price (as hereinafter defined).  The Exercise Price and the
number of shares purchasable hereunder are subject to adjustment as provided in
Article III hereof.


<PAGE>


                                      ARTICLE I

    Section 1.01:  Definition of Terms.  As used in this Warrant, the following
capitalized terms shall have the following respective meanings:

         (a)  Business Day:  A day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day
on which banks in the State of New York are authorized by law to remain closed.

         (b)  Common Stock:  common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the
Company.

         (c)  Demand Registration:  See Section 7.02.

         (d)  Exchange Act:  The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

         (e)  Exercise Price:  $_____ per Warrant Share, as such price may be
adjusted from time to time pursuant to Article III hereof [165% of public
offering price].

         (f)  Expiration Date:  5:00 P.M., New York time, on __________, 2002
or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding day which is a
Business Day.

         (g)  Holder:  A holder of Warrants and/or Registrable Securities.

         (h)  NASD:  National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

         (i)  Common Stock Equivalents:  Securities that are convertible into
or exercisable for Common Stock.

         (j)  Person:  An individual, partnership, joint venture, corporation,
trust, unincorporated organization or government or any department or agency
thereof.

         (k)  Piggyback Registration:  See Section 7.01.

         (l)  Prospectus:  Any prospectus included in any Registration
Statement, as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, with respect
to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Securities 

                                         -2-


<PAGE>


covered by such Registration Statement and all other amendments and supplements
to the Prospectus, including post-effective amendments and all material
incorporated by reference in such Prospectus.

         (m)  Public Offering:  A public offering of any of the Company's
equity or debt securities pursuant to a registration statement under the
Securities Act.

         (n)  Registrable Securities:  (i) The Warrants and (ii) any Warrant
Shares issued or issuable to the Warrantholder, and/or its designees or
transferees as permitted under Section 6.02 and/or other securities that may be
or are issued by the Company upon exercise of Warrants, including those which
may thereafter be issued by the Company in respect of any such securities by
means of any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like, and
as adjusted pursuant to Article III hereof; provided, however, that as to any
particular security contained in Registrable Securities, such securities shall
cease to be Registrable Securities (i) for purposes of Section 7.02 hereof, when
a Registration Statement with respect to the sale of such securities shall have
become effective under the Securities Act; or (ii) when they shall have been
sold pursuant to Rule 144 (or any successor provision) under the Securities Act;
or (iii) when they shall have been sold, assigned or otherwise transferred to
any Person other than those Persons specified in Section 6.02(i) below ("6.02(i)
Persons") and other than to any spouses, lineal descendants or adopted children
of a 6.02(i) Person to whom such securities are transferred upon the death of
any 6.02(i) Person by operation of law or by bequest.

         (o)  Registration Expenses:  Any and all expenses incident to
performance of or compliance with Article VII, including, without limitation,
(i) all SEC, stock exchange, NASD registration and filing fees, listing and
transfer agent fees; (ii) all fees and expenses of complying with securities or
blue sky laws (including the fees and disbursements of counsel for the
underwriters in connection with blue sky qualifications of the Registrable
Securities); (iii) all printing, mailing, messenger and delivery expenses and
(iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of its
independent certified public accountants, including the expenses of any special
audits and/or "cold comfort" letters required by or incident to such performance
and compliance, but excluding underwriting fees, discounts and commissions and
transfer taxes, if any.

         (p)  Registration Statement:  Any registration statement of the
Company filed or to be filed with the SEC which covers any of the Registrable
Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Warrant, including the Prospectus,

                                         -3-


<PAGE>


amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement, including
post-effective amendments and all exhibits to and material incorporated by
reference by such registration statement.

         (q)  SEC:  The Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal
agency at the time administering the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.

         (r)  Securities Act:  The Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

         (s)  Warrant Shares:  Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of the
Warrants.

         (t)  Warrantholder:  The person(s) or entity(ies) to whom this Warrant
is originally issued, or any successor in interest thereto, or any assignee or
transferee thereof, in whose name this Warrant is registered upon the books to
be maintained by the Company for that purpose.

         (u)  Warrants:  This Warrant, the warrants issued on the date hereof
and all other warrants that may be issued in its or their place (together
initially evidencing the right to purchase an aggregate of 200,000 shares of
Common Stock).


                                      ARTICLE II

                           Duration and Exercise of Warrant

    Section 2.01:  Duration of Warrant.  (a) Subject to the terms contained
herein, this Warrant may be exercised at any time after 9:00 A.M., New York
time, on ______, 1998 [1 year from Effective Date], and before 5:00 P.M., New
York time, on the Expiration Date.  If this Warrant is not exercised on the
Expiration Date, it shall become void, and all rights hereunder shall thereupon
cease.

    Section 2.02 :  Exercise of Warrant.   (a) The Warrantholder may exercise
this Warrant, in whole or in part, as follows:

              i)   By presentation and surrender of this Warrant to the Company
    at its corporate office at 9051 Executive Park Drive, Suite 302 Knoxville,
    Tennessee 37923 with the Subscription Form annexed hereto duly executed and
    accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price for each 


                                         -4-


<PAGE>


    Warrant Share to be purchased.  Payment for Warrant Shares shall be made in
    cash or by certified or official bank check payable to the order of the
    Company; or

              ii)  By presentation and surrender of this Warrant to the Company
    at its corporate office set forth above, with a Cashless Exercise Form
    annexed hereto duly executed (a "Cashless Exercise").  Such presentation
    and surrender shall be deemed a waiver of the Warrantholder's obligation to
    pay all or any portion of the aggregate Exercise Price.  In the event of a
    Cashless Exercise, the Warrantholder shall exchange its Warrant for that
    number of Shares of Common Stock determined by multiplying the number of
    Warrant Shares for which the Warrantholder desires to exercise this Warrant
    by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the difference between the
    then current market price per share of Common Stock and the Exercise Price,
    and the denominator of which shall be the then current market price per
    share of Common Stock.  For purposes of any computation under this Section
    2.02(a)(ii), the then current market price per share of Common Stock at any
    date shall be deemed to be the average for the twenty (20) consecutive
    Business Days immediately prior to the Cashless Exercise of the daily
    closing prices of the shares of Common Stock on the principal national
    securities exchange on which the shares of Common Stock are admitted to
    trading or listed, or if not listed or admitted to trading on any such
    exchange, the closing prices as reported by the Nasdaq National Market, or
    if not then listed on the Nasdaq National Market, the average of the
    highest reported bid and lowest reported asked prices as reported by the
    Nasdaq SmallCap Market, or if not then listed on the Nasdaq SmallCap
    Market, the average of the highest reported bid and lowest reported asked
    prices as reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
    Automated Quotations System ("Nasdaq") or if not then publicly traded, the
    fair market price of the shares of Common Stock as determined in good faith
    by the Board of Directors of the Company.

         (b)  Upon receipt of this Warrant with the Subscription Form duly
executed and accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price or upon
receipt of this Warrant with a Cashless Exercise form duly executed, in each
case as set forth in Section 2.02(a) for the Warrant Shares for which this
Warrant is then being exercised, the Company shall cause to be issued
certificates for the total number of shares of Common Stock for which this
Warrant is being exercised or the net amount of Warrant Shares which the
Warrantholder is entitled to receive upon a Cashless Exercise (adjusted to
reflect the effect of the anti-dilution provisions 

                                         -5-


<PAGE>


contained in Article III hereof, if any, and as provided in Section 4.04 hereof)
in such denominations as are requested for delivery to the Warrantholder, and
the Company shall thereupon deliver such certificates to the Warrantholder.   If
at the time this Warrant is exercised a registration statement is not in effect
to register under the Securities Act the Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise
of this Warrant, the Company may require the Warrantholder to make such
investment intent representations, and may place such legends on certificates
representing the Warrant Shares, as may be reasonably required in the opinion of
counsel to the Company to permit the Warrant Shares to be issued without such
registration.

         (c)  In case the Warrantholder shall exercise this Warrant with
respect to less than all of the Warrant Shares that may be purchased under this
Warrant, the Company shall execute a new warrant in the form of this Warrant for
the balance of such Warrant Shares and deliver such new warrant to the
Warrantholder.

         (d)  The Company shall pay any and all stock transfer and similar
taxes which may be payable in respect of the issue of this Warrant or in respect
of the issue of any Warrant Shares. The Company shall not, however, be required
to pay any tax imposed on income or gross receipts of the Warrantholder or any
tax which may be payable by the Warrantholder in respect of any transfer
involved in the issuance or delivery of this Warrant or of Warrant Shares in a
name other than that of the Warrantholder at the time of surrender and, until
the payment of such tax, shall not be required to issue such Warrant Shares.

         (e)  The Company shall use its best efforts to cause all Warrant
Shares to be listed on each securities exchange, if any, on which similar
securities issued by the Company are then listed or, if not then listed, cause
such Warrant Shares to be included in a national automated quotation system.


                                     ARTICLE III
                                           
                         Adjustment of Shares of Common Stock
                          Purchasable and of Exercise Price
                                           
     The Exercise Price and the number and kind of Warrant Shares shall be
subject to adjustment from time to time upon the happening of certain events as
provided in this Article III.


                                         -6-


<PAGE>


    Section 3.01:  Mechanical Adjustments.   (a) If at any time prior to the
exercise of this Warrant in full, the Company shall (i) pay a dividend or make a
distribution on its shares of Common Stock, in either case in shares of Common
Stock; (ii) subdivide, reclassify or recapitalize its outstanding shares of
Common Stock into a greater number of shares; (iii) combine, reclassify or
recapitalize its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of
shares; or (iv) issue by reclassification of its shares of Common Stock any
shares of capital stock of the Company, the Exercise Price in effect at the time
of the record date of such dividend, distribution, subdivision, combination,
reclassification or recapitalization shall be adjusted so that the Warrantholder
shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise of this Warrant, the aggregate
number and kind of shares which, if this Warrant had been exercised in full
immediately prior to such time, he would have owned upon such exercise and been
entitled to receive upon such dividend, subdivision combination,
reclassification or recapitalization. Any adjustment required by this paragraph
3.01(a) shall be made whenever any event listed in this paragraph 3.01(a) shall
occur.

         (b)  If at any time prior to the exercise of this Warrant in full, the
Company shall issue or distribute to the holders of shares of Common Stock
evidences of its indebtedness, any other securities of the Company or any cash,
property or other assets (excluding a dividend, distribution, combination,
reclassification or recapitalization referred to in Section 3.01(a) and cash
dividends or cash distributions paid out of net profits legally available
therefor if the full amount thereof, together with the value of other dividends
and distributions made substantially concurrently therewith or pursuant to a
plan which includes payment thereof, is equivalent to not more than 5% of the
Company's net worth) (any such nonexcluded event being herein called a "Special
Dividend"), the Exercise Price shall be decreased immediately after the
effective date of such Special Dividend to a price determined by multiplying the
Exercise Price then in effect by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the
then current market price per share of Common Stock (as defined in Section
3.01(e)) on such effective date less the fair market value (as determined in
good faith by the Company's Board of Directors) of the evidences of
indebtedness, securities or property, or other assets issued or distributed in
such Special Dividend applicable to one share of Common Stock and the
denominator of which shall be the then current market price per share of Common
Stock.  Any adjustment required by this paragraph 3.01(b) shall be made whenever
the effective date of any such Special Dividend occurs.

                                         -7-


<PAGE>


         (c)  If at any time prior to the exercise of this Warrant in full, the
Company shall make a distribution to all the holders of shares of Common Stock
(other than dividends or distributions covered by Section 3.01(a) or (b)) of
subscription rights, options or warrants for shares of Common Stock or Common
Stock Equivalents, then in each such case the Exercise Price in effect after the
effective date of such distribution shall be adjusted to the price determined by
multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior thereto by a
fraction, the numerator of which shall be the current market price per share of
Common Stock (as defined in Section 3.01(e)), less the fair market value (as
determined in good faith by the Company's Board of Directors) of said Common
Stock subscription rights, options and warrants or of such Common Stock
Equivalents applicable to one share of Common Stock, and the denominator of
which shall be the current market price per share of Common Stock.  Any
adjustment required by this paragraph 3.01(c) shall be made whenever the
effective date of any such distribution occurs.  To the extent such shares of
Common Stock (or Common Stock Equivalents) are not delivered after the
expiration of such subscription rights, options or warrants, the Exercise Price
shall be readjusted to the Exercise Price which would then be in effect had the
adjustments made upon the issuance of such rights, options or warrants been made
on the basis of delivery of only the number of shares of Common Stock (or Common
Stock Equivalents) actually delivered, but no such readjustment shall have the
effect of increasing the Exercise Price to an amount which exceeds the lower of
(i) the Exercise Price on the original adjustment date (prior to the original
adjustment) or (ii) the Exercise Price that would have resulted from any other
adjustments pursuant to this Article III (other than adjustments for the
issuance of subscription rights, options or warrants which expire unexercised).

         (d)  Whenever the Exercise Price payable upon exercise of each Warrant
is adjusted pursuant to one or more of paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this
Section 3.01, the Warrant Shares shall simultaneously be adjusted by multiplying
the number of Warrant Shares initially issuable upon exercise of each Warrant by
the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to the date thereof and dividing
the product so obtained by the Exercise Price, as adjusted.

         (e)  For the purpose of any computation under this Section 3.01, the
current market price per share of Common Stock at any date shall be deemed to be
the average of the daily closing price for the twenty (20) consecutive Business
Days commencing thirty-five (35) Business Days before such date.  The closing
price for each day shall be the closing price of the shares of Common Stock as
reported by the national securities exchange upon which the shares of Common
Stock is 

                                         -8-


<PAGE>


then listed or if not listed on any such exchange, the average of the closing
prices as reported by the Nasdaq National Market, or if not then listed on the
Nasdaq National Market, the average of the highest reported bid and lowest
reported asked prices as reported by the Nasdaq SmallCap Market, or if not then
listed on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market, the average of the highest reported bid
and lowest reported asked prices as reported by Nasdaq, or if not then publicly
traded, as the fair market price as determined in good faith by the Company's
Board of Directors.

         (f)  No adjustment in the Exercise Price shall be required unless such
adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least five cents ($.05)
in such price; provided, however, that any adjustments which by reason of this
paragraph (f) are not required to be made shall be carried forward and taken
into account in any subsequent adjustment.  All calculations under this Section
3.01 shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest one-hundredth of a
share, as the case may be.  

         (g)  If at any time, as a result of any adjustment made pursuant to
Section 3.01(a), the Warrantholder thereafter shall become entitled to receive
any shares of the Company other than shares of Common Stock, thereafter the
number of such other shares so receivable upon exercise of any Warrant shall be
subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly
equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to the shares of Common
Stock contained in this Section 3.01.

         (h)  In case any event shall occur as to which the other provisions of
this Article III are not strictly applicable but as to which the failure to make
any adjustment would not fairly protect the purchase rights represented by this
Warrant in accordance with the essential intent and principles hereof then, in
each such case, the Warrantholders representing the right to purchase a majority
of the Warrant Shares subject to all outstanding Warrants may appoint a firm of
independent public accountants of recognized national standing reasonably
acceptable to the Company, which shall give their opinion as to the adjustment,
if any, on a basis consistent with the essential intent and principles
established herein, necessary to preserve the purchase rights represented by the
Warrants.  Upon receipt of such opinion, the Company will promptly mail a copy
thereof to the Warrantholder and shall make the adjustments described therein. 
The fees and expenses of such independent public accountants shall be borne by
the Company.

                                         -9-


<PAGE>


         (i)  If, as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to this Article
III, the Warrantholder thereafter surrendered for exercise shall become entitled
to receive shares of two or more classes of capital stock or shares of Common
Stock and other capital stock of the Company, the Board of Directors (whose
determination shall be conclusive and shall be described in a written notice to
the Warrantholder promptly after such adjustment) shall determine the allocation
of the adjusted Exercise Price between or among shares or such classes of
capital stock or shares of Common Stock and other capital stock.

    Section 3.02:  Notice of Adjustment.  Whenever the number of Warrant Shares
or the Exercise Price is adjusted as herein provided, the Company shall prepare
and deliver to the Warrantholder a certificate signed by its President, any Vice
President, Treasurer or Secretary, setting forth the adjusted number of shares
purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant and the Exercise Price of such
shares after such adjustment, setting forth a brief statement of the facts
requiring such adjustment and setting forth the computation by which such
adjustment was made.

    Section 3.03:  No Adjustment for Dividends.  Except as provided in Section
3.01(b) of this Agreement, no adjustment in respect of any cash dividends shall
be made during the term of this Warrant or upon the exercise of this Warrant.

    Section 3.04:  Preservation of Purchase Rights in Certain Transactions.  In
case of any capital reorganization or reclassification, or any consolidation or
merger to which the Company is a party other than a merger or consolidation in
which the Company is the continuing corporation, or in case of any sale or
conveyance to another entity of the property of the Company as an entirety or
substantially as an entirety, or in the case of any statutory exchange of
securities with another corporation (including any exchange effected in
connection with a merger of a third corporation into the Company), this
Warrantholder shall have the right thereafter to receive on the exercise of this
Warrant the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property which the
Warrantholder would have owned or have been entitled to receive immediately
after such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, statutory
exchange, sale or conveyance had this Warrant been exercised immediately prior
to the effective date of such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation,
merger, statutory exchange, sale or conveyance and in any such case, if
necessary, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the
provisions set forth in this Article III with respect to the rights and
interests thereafter of the Warrantholder to the end that the provisions set
forth in this Article III shall thereafter correspondingly be made 

                                         -10-


<PAGE>


applicable, as nearly as may reasonably be, in relation to any shares of stock
or other securities or property thereafter deliverable on the exercise of this
Warrant.  The provisions of this Section 3.04 shall similarly apply to
successive reorganizations, reclassifications, consolidations, mergers,
statutory exchanges, sales or conveyances.  The issuer of any shares of stock or
other securities or property thereafter deliverable on the exercise of this
Warrant shall be responsible for all of the agreements and obligations of the
Company hereunder.  Notice of any such reorganization, reclassification,
consolidation, merger, statutory exchange, sale or conveyance and of said
provisions so proposed to be made, shall be mailed to the Holders of the
Warrants not less than thirty (30) days prior to such event.  A sale of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company for a consideration consisting
primarily of securities shall be deemed a consolidation or merger for the
foregoing purposes.

    Section 3.05:  Form of Warrant After Adjustments.  The form of this Warrant
need not be changed because of any adjustments in the Exercise Price or the
number or kind of the Warrant Shares, and Warrants theretofore or thereafter
issued may continue to express the same price and number and kind of shares as
are stated in this Warrant, as initially issued.


                                      ARTICLE IV

                              Other Provisions Relating
                              to Rights of Warrantholder

    Section 4.01:  No Rights as Stockholders; Notice to Warrantholders. 
Nothing contained in this Warrant shall be construed as conferring upon the
Warrantholder or his or its transferees the right to vote or to receive
dividends or to consent or to receive notice as a stockholder in respect of any
meeting of stockholders for the election of directors of the Company or of any
other matter, or any rights whatsoever as stockholders of the Company.  The
Company shall give notice to the Warrantholder if at any time prior to the
expiration or exercise in full of the Warrants, any of the following events
shall occur:

         (a)  the Company shall declare any dividend payable in any securities
upon shares of Common Stock or make any distribution (other than a cash dividend
subject to the parenthetical set forth in Section 3.01(b)) to the holders of
shares of Common Stock;

                                         -11-


<PAGE>



         (b)  the Company shall offer to the holders of shares of Common Stock
any additional shares of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents or any right
to subscribe thereto;

         (c)  a dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company (other
than in connection with a consolidation, merger, or sale of all, or
substantially all, of its property, assets, and business as an entirety) shall
be proposed; or

         (d)  any consolidation of the Company with or merger of the Company
into another corporation, or in the case of any sale or conveyance to another
corporation of the property of the Company, as an entirety or substantially as
an entirety shall be proposed.

Such giving of notice shall be initiated (i) at least ten (10) Business Days
prior to the date fixed as a record date or the date of closing of the Company's
stock transfer books for the determination of the stockholders entitled to such
dividend, distribution, or subscription rights, or for the determination of the
stockholders entitled to vote on such proposed merger, consolidation, sale,
conveyance, dissolution, liquidation or winding up.  Such notice shall specify
such record date or the date of closing the stock transfer books, as the case
may be. Failure to provide such notice shall not affect the validity of any
action taken in connection with such dividend, distribution or subscription
rights, or proposed merger, consolidation, sale, conveyance, dissolution,
liquidation or winding up.

    Section 4.02:  Lost, Stolen, Mutilated or Destroyed Warrants.  If this
Warrant is lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed, the Company may, on such terms
as to indemnity or otherwise as it may in its discretion impose (which shall, in
the case of a mutilated Warrant, include the surrender thereof), issue a new
Warrant of like denomination and tenor as, and in substitution for, this
Warrant.

    Section 4.03:  Reservation of Common Stock.

         (a)  The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available for the
exercise of this Warrant such number of authorized shares of Common Stock as are
sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant.

         (b)  Prior to the issuance of any shares of Common Stock upon exercise
of this Warrant, the Company shall use its best efforts to secure the listing 

                                         -12-


<PAGE>


of such shares of Common Stock upon the securities exchange or automated
quotation system, if any, upon which shares of Common Stock are then listed.

         (c)  The Company covenants that all shares of Common Stock issued on
exercise of this Warrant will be validly issued, fully paid, nonassessable and
free of preemptive rights.

    Section 4.04:  No Fractional Shares.  Anything contained herein to the
contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be required to issue any
fraction of a share in connection with the exercise of this Warrant, and in any
case where the Warrantholder would, except for the provisions of this Section
4.04, be entitled under the terms of this Warrant to receive a fraction of a
share upon the exercise of this Warrant, the Company shall, upon the exercise of
this Warrant and receipt of the Exercise Price, issue the smaller number of
whole shares purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant and shall make a cash
adjustment in respect of such fraction of a share to which the Warrantholder
would otherwise be entitled.


                                      ARTICLE V
                                           
                              Treatment of Warrantholder
                                           
     Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of this Warrant, the
Company may deem and treat the Warrantholder as the absolute owner of this
Warrant (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing hereon) for
all purposes and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary.


                                      ARTICLE VI
                                           
                                Split-Up, Combination.
                          Exchange and Transfer of Warrants
                                           
     Section 6.01:  Split-Up, Combination and Exchange of Warrants.  Subject to
the provisions of Section 6.02 hereof, this Warrant may be split up, combined or
exchanged for another Warrant or Warrants containing the same terms to purchase
a like aggregate number of Warrant Shares.  If the Warrantholder desires to
split up, combine or exchange this Warrant, he or it shall make such request in
writing delivered to the Company and shall surrender to the Company this Warrant
and any other Warrants to be so split up, combined or exchanged.  Upon any such 

                                         -13-


<PAGE>


surrender for a split up, combination or exchange, the Company shall execute and
deliver to the person entitled thereto a Warrant or Warrants, as the case may
be, as so requested.  The Company shall not be required to effect any split up,
combination or exchange which will result in the issuance of a Warrant entitling
the Warrantholder to purchase upon exercise a fraction of a share of Common
Stock or a fractional Warrant.  The Company may require such Warrantholder to
pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge that may be imposed
in connection with any transfer, split up, combination or exchange of Warrants.

    Section 6.02:  Restrictions on Transfer.  This Warrant may not be sold,
hypothecated, pledged, assigned or transferred (any such action, a "Transfer")
until _______, 1998 [1 year from Effective Date], except (i) to Hampshire
Securities Corporation, any successor to the business of Hampshire Securities
Corporation or any officer or partner of such company or of any successor firm,
or (ii) to any underwriter or selling group member in connection with a Public
Offering of the Common Stock, provided as to both (i) and (ii), only in
accordance with and subject to the provisions of the Securities Act and the
rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.  If at the time of a Transfer, a
Registration Statement is not in effect to register this Warrant, the Company
may require the Warrantholder to make such representations, and may place such
legends on certificates representing this Warrant, as may be reasonably required
in the opinion of counsel to the Company to permit a Transfer without such
registration.


                                     ARTICLE VII
                                           
                    Registration Under the Securities Act of 1933
                                           
    Section 7.01:  Piggyback Registration.

         (a)  Right to Include Registrable Securities.  If at any time after
__________, 1998 [1 year from Effective Date] and prior to ________, 2004
[7 years from Effective Date], the Company proposes to register any Common Stock
or any other class of equity security or any Common Stock Equivalent under the
Securities Act on any form for the registration of securities under such Act,
whether or not for its own account (other than (i) a registration of a stock
option, stock purchase or compensation or incentive plan or of stock issued or
issuable pursuant to any such plan, or a dividend investment plan; (ii) a
registration of securities proposed to be issued in exchange for securities or
assets of, or in connection with a merger or 

                                         -14-


<PAGE>


consolidation with, another corporation; or (iii) a registration of securities
proposed to be issued in exchange for other securities of the Company) in a
manner which would permit registration of Registrable Securities for sale to the
public under the Securities Act (a "Piggyback Registration"), it shall at such
time give written notice to all Holders of its intention to do so and of such
Holders' rights under this Section 7.01.  Such rights are referred to
hereinafter as "Piggyback Registration Rights".  Upon the written request of
such Holder made within twenty (20) days after the giving of any such notice
(which request shall specify the Registrable Securities intended to be disposed
of by such Holder and the intended method of disposition thereof), the Company
shall include in the Registration Statement the Registrable Securities which the
Company has been so requested to register by the Holders thereof.

         (b)  Withdrawal of Piggyback Registration by Company.   If, at any
time after giving written notice of its intention to register any securities in
a Piggyback Registration but prior to the effective date of the related
Registration Statement filed in connection with such Piggyback Registration, the
Company shall determine for any reason not to register such securities, the
Company shall give written notice of such determination to each Holder and,
thereupon, shall be relieved of its obligation to register any Registrable
Securities in connection with such Piggyback Registration.  All best efforts
obligations of the Company pursuant to Section 7.03 shall cease if the Company
determines to terminate any registration where Registrable Securities are being
registered pursuant to this Section 7.01.

         (c)  Piggyback Registration of Underwritten Public Offerings.  If a
Piggyback Registration involves an underwritten offering, then all Holders
requesting to have Registrable Securities included in the Company's registration
must sell their Registrable Securities to the underwriters selected by the
Company on the same terms and conditions as apply to other selling stockholders.

         (d)  Payment of Registration Expenses for Piggyback Registration.  The
Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with each registration
of Registrable Securities requested pursuant to a Piggyback Registration Right
contained in this Section 7.01, except for the fees and disbursements of any
counsel retained by the Holders for whom Registrable Securities are being
registered and any underwriting fees,  selling discounts or commissions or
transfer taxes.

         (e)  Priority in Piggyback Registration.  If a Piggyback Registration
involves an underwritten offering and the managing underwriter advises the 


                                         -15-


<PAGE>


Company in writing that, in its opinion, marketing factors require a limitation
of the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Registrable Securities to
be offered for the accounts of Holders pursuant to a Piggyback Registration
Right shall be reduced pro rata as to all requesting Holders on the basis of the
relative number of Registrable Securities each such Holder has requested to be
included in such registration, to the extent necessary to reduce the total
amount or kind of Registrable Securities to be included in such offering to the
amount advised by such managing underwriter; provided, however, that no
securities may be offered in such registration for the account of persons other
than the Company (including for this purpose any affiliate of the Company) by
virtue of their also having "piggyback" registration rights, or otherwise,
unless the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration
are so included on a pro rata basis (by percentage of each class of securities)
as to such other persons holding "piggyback" registration rights and the Holders
requesting registration; and provided, further, that nothing in this paragraph
(e) shall be implied to permit the Company to include in such registration
shares of any person other than persons holding "piggyback" registration rights
unless the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration
are so included.

         (f)  Expiration of Piggyback Registration Rights.  The Piggyback
Registration Rights shall survive the exercise of the Warrant or the
transactions or events pursuant to which such Registrable Securities were
issued, but all such rights will terminate in all events on __________, 2004 [7
years from Effective Date].

    Section 7.02:  Demand Registration.

         (a)  Request for Registration.  Subject to the limitations set forth 
below in this Section 7.02, any Holder or Holders who hold in the aggregate 
50% or more of the Registrable Securities (assuming exercise of the Warrants) 
may after __________, 1998 [1 year from Effective Date] but prior to the 
Expiration Date make written requests for the registration under the 
Securities Act of all or part of their Registrable Securities (a "Demand 
Registration") and the Company shall use its best efforts to effect such 
Demand Registration. The Holders, as a group, shall be limited to one Demand 
Registration and thereafter may not make any further written requests for 
registration other than Piggyback Registrations pursuant to Section 7.01.  
Any written request for registration which is never effectuated due to 
Section 7.02(b)(ii) or (iii) shall not count as the Holders' Demand 
Registration.

                                        -16-
 

<PAGE>

         (b)  Limitations on Demand Registration.  The Company shall not be 
required to effect a Demand Registration (i) if the Company, in its 
reasonable judgment, determines that the filing of the registration statement 
at the time requested would require disclosure of information not otherwise 
then required to be disclosed and that such disclosure would adversely affect 
any material business situation, transaction or negotiation then proposed, 
contemplated or being engaged in by the Company, but in no event shall such 
delay exceed ninety (90) days from the date of such request for registration; 
or (ii) if the timing of the Demand Registration is such that a special audit 
of the Company would be required in connection with the preparation of 
financial statements for the registration, but in no event shall such delay 
exceed 90 days from the date of such request for registration.  The Company 
shall also not be required to effect a Demand Registration if, within twenty 
(20) days after it receives a request therefor, it or insiders who 
individually own more than five percent (5%) of the Company's outstanding 
Common Stock agree to purchase the Warrants and/or the underlying Warrant 
Shares from the requesting holders thereof at a price, in the case of the 
Warrants, equal to the difference between the Exercise Price and the then 
current market price of the Company's Common Stock, and, in the case of the 
Warrant Shares, the current market price of the Company's Common Stock.  For 
purposes hereof, the current market price of the Company's Common Stock shall 
be the average of the closing asked prices for the Company's Common Stock 
during the ten (10) Business Day period preceding such request for 
registration.

         (c)  Payment of Registration Expenses for Demand Registration.  The 
Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with the Demand 
Registration as elected in the written request(s) for registration under 
Section 7.02(a) by the Holders of a majority of Registrable Securities 
(assuming exercise of the Warrants) as to which the Demand Registration is 
requested. Such Registration Expenses shall not include the fees of any 
counsel retained by underwriters or any Holder and any underwriting fees or 
selling discounts or commissions or transfer taxes.  

         (d)  Procedure for Requesting Demand Registration.  Any request for 
a Demand Registration shall specify the aggregate number of the Registrable 
Securities proposed to be sold and the intended method of disposition.  
Within ten (10) Business Days after receipt of such a request, the Company 
shall give written notice of such registration request to all Holders, and, 
subject to the limitations of Section 7.02(b), the Company shall include in 
such registration all Registrable Securities with respect to which the 
Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within ten (10) 
Business Days after the date on which such notice 

                                         -17-
<PAGE>

is given.  Each such request shall also specify the aggregate number of 
Registrable Securities to be registered and the intended method of 
disposition thereof.

         (e)  Selection of Underwriters.  If any Demand Registration is 
requested to be in the form of an underwritten offering, the managing 
underwriter shall be Hampshire Securities Corporation and the co-manager (if 
any) and the independent pricer required under the rules of the NASD (if any) 
shall be selected and obtained by the Holders of a majority of the 
Registrable Securities to be registered (assuming exercise of the Warrants).  
Such selection shall be subject to the Company's consent, which consent shall 
not be unreasonably withheld.  All fees and expenses of any managing 
underwriter, any co-manager or any qualified independent underwriter or other 
independent pricer (other than Registration Expenses otherwise required to be 
paid) required under the rules of the NASD shall be paid for by the Holders 
whose shares are being registered.  If Hampshire Securities Corporation 
should decline to serve as managing underwriter, the Holders of a majority of 
the Registrable Securities to be registered (assuming exercise of the 
Warrants) may select and obtain one or more managing underwriters.  Such 
selection shall be subject to the Company's consent, which shall not be 
unreasonably withheld.

    Section 7.03:  Registration Procedures.  If and whenever the Company is 
required to use its best efforts to effect or cause the registration of any 
Registrable Securities under the Securities Act as provided in this Article 
VII, the Company shall, at its expense and as expeditiously as practicable:

(a)  prepare and file with the SEC, as soon as practicable within sixty (60) 
days (subject to extension for up to an additional thirty (30) days provided 
that the Company has not exercised its deferral right contained in Section 
7.02(b) and does not within thirty (30) days exercise such deferral right) 
after the end of the period within which requests for registration may be 
given to the Company (but subject to the proviso for deferral contained in 
Section 7.02(b) hereof) a Registration Statement relating to the registration 
on any appropriate form under the Securities Act, which form shall be 
available for the sale of the Registrable Securities in accordance with the 
intended method or methods of distribution thereof, and use its best efforts 
to cause such Registration Statements to become effective; provided that 
before filing a Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or 
supplements thereto, including documents incorporated by reference after the 
initial filing of any Registration Statement, the Company shall furnish to 
the selling Holders pursuant to such Registration Statement and the 

                                         -18-

<PAGE>

underwriters, if any, copies of all such documents proposed to be filed, 
which documents will be subject to the review of such Holders and 
underwriters;

         (b)  prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and 
post-effective amendments to a Registration Statement as may be necessary to 
keep such Registration Statement effective for a period of nine months 
commencing from the date of effectiveness of the Registration Statement in 
the case of a Demand Registration (twelve (12) months commencing from the 
date of effectiveness of the Registration Statement in the case of a 
Piggyback Registration) or such shorter period as may be required for the 
sale of the Warrant Shares in the open market; cause the related Prospectus 
to be supplemented by any required Prospectus supplement, and as so 
supplemented, to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act; and 
comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the 
disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during 
such period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the 
sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement or supplement to 
such Prospectus;

         (c)  notify the selling Holders and the managing underwriters, if 
any, promptly, and (if requested by any such Person) confirm such advice in 
writing, (i) when a Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or post-effective 
amendment has been filed, and, with respect to a Registration Statement or 
any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective; (ii) of any 
request by the SEC for amendments or supplements to a Registration Statement 
or related Prospectus or for additional information; (iii) of the issuance by 
the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration 
Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose; (iv) if at 
any time the representations and warranties of the Company contemplated by 
paragraph (l) below cease to be true and correct; (v) of the receipt by the 
Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the 
qualification of any of the Registrable Securities for sale in any 
jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such 
purpose; and (vi) of the happening of any event that makes any statement made 
in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or any document incorporated 
therein by reference untrue or which requires the making of any changes in 
the Registration Statement or Prospectus so that they will not contain any 
untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact 
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not 
misleading;

                                         -19-

<PAGE>

         (d)  make every reasonable effort to obtain the withdrawal of any 
order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement at the 
earliest possible moment;

         (e)  if reasonably requested by the managing underwriters, 
immediately incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective 
amendment such information as the managing underwriters believe (on advice of 
counsel) should be included as required by applicable law relating to such 
sale of Registrable Securities, including, without limitation, information 
with respect to the purchase price being paid for the Registrable Securities 
by such underwriters and with respect to any other terms of the underwritten 
(or "best-efforts" underwritten) offering; and make all required filings of 
such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment as soon as notified of 
the matters to be incorporated in such prospectus supplement or 
post-effective amendment;

         (f)  furnish to each selling Holder and each managing underwriter, 
without charge, at least one signed copy of the Registration Statement and 
any posteffective amendment thereto, including financial statements and 
schedules, all documents incorporated therein by reference and all exhibits 
(including those incorporated by reference);

         (g)  deliver to each selling Holder and the underwriters, if any, 
without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus or Prospectuses (including 
each preliminary Prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto as such 
Persons may reasonably request; the Company consents to the use of such 
Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling 
Holders and the underwriters, if any, in connection with the offering and 
sale of the Registrable Securities covered by such Prospectus or any 
amendment or supplement thereto;

         (h)  prior to any public offering of Registrable Securities, 
cooperate with the selling Holders, the underwriters, if any, and their 
respective counsel in connection with the attempt to register or qualify such 
Registrable Securities for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky 
laws of such jurisdictions within the United States as any seller or 
underwriter reasonably requests in writing; keep each such registration or 
qualification effective during the period such Registration Statement is 
required to be kept effective and use reasonable efforts to enable the 
disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities covered by 
the applicable Registration Statement; provided that the Company shall not be 
required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is 
not then so 

                                         -20-

<PAGE>

qualified or to take any action which would subject the Company to general 
service of process in any jurisdiction where it is not at the time so subject 
or to subject itself to taxation as doing business in any jurisdiction;

         (i)  cooperate with the selling Holders and the managing 
underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of 
certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing 
any restrictive legends; and enable such Registrable Securities to be in such 
denominations and registered in such names as the managing underwriters may 
request at least two Business Days prior to any sale of Registrable 
Securities to the underwriters;

         (j)  upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by paragraph 
(c)(vi) above, prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to the 
applicable Registration Statement or related Prospectus or any document 
incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so 
that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Securities 
being sold thereunder, such Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement 
of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the 
statements therein not misleading;

         (k)  with respect to each issue or class of Registrable Securities, 
use its best efforts to cause all Registrable Securities covered by the 
applicable Registration Statement to be listed on each securities exchange, 
if any, on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed or, 
if not then listed, cause such Registered Securities to be included in a 
national automated quotation system;

         (l)  enter into such agreements (including an underwriting 
agreement) and take all such other actions reasonably required in connection 
therewith in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such 
Registrable Securities and in such connection, if the registration is in 
connection with an underwritten offering (i) make such representations and 
warranties, if any, to the underwriters in form, substance and scope as are 
customarily made by issuers to underwriters in underwritten offerings and 
confirm the same if and when requested; (ii) obtain opinions of counsel to 
the Company and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope 
and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the managing underwriters) 
addressed to the underwriters covering the matters customarily covered in 
opinions requested in underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be 
reasonably requested by such underwriters; (iii) obtain "cold comfort" 
letters and updates thereof from the Company's independent certified 

                                         -21-

<PAGE>

public accountants addressed to the underwriters, if any, such letters to be 
in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in 
"cold comfort" letters obtained by underwriters in connection with 
underwritten offerings; (iv) if an underwriting agreement is entered into, 
the same shall set forth in full the indemnification provisions and 
procedures of Section 7.04 hereof with respect to all parties to be 
indemnified pursuant to said Section; and (v) the Company shall deliver such 
documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the managing 
underwriters to evidence compliance with clause (i) above and with any 
customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other 
agreement entered into by the Company; the above shall be done at each 
closing under such underwriting or similar agreement or as and to the extent 
required thereunder;

         (m)  provide a transfer agent and registrar and a CUSIP number for 
all Registrable Securities, not later than the effective date of the 
applicable Registration Statement;

         (n)  make available for inspection by a representative of the 
selling Holders, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to 
such registration and any attorney or accountant retained by such selling 
Holders or underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate 
documents and properties of the Company, and cause the Company's officers, 
directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any 
such representative, underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with 
such registration; provided, that any records, information or documents that 
are designated by the Company in writing as confidential shall be kept 
confidential by such Persons unless disclosure of such records, information 
or documents is requested by court or administrative order;

         (o)  otherwise use its best efforts to comply with all applicable 
rules and regulations of the SEC, and make generally available to its 
security holders an earnings statement, covering a period of not less than 
twelve (12) months satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) or Rule 158 of 
the Securities Act not later than sixteen (16) months after the first day of 
the month following the effective date of the applicable Registration 
Statement;

         (p)  use its best efforts to cause such Registrable Securities 
covered by such registration statement to be registered with or approved by 
such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable 
the sellers thereof to consummate the disposition of such Registrable 
Securities; and

                                         -22-

<PAGE>

         (q)  take all such other actions as the Holders of a majority of the 
Registrable Securities being sold (assuming exercise of the Warrants, as 
applicable) and the underwriters, if any, reasonably request in order to 
expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities.

         Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Company shall 
have sole control in connection with the preparation, filing, withdrawal, 
amendment or supplementing of each Registration Statement, the selection of 
underwriters and the distribution of any preliminary prospectus included in 
the Registration Statement, and may include within the coverage thereof 
additional shares of Common Stock or other securities for its own account or 
for the account of one or more of its other security holders.

         Holders shall have no registration rights hereunder in respect of 
any proposed transfer of such securities if, in the opinion of recognized 
securities counsel to the Company acceptable to the Holders, (A) registration 
under the Securities Act is not required for the transfer of the Registrable 
Securities in the manner provided by such Holder or (B) a post-effective 
amendment to an existing registration statement would be legally sufficient 
for such transfer and such post-effective amendment is filed with the SEC and 
declared effective.

         The provisions of subsections (a) (other than the proviso at the end 
thereof), (d), (e), (h) (but only with respect to the first clause thereof), 
(l), (n) and (p) above shall apply only in the event of a Demand 
Registration. Expenses incurred in connection with this Section 7.03 shall be 
borne by the respective parties as otherwise provided in this Agreement.

         Each seller of Registrable Securities as to which any registration 
is being effected shall furnish to the Company such information regarding the 
distribution of such securities and such other information as may otherwise 
be required by the Securities Act to be included in such Registration 
Statement.

    Section 7.04:  Indemnification.

         (a)  Indemnification by Company.  The Company agrees to indemnify 
and hold harmless each Holder, its officers, directors and agents and each 
Person who controls such Holder or agents (within the meaning of Section 15 
of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) against any and all 
losses, claims, damages and liabilities, joint or several (including any 
reasonable investigation, legal and 

                                         -23-

<PAGE>

other expenses incurred in connection with, and any amount paid in settlement 
of, any action, suit or proceeding or any claim asserted), to which they, or 
any of them, may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or 
other Federal or state law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar 
as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of or are based upon 
any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained 
in any Registration Statement, Prospectus or preliminary prospectus or any 
amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon 
any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to 
be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; 
provided, however, that such indemnity shall not inure to the benefit of any 
Holder (or any Person controlling such Holder within the meaning of Section 
15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) on account of any 
losses, claims, damages or liabilities arising from the sale of the 
Registrable Securities if such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue 
statement or omission was made in such Registration Statement, Prospectus or 
preliminary prospectus, or such amendment or supplement, in reliance upon and 
in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by the 
Holder specifically for use therein.  The Company shall also indemnify 
underwriters and selling brokers participating in the distribution, their 
officers and directors and each Person who controls such Persons (within the 
meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange 
Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification 
of the Holders, if requested.  This indemnity agreement shall be in addition 
to any liability which the Company may otherwise have.

         (b)  Indemnification by Selling Holders.  In connection with any 
registration, each selling Holder will furnish to the Company in writing such 
information as the Company reasonably requests for use in connection with any 
Registration Statement or Prospectus and agrees to indemnify, to the same 
extent as the indemnification provided by the Company in Section 7.04(a), the 
Company, its directors and officers and each Person who controls the Company 
(within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act and Section 20 of the 
Exchange Act) but only insofar as such losses, claims, damages and 
liabilities arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or omission 
or alleged untrue statement or omission which was made in the Registration 
Statement, the Prospectus or preliminary prospectus or any amendment thereof 
or supplement thereto, in reliance upon and in conformity with information 
furnished in writing by such Holder to the Company specifically for use 
therein.  In no event shall the liability of any selling Holder hereunder be 
greater in amount than the dollar amount of the net proceeds received by such 
Holder upon the sale of the Registrable Securities giving 

                                         -24-

<PAGE>

rise to such indemnification obligation.  The Company shall be entitled to 
receive indemnities from underwriters and selling brokers participating in 
the distribution, to the same extent as provided above with respect to 
information so furnished in writing by such Persons specifically for 
inclusion in any Prospectus, Registration Statement or preliminary prospectus 
or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto.

         (c)  Conduct of Indemnification Procedure.  Any party that proposes 
to assert the right to be indemnified hereunder will, promptly after receipt 
of notice of commencement of any action, suit or proceeding against such 
party in respect of which a claim is to be made against an indemnifying party 
or parties under this Section, notify each such indemnifying party of the 
commencement of such action, suit or proceeding, enclosing a copy of all 
papers served.  No indemnification provided for in Section 7.04(a) or 7.04(b) 
shall be available to any party who shall fail to give notice as provided in 
this Section 7.04(c) if the party to whom notice was not given was unaware of 
the proceeding to which such notice would have related and was prejudiced by 
the failure to give such notice, but the omission so to notify such 
indemnifying party of any such action, suit or proceeding shall not relieve 
it from any liability that it may have to any indemnified party for 
contribution or otherwise than under this Section.  In case any such action, 
suit or proceeding shall be brought against any indemnified party and it 
shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the 
indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate in, and, to the extent 
that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly 
notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory 
to such indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to 
such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the 
indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party for any 
legal or other expenses, except as provided below and except for the 
reasonable costs of investigation subsequently incurred by such indemnified 
party in connection with the defense thereof.  The indemnified party shall 
have the right to employ its counsel in any such action, but the fees and 
expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party 
unless (i) the employment of counsel by such indemnified party has been 
authorized in writing by the indemnifying parties, (ii) the indemnified party 
shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest 
between the indemnifying parties and the indemnified party in the conduct of 
the defense of such action (in which case the indemnifying parties shall not 
have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the 
indemnified party) or (iii) the indemnifying parties shall not have employed 
counsel to assume the defense of such action within a reasonable time after 
notice of the commencement thereof, in each of which 

                                         -25-

<PAGE>

cases the fees and expenses of counsel shall be at the expense of the 
indemnifying parties.  An indemnifying party shall not be liable for any 
settlement of any action, suit, proceeding or claim effected without its 
written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.  It is 
understood that the indemnifying party or parties shall not, in connection 
with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be 
liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm in such 
jurisdiction at any one time for all such indemnified party or parties.

    Section 7.05:  Restrictions on Public Sale by Holder of Registrable 
Securities.  Each Holder whose Registrable Securities are covered by a 
Registration Statement filed pursuant to Article VII hereof agrees, if 
requested by the managing underwriters in an underwritten offering, not to 
effect any public sale or distribution of any securities of the Company of 
the same class as the securities included in such Registration Statement, 
including a sale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act (except as 
part of such underwritten registration), during the ten (10)-day period prior 
to, and during the ninety (90)-day period beginning on, the closing date of 
each underwritten offering made pursuant to such Registration Statement, to 
the extent timely notified in writing by the managing underwriters.

                                     ARTICLE VIII

                                    Other Matters

    Section 8.01:  Expenses of Transfer.  The Company shall from time to time 
promptly pay, subject to the provisions of Section 6.01 and paragraph (d) of 
Section 2.02, all taxes and charges that may be imposed upon the Company in 
respect to the issuance or delivery of Warrant Shares upon the exercise of 
this Warrant by the Warrantholder.

    Section 8.02:  Successors and Assigns.  All the covenants and provisions 
of this Warrant by or for the benefit of the Company shall bind and inure to 
the benefit of its successors and assigns hereunder.

    Section 8.03:  Amendments and Waivers.  The provisions of this Warrant, 
including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or 
supplemented, and waiver or consents to departures from the provisions hereof 
may not be given, unless the Company has obtained the written consent of 
Holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Registrable Securities 
(assuming 

                                         -26-

<PAGE>

exercise of the Warrants).  Holders shall be bound by any consent authorized 
by this Section whether or not certificates representing such Registrable 
Securities have been marked to indicate such consent.

    Section 8.04:  Counterparts.  This Warrant may be executed in any number 
of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of 
which so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken 
together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

    Section 8.05:  Governing Law.  This Warrant shall be governed by and 
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

    Section 8.06:  Severability.  In the event that any one or more of the 
provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstances, 
is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and 
enforceability of any such provisions in every other respect and of the 
remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired 
thereby.

    Section 8.07:  Integration/Entire Agreement.  This Warrant is intended by 
the parties as a final expression of their agreement and intended to be a 
complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the 
parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein.  This 
Warrant supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the 
parties with respect to such subject matter.

    Section 8.08:  Attorneys' Fees.  In any action or proceeding brought to 
enforce any provisions of this Warrant, or where any provisions hereof are 
validly asserted as a defense, the successful party shall be entitled to 
recover reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements in addition to its costs 
and expenses and any other available remedy.

    Section 8.09:  Computations of Consent.  Whenever the consent or approval 
of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities is required 
hereunder, Registrable Securities held by the Company or its affiliates 
(other than the Warrantholder or subsequent Holders if they are deemed to be 
such affiliates solely by reason of their holdings of such Registrable 
Securities) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or 
approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage.

                                         -27-

<PAGE>

    Section 8.10:  Notices.  Notice or demand pursuant to this Warrant to be 
given or made by the Warrantholder to or on the Company shall be sufficiently 
given or made if sent by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed, until 
another address is designated in writing by the Company, as follows:

                             Celerity Systems, Inc.
                             9051 Executive Park Drive
                             Suite 302
                             Knoxville, Tennessee  37923

    Any notice or demand authorized by this Warrant to be given or made by 
the Company to or on the Warrantholder or a Holder of Registrable Securities 
shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first class mail, postage 
prepaid, to the Warrantholder or the Holder of Registrable Securities at his 
or its last known address as it shall appear on the books of the Company.

    Section 8.11:  Headings.  The headings herein are for convenience only 
and are not part of this Warrant and shall not affect the interpretation 
thereof.

                                         -28-

<PAGE>
 
    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Warrant has been duly executed by the Company 
under its corporate seal as of the ____ day of _____________, 1997.

                                     Celerity Systems, Inc.



                                     By:
                                        ---------------------------------
                                        Name:
                                        Title:


Attest:
       --------------------------
       Secretary


                                     The undersigned accepts this Warrant and 
                                     agrees to abide by the terms herein which 
                                     are applicable to the Warrantholder.



                                     Hampshire Securities Corporation
                                     ----------------------------------------
                                     (Name of Warrantholder)



                                     By:
                                        -------------------------------------
                                        (Name and title of duly authorized 
                                          officer)


                                         -29-

<PAGE>
 
                                      ASSIGNMENT


             (To be executed only upon assignment of Warrant Certificate)

         For value received, _________________________ hereby sells, assigns 
and transfers unto _____________________ the within Warrant Certificate, 
together with all right, title and interest therein, and does hereby 
irrevocably constitute and appoint __________________ attorney, to transfer 
said Warrant Certificate on the books of the within-named Company with 
respect to the number of Warrants set forth below, with full power of 
substitution in the premises:

         Name(s) of
         Assignee(s)              Address        No. of Warrants
         -----------              -------        ---------------





And if said number of Warrants shall not be all the Warrants represented by 
the Warrant Certificate, a new Warrant Certificate is to be issued in the 
name of said undersigned for the balance remaining of the Warrants 
represented by said Warrant Certificate.

Dated: ____________________, 19__      _____________________________________
                                       Note:     The above signature should
                                                 correspond exactly with the
                                                 name on the face of this
                                                 Warrant Certificate.

                                         -30-

<PAGE>

                                  SUBSCRIPTION FORM
                      (To be executed upon exercise of Warrant)


Celerity Systems, Inc.:

    The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the right of 
purchase represented by the within Warrant Certificate for, and to purchase 
thereunder, _____________________ shares of Common Stock, as provided for 
therein, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price in full in the 
form of cash or a certified or official bank check in the amount of $         
           .

    If said number of shares shall not be all the shares purchasable under 
the within Warrant Certificate, a new Warrant Certificate is to be issued in 
the name of said undersigned for the balance remaining of the shares 
purchasable thereunder.

    Please issue a certificate or certificates for such shares of Common 
Stock in the name of, and pay any cash for any fractional share to:

                             Name:
                                  ------------------------------------------
                             (Please Print Name, Address and Social Security
                             No.)

                             Address:
                                     ---------------------------------------

                             -----------------------------------------------

                             -----------------------------------------------

                             Social Security Number:
                                                    ------------------------


                             Signature:
                                       -------------------------------------
                             NOTE:   The above signature should correspond
                             exactly with the name on the first page of this
                             Warrant Certificate or with the name of the
                             assignee appearing in the assignment form below.

                                         -31-

<PAGE>

                                CASHLESS EXERCISE FORM
                       (To be executed upon exercise of Warrant
                           pursuant to Section 2.02(a)(ii))

    The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to surrender its Warrant for 
________ shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Cashless Exercise provisions 
of the within Warrant, as provided for in Section 2.02(a)(ii) of such Warrant.

    If said number of shares shall not be all the shares exchangeable or 
purchasable under the within Warrant, a new Warrant is to be issued in the 
name of the undersigned for the balance remaining of the shares purchasable 
thereunder.

    Please issue a certificate or certificates for such shares of Common 
Stock in the name of, and pay cash for fractional shares to:

                                  Name:
                                       ------------------------------------
                                  (Please Print Name, Address and Social
                                  Security No.)

                                  Address:
                                          ---------------------------------

                                  -----------------------------------------

                                  -----------------------------------------

                                  Social Security Number:
                                                         ------------------


                                  Signature:
                                            -------------------------------
                                  NOTE:   The above signature should correspond
                                  exactly with the name on the first page of
                                  this Warrant or with the name of the assignee
                                  appearing in the assignment form below.


                                         -32-


<PAGE>

                                                                     Exhibit 4.7


THE WARRANT REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON
EXERCISE HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE
"ACT"), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND NEITHER SUCH SECURITIES NOR ANY
INTEREST THEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED, ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED UNLESS (1) A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WITH RESPECT THERETO IS
EFFECTIVE UNDER THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR (2) THE
COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL TO THE HOLDER OF SUCH SECURITIES, WHICH
COUNSEL AND OPINION ARE REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, THAT SUCH
SECURITIES MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED, ASSIGNED OR TRANSFERRED IN THE MANNER
CONTEMPLATED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT OR
APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.


                           THE TRANSFER OF THIS WARRANT IS
                           RESTRICTED AS DESCRIBED HEREIN.

                                CELERITY SYSTEMS, INC.

              Warrant for the Purchase of 88,889 Shares of Common Stock,
                               par value $.001 per share



No. ____                                                           88,889 Shares


         THIS CERTIFIES that, for value received, Hampshire Securities
Corporation, with an address at 640 Fifth Avenue, Fourth Floor, New York, New
York 10019 (including any transferee, the "Holder"), is entitled to subscribe
for and purchase from Celerity Systems, Inc. a Tennessee corporation (the
"Company"), upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, at any time or from
time to time before 5:00 P.M. New York time on the earlier of (i) the fifth
anniversary of the date of this Warrant or (ii) the third anniversary of the
closing of the initial public offering of the Company's securities registered
under the Act (the "Exercise Period"), Eighty Eight Thousand Eight Hundred
Eighty Nine (88,889) shares of the Company's Common Stock, par value $.001 per
share ("Common Stock"), at an exercise price of $4.125 per share (the "Exercise
Price").  This Warrant is issued to the holder in connection wih its serving as
Placement Agent pursuant to an offering (the "Offering") by the Company of units
(the "Units"), each Unit consisting of (i) 17,777 shares of Common Stock, (ii)
one promissory note with a face value of $50,000, and (iii) a warrant to
purchase 6,562 shares of Common Stock at the Exercise Price.  As used herein,
the term "this Warrant" shall mean and include this Warrant and any 


<PAGE>

Warrant or Warrants hereafter issued as a consequence of the exercise or
transfer of this Warrant in whole or in part. 

         The number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this
Placement Agent's Warrant (the "Warrant Shares") and the Exercise Price may be
adjusted from time to time as hereinafter set forth.

         1. (a)  This Warrant may be exercised during the Exercise Period, as
to the whole or any lesser number of whole Warrant Shares, by the surrender of
this Warrant (with the election form at the end hereof duly executed) to the
Company at its office at 9051 Executive Park Drive, Suite 400, Knoxville,
Tennessee, 37923, or at such other place as is designated in writing by the
Company, together with a certified or bank cashier's check payable to the order
of the Company in an amount equal to the Exercise Price multiplied by the number
of Warrant Shares for which this Warrant is being exercised.

              (b)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in
Section 1(a), the Holder may elect to exercise this Warrant in whole or in part,
upon surrender of this Warrant (with the election form at the end hereof duly
executed) to the Company at the address set forth above, by receiving a number
of Warrant Shares determined and computed using the following formula:

              X =  Y[A-B]
                      A

              X =  the number of Warrant Shares to be issued to the Holder;

              Y =  the number of Warrant Shares to be exercised under this
                   Warrant;

              A =  the Current Fair Market Value per share of the Company's
                   Common Stock calculated as of the last trading day
                   immediately preceding exercise of this Warrant;

              B =  $4.125

As used herein, the "Current Fair Market Value" of the Common Stock as of a
specified date shall mean with respect to each share of Common Stock, (i) the
average of the closing prices of the Common Stock sold on all securities
exchanges on which the Common Stock may at the time be listed, or (ii) if there
have been no sales on any such exchange on such day, the average of the highest
bid and lowest asked prices on all such exchanges at the end of such day, or
(iii) if on such day the Common Stock is not so listed, the average of the
representative bid and asked prices quoted in the NASDAQ System as of 4:00 p.m.,
New York time, or (iv) if on such day the Common Stock is not quoted in the
NASDAQ System, the average of the highest bid and lowest asked prices on such
day in the domestic over-the-counter market as reported by the 


                                         -2-
<PAGE>

National Quotation Bureau, Incorporated or any similar successor organization,
in each such case averaged over a period of 21 days consisting of the day as of
which the Current Fair Market Value is being determined and the 20 consecutive
business days prior to such day.  If on the date for which Current Fair Market
is to be determined the Common Stock is not listed on any securities exchange or
quoted in the NASDAQ System or the over-the-counter market, then Current Fair
Market Value of the Common Stock shall be the highest price per share which the
Company could then obtain from a willing buyer (not a current employee or
director) for Common Stock sold by the Company from authorized but unissued
shares, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company,
unless prior to such date the Company has become subject to a merger,
consolidation, reorganization, acquisition or other similar transaction pursuant
to which the Company is not the surviving entity, in which case the Current Fair
Market Value of the Common Stock shall be deemed to be the per share value
received or to be received in such transaction by the holders of Common Stock.

         2.   Upon each exercise of the Holder's rights to purchase Warrant
Shares, the Holder shall be deemed to be the holder of record of the Warrant
Shares issuable upon such exercise, notwithstanding that the transfer books of
the Company shall then be closed or certificates representing such Warrant
Shares shall not then have been actually delivered to the Holder.  As soon as
practicable after each such exercise of this Warrant, the Company shall issue
and deliver to the Holder a certificate or certificates for the Warrant Shares
issuable upon such exercise, registered in the name of the Holder or its
designee.  If this Warrant should be exercised in part only, the Company shall,
upon surrender of this Warrant for cancellation, execute and deliver a new
Warrant evidencing the right of the Holder to purchase the balance of the
Warrant Shares (or portions thereof) subject to purchase hereunder.


         3.  (a) Any Warrants issued upon the transfer or exercise in part of
this Warrant shall be numbered and shall be registered in a Warrant Register as
they are issued.  The Company shall be entitled to treat the registered holder
of any Warrant on the Warrant Register as the owner in fact thereof for all
purposes and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or
interest in such Warrant on the part of any other person, and shall not be
liable for any registration or transfer of Warrants which are registered or to
be registered in the name of a fiduciary or the nominee of a fiduciary unless
made with the actual knowledge that a fiduciary or nominee is committing a
breach of trust in requesting such registration or transfer, or with the
knowledge of such facts that its participation therein amounts to bad faith. 
This Warrant shall be transferable only on the books of the Company upon
delivery thereof duly endorsed by the Holder or by his duly authorized attorney
or representative, or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment,
or authority to transfer.  In all cases of transfer by an attorney, executor,
administrator, guardian, or other legal representative, duly authenticated
evidence of his or its authority shall be produced.  Upon any registration of
transfer, the Company shall deliver a new Warrant or Warrants to the person
entitled thereto.  This Warrant may be exchanged, at the option of the Holder
thereof, for another Warrant, or other Warrants of different denominations, of
like tenor and representing in the aggregate the right to purchase a like number
of Warrant Shares (or portions thereof), upon surrender to the Company or its 


                                         -3-
<PAGE>

duly authorized agent.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no
obligation to cause Warrants to be transferred on its books to any person if, in
the opinion of counsel to the Company, such transfer does not comply with the
provisions of the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act"), and the rules and
regulations thereunder.

              (b)  The Holder acknowledges that he has been advised by the
Company that neither this Warrant nor the Warrant Shares have been registered
under the Act, that this Warrant is being or has been issued and the Warrant
Shares may be issued on the basis of the statutory exemption provided by Section
4(2) of the Act or Regulation D promulgated thereunder, or both, relating to
transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering.  The Holder
acknowledges that he has been informed by the Company of, or is otherwise
familiar with, the nature of the limitations imposed by the Act and the rules
and regulations thereunder on the transfer of securities.  In particular, the
Holder agrees that no sale, assignment or transfer of this Warrant or the
Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise hereof shall be valid or effective, and
the Company shall not be required to give any effect to any such sale,
assignment or transfer, unless (i) the sale, assignment or transfer of this
Warrant or such Warrant Shares is registered under the Act, it being understood
that neither this Warrant nor such Warrant Shares are currently registered for
sale and that the Company has no obligation or intention to so register this
Warrant or such Warrant Shares except as specifically provided herein, or (ii)
this Warrant or such Warrant Shares are sold, assigned or transferred in
accordance with all the requirements and limitations of Rule 144 under the Act,
it being understood that Rule 144 is not available at the time of the original
issuance of this Warrant for the sale of this Warrant or such Warrant Shares and
that there can be no assurance that Rule 144 sales will be available at any
subsequent time, or (iii) such sale, assignment, or transfer is otherwise exempt
from registration under the Act.

         4.   The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out its
authorized and unissued Common Stock, solely for the purpose of providing for
the exercise of the rights to purchase all Warrant Shares granted pursuant to
the Warrants, such number of shares of Common Stock as shall, from time to time,
be sufficient therefor.  The Company covenants that all shares of Common Stock
issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, upon receipt by the Company of the full
Exercise Price therefor, shall be validly issued, fully paid, nonassessable, and
free of preemptive rights.

         5.   (a)  In case the Company shall at any time after the date the
Warrants were first issued (i) declare a dividend on the outstanding Common
Stock payable in shares of its capital stock, (ii) subdivide the outstanding
Common Stock, (iii) combine the outstanding Common Stock into a smaller number
of shares, or (iv) issue any shares of its capital stock by reclassification of
the Common Stock (including any such reclassification in connection with a
consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing corporation),
then, in each case, the Exercise Price, and the number of Warrant Shares
issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, in effect at the time of the record date
for such dividend or of the effective date of such subdivision, combination, or
reclassification, shall be proportionately adjusted so that the Holder 


                                         -4-
<PAGE>

after such time shall be entitled to receive the aggregate number and kind of
shares which, if such Warrant had been exercised immediately prior to such time,
he would have owned upon such exercise and been entitled to receive by virtue of
such dividend, subdivision, combination, or reclassification.  Such adjustment
shall be made successively whenever any event listed above shall occur.

              (b)  In case the Company shall issue or fix a record date for the
issuance to all holders of Common Stock of rights, options, or warrants to
subscribe for or purchase Common Stock (or securities convertible into or
exchangeable for Common Stock) at a price per share (or having a conversion or
exchange price per share, if a security convertible into or exchangeable for
Common Stock) less than the Current Market Price per share of Common Stock (as
defined in Section 5(f) hereof) on such record date, then, in each case, the
Exercise Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect
immediately prior to such record date by a fraction, the numerator of which
shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on such record date
plus the number of shares of Common Stock which the aggregate offering price of
the total number of shares of Common Stock so to be offered (or the aggregate
initial conversion or exchange price of the convertible or exchangeable
securities so to be offered) would purchase at such Current Market Price and the
denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding
on such record date plus the number of additional shares of Common Stock to be
offered for subscription or purchase (or into which the convertible or
exchangeable securities so to be offered are initially convertible or
exchangeable).  Such adjustment shall become effective at the close of business
on such record date; provided, however, that, to the extent the shares of Common
Stock (or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common
Stock) are not delivered, the Exercise Price shall be readjusted after the
expiration of such rights, options, or warrants (but only with respect to
Warrants exercised after such expiration), to the Exercise Price which would
then be in effect had the adjustments made upon the issuance of such rights,
options, or warrants been made upon the basis of delivery of only the number of
shares of Common Stock (or securities convertible into or exchangeable for
shares of Common Stock) actually issued.  In case any subscription price may be
paid in a consideration part or all of which shall be in a form other than cash,
the value of such consideration shall be as determined in good faith by the
board of directors of the Company, whose determination shall be conclusive
absent manifest error.  Shares of Common Stock owned by or held for the account
of the Company or any majority-owned subsidiary shall not be deemed outstanding
for the purpose of any such computation.

              (c)  In case the Company shall at any time after the date of this
Warrant make a distribution (through a dividend or otherwise) to its
stockholders (a "Spin-Off") of capital stock of any entity other than the
Company ("Spin-Off Stock"), then (i) the Holder of this Warrant, to the extent
this Warrant is unexercised at the time of such distribution, shall receive a
warrant (a "Spin-Off Warrant") to purchase a number of shares of Spin-Off Stock
equal to the number of shares of Spin-Off Stock such Holder would have been
entitled to receive if such Holder had exercised this Warrant as of the record
date for such dividend or distribution and (ii) the Exercise Price shall be
adjusted as provided in the next sentence.  The Spin-Off Warrant 


                                         -5-
<PAGE>

shall be substantially identical to this Warrant except it shall not expire
until the earlier of (i) the fifth anniversary of the date of the Warrant, or
(ii) the third anniversary of the initial public offering registered under the
Act of the issuer of the Spin-Off Stock, and the exercise price of such Spin-Off
Warrant shall be determined by multiplying the Exercise Price of this Warrant
immediately prior to the Spin-Off by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be
the aggregate Value (as determined below) of the Spin-Off Stock distributed in
the Spin-Off to all stockholders and the denominator of which shall be the
aggregate Value of the Company immediately prior to the Spin-Off.  After the
exercise price of the Spin-Off Warrant has been determined, the Exercise Price
of this Warrant shall be reduced so that such Exercise Price as so reduced, when
added to the exercise price of the Spin-Off Warrant, shall equal the Exercise
Price of this Warrant immediately prior to the Spin-Off.

              The Value of the Company immediately prior to the Spin-Off shall
be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company in reliance
upon a fairness opinion issued by an investment banking firm mutually acceptable
to the Company and to Hampshire Securities Corporation.  The Value of the
Spin-Off Stock shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of
the Company and of the issuer of the Spin-Off Stock after consideration of all
relevant factors, including any public trading market for the Spin-Off Stock,
the balance sheet and operations of the issuer of the Spin-Off Stock as compared
to that of the Company prior to the Spin-Off and such other factors as such
Boards determine are relevant. It shall be a condition to any Spin-Off that the
issuer at the Spin-Off Stock agree in writing to issue the Spin-Off Warrants to
the Holders and to effectuate this Agreement.

              (d)  In case the Company shall distribute to all holders of
Common Stock (including any such distribution made to the stockholders of the
Company in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the
continuing corporation) evidences of its indebtedness, cash (other than any cash
dividend which, together with any cash dividends paid within the 12 months prior
to the record date for such distribution, does not exceed 5% of the Current
Market Price at the record date for such distribution) or assets (other than
distributions and dividends payable in shares of Common Stock), or rights,
options, or warrants to subscribe for or purchase Common Stock, or securities
convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock (excluding those
with respect to the issuance of which an adjustment of the Exercise Price is
provided pursuant to Section 5(b) hereof), then, in each case, the Exercise
Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately
prior to the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to
receive such distribution by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the
Current Market Price per share of Common Stock on such record date, less the
fair market value (as determined in good faith by the board of directors of the
Company, whose determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) of the
portion of the evidences of indebtedness or assets so to be distributed, or of
such rights, options, or warrants or convertible or exchangeable securities, or
the amount of such cash, applicable to one share, and the denominator of which
shall be such Current Market Price per share of Common Stock.  Such adjustment
shall become effective at the close of business on such record date.


                                         -6-
<PAGE>

              (e)  In case the Company shall issue shares of Common Stock or
rights, options, or warrants to subscribe for or purchase Common Stock, or
securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock (excluding shares,
rights, options, warrants, or convertible or exchangeable securities issued or
issuable (i) in any of the transactions with respect to which an adjustment of
the Exercise Price is provided pursuant to Sections 5(a), 5(b), or 5(d) above,
(ii) upon any issuance of securities pursuant to the Offering, or (iii) upon
exercise of any of the warrants issued in connectionwith the Offering), at a
price per share (determined, in the case of such rights, options, warrants, or
convertible or exchangeable securities, by dividing (x) the total amount
received or receivable by the Company in consideration of the sale and issuance
of such rights, options, warrants, or convertible or exchangeable securities,
plus the minimum aggregate consideration payable to the Company upon exercise,
conversion, or exchange thereof, by (y) the maximum number of shares covered by
such rights, options, warrants, or convertible or exchangeable securities) lower
than the Current Market Price per share of Common Stock in effect immediately
prior to such issuance, then the Exercise Price shall be reduced on the date of
such issuance to a price (calculated to the nearest cent) determined by
multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance by a
fraction, (1) the numerator of which shall be an amount equal to the sum of (A)
the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such
issuance plus (B) the quotient obtained by dividing the consideration received
by the Company upon such issuance by such Current Market Price, and (2) the
denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock
outstanding immediately after such issuance.  For the purposes of such
adjustments, the maximum number of shares which the holders of any such rights,
options, warrants, or convertible or exchangeable securities shall be entitled
to initially subscribe for or purchase or convert or exchange such securities
into shall be deemed to be issued and outstanding as of the date of such
issuance, and the consideration received by the Company therefor shall be deemed
to be the consideration received by the Company for such rights, options,
warrants, or convertible or exchangeable securities, plus the minimum aggregate
consideration or premiums stated in such rights, options, warrants, or
convertible or exchangeable securities to be paid for the shares covered
thereby.  No further adjustment of the Exercise Price shall be made as a result
of the actual issuance of shares of Common Stock on exercise of such rights,
options, or warrants or on conversion or exchange of such convertible or
exchangeable securities.  On the expiration or the termination of such rights,
options, or warrants, or the termination of such right to convert or exchange,
the Exercise Price shall be readjusted (but only with respect to Warrants
exercised after such expiration or termination) to such Exercise Price as would
have obtained had the adjustments made upon the issuance of such rights,
options, warrants, or convertible or exchangeable securities been made upon the
basis of the delivery of only the number of shares of Common Stock actually
delivered upon the exercise of such rights, options, or warrants or upon the
conversion or exchange of any such securities; and on any change of the number
of shares of Common stock deliverable upon the exercise of any such rights,
options, or warrants or conversion or exchange of such convertible or
exchangeable securities or any change in the consideration to be received by the
Company upon such exercise, conversion, or exchange, including, without
limitation, a change resulting from the antidilution provisions thereof, the
Exercise Price, as then in effect, shall forthwith be readjusted (but only with
respect to Warrants 


                                         -7-
<PAGE>

exercised after such change) to such Exercise Price as would have been obtained
had an adjustment been made upon the issuance of such rights, options, or
warrants not exercised prior to such change, or securities not converted or
exchanged prior to such change, on the basis of such change.  In case the
Company shall issue shares of Common Stock or any such rights, options,
warrants, or convertible or exchangeable securities for a consideration
consisting, in whole or in part, of property other than cash or its equivalent,
then the "price per share" and the "consideration received by the Company" for
purposes of the first sentence of this Section 5(e) shall be as determined in
good faith by the board of directors of the Company, whose determination shall
be conclusive absent manifest error.  Shares of Common Stock owned by or held
for the account of the Company or any majority-owned subsidiary shall not be
deemed outstanding for the purpose of any such computation.

              (f)  For the purpose of any computation under this Section 5, the
Current Market Price per share of Common Stock on any date shall be deemed to be
the average of the daily closing prices for the 30 consecutive trading days
immediately preceding the date in question.  The closing price for each day
shall be the last reported sales price regular way or, in case no such reported
sale takes place on such day, the closing bid price regular way, in either case
on the principal national securities exchange (including, for purposes hereof,
the Nasdaq National Market) on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to
trading or, if the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on any
national securities exchange, the highest reported bid price for the Common
Stock as furnished by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
through Nasdaq or a similar organization if Nasdaq is no longer reporting such
information.  If on any such date the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to
trading on any national securities exchange and is not quoted by Nasdaq or any
similar organization, the fair value of a share of Common Stock on such date, as
determined in good faith by the board of directors of the Company, whose
determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error, shall be used;
provided, that the fair value of a share of Common Stock shall not be less than
the Exercise Price in effect on such date.

              (g)  No adjustment in the Exercise Price shall be required if
such adjustment is less than $.05; provided, however, that any adjustments which
by reason of this Section 5 are not required to be made shall be carried forward
and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment.  All calculations under
this Section 5 shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest
one-thousandth of a share, as the case may be.

              (h)  In any case in which this Section 5 shall require that an
adjustment in the Exercise Price be made effective as of a record date for a
specified event, the Company may elect to defer, until the occurrence of such
event, issuing to the Holder, if the Holder exercised this Warrant after such
record date, the shares of Common Stock, if any, issuable upon such exercise
over and above the shares of Common Stock, if any, issuable upon such exercise
on the basis of the Exercise Price in effect prior to such adjustment; provided,
however, that the Company shall deliver to the Holder a due bill or other
appropriate instrument 


                                         -8-
<PAGE>

evidencing the Holder's right to receive such additional shares upon the
occurrence of the event requiring such adjustment.

              (i)  Upon each adjustment of the Exercise Price as a result of
the calculations made in Sections 5(b), 5(d), or 5(e) hereof, this Warrant shall
thereafter evidence the right to purchase, at the adjusted Exercise Price, that
number of shares (calculated to the nearest thousandth) obtained by dividing (A)
the product obtained by multiplying the number of shares purchasable upon
exercise of this Warrant prior to adjustment of the number of shares by the
Exercise Price in effect prior to adjustment of the Exercise Price by (B) the
Exercise Price in effect after such adjustment of the Exercise Price.

              (j)  Whenever there shall be an adjustment as provided in this
Section 5, the Company shall promptly cause written notice thereof to be sent by
registered mail, postage prepaid, to the Holder, at its address as it shall
appear in the Warrant Register, which notice shall be accompanied by an
officer's certificate setting forth the number of Warrant Shares purchasable
upon the exercise of this Warrant and the Exercise Price after such adjustment
and setting forth a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment and
the computation thereof, which officer's certificate shall be conclusive
evidence of the correctness of any such adjustment absent manifest error.

              (k)  The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of
shares of Common Stock or other capital stock of the Company upon the exercise
of this Warrant.  If any fraction of a share would be issuable on the exercise
of this Warrant (or specified portions thereof), the Company shall purchase such
fraction for an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the Current Market
Price of such share of Common Stock on the date of exercise of this Warrant.

         6.   (a) In case of any consolidation with or merger of the Company
with or into another corporation (other than a merger or consolidation in which
the Company is the surviving or continuing corporation), or in case of any sale,
lease, or conveyance to another corporation of the property and assets of any
nature of the Company as an entirety or substantially as an entirety, such
successor, leasing, or purchasing corporation, as the case may be, shall (i)
execute with the Holder an agreement providing that the Holder shall have the
right thereafter to receive upon exercise of this Warrant solely the kind and
amount of shares of stock and other securities, property, cash, or any
combination thereof receivable upon such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, or
conveyance by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock for which this
Warrant might have been exercised immediately prior to such consolidation,
merger, sale, lease, or conveyance, and (ii) make effective provision in its
certificate of incorporation or otherwise, if necessary, to effect such
agreement.  Such agreement shall provide for adjustments which shall be as
nearly equivalent as practicable to the adjustments in Section 5.


                                         -9-
<PAGE>

              (b)  In case of any reclassification or change of the shares of
Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (other than a change in par
value or from no par value to a specified par value, or as a result of a
subdivision or combination, but including any change in the shares into two or
more classes or series of shares), or in case of any consolidation or merger of
another corporation into the Company in which the Company is the continuing
corporation and in which there is a reclassification or change (including a
change to the right to receive cash or other property) of the shares of Common
Stock (other than a change in par value, or from no par value to a specified par
value, or as a result of a subdivision or combination, but including any change
in the shares into two or more classes or series of shares), the Holder shall
have the right thereafter to receive upon exercise of this Warrant solely the
kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities, property, cash, or any
combination thereof receivable upon such reclassification, change,
consolidation, or merger by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock for
which this Warrant might have been exercised immediately prior to such
reclassification, change, consolidation, or merger.  Thereafter, appropriate
provision shall be made for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as
practicable to the adjustments in Section 5.

              (c)  The above provisions of this Section 6 shall similarly apply
to successive reclassifications and changes of shares of Common Stock and to
successive consolidations, mergers, sales, leases, or conveyances.

         7.   In case at any time the Company shall propose to:

              (a)  pay any dividend or make any distribution on shares of
Common Stock in shares of Common Stock or make any other distribution (other
than regularly scheduled cash dividends which are not in a greater amount per
share than the most recent such cash dividend) to all holders of Common Stock;
or

              (b)  issue any rights, warrants, or other securities to all
holders of Common Stock entitling them to purchase any additional shares of
Common Stock or any other rights, warrants, or other securities; or

              (c)  effect any reclassification or change of outstanding shares
of Common Stock, or any consolidation, merger, sale, lease, or conveyance of
property, described in Section 6; or

              (d)  effect any liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of the
Company; or

              (e)  take any other action which would cause an adjustment to the
Exercise Price; 


                                         -10-
<PAGE>

then, and in any one or more of such cases, the Company shall give written
notice thereof, by registered mail, postage prepaid, to the Holder at the
Holder's address as it shall appear in the Warrant Register, mailed at least 15
days prior to (i) the date as of which the holders of record of shares of Common
Stock to be entitled to receive any such dividend, distribution, rights,
warrants, or other securities are to be determined, (ii) the date on which any
such reclassification, change of outstanding shares of Common Stock,
consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance of property, liquidation,
dissolution, or winding-up is expected to become effective, and the date as of
which it is expected that holders of record of shares of Common Stock shall be
entitled to exchange their shares for securities or other property, if any,
deliverable upon such reclassification, change of outstanding shares,
consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance of property, liquidation,
dissolution, or winding-up, or (iii) the date of such action which would require
an adjustment to the Exercise Price.

         8.   The issuance of any shares or other securities upon the exercise
of this Warrant, and the delivery of certificates or other instruments
representing such shares or other securities, shall be made without charge to
the Holder for any tax or other charge in respect of such issuance.  The Company
shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect
of any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of any certificate in a name
other than that of the Holder and the Company shall not be required to issue or
deliver any such certificate unless and until the person or persons requesting
the issue thereof shall have paid to the Company the amount of such tax or shall
have established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid.

         9.   (a) If, at any time commencing 12 months after the consummation
of the initial public offering of the capital stock of the Company (or such
shorter period as may be determined by the managing or lead underwriter of such
initial public offering, in its sole discretion) and continuing for a period of
24 months, the Company shall file a registration statement (other than on Form
S-4, Form S-8, or any successor form) with the Securities and Exchange
Commission (the "Commission") while any Registrable Securities (as hereinafter
defined) are outstanding, the Company shall give all the then holders of any
Registrable Securities (the "Eligible Holders") at least 30 days prior written
notice of the filing of such registration statement. If requested by any
Eligible Holder in writing within 20 days after receipt of any such notice, the
Company shall, at the Company's sole expense (other than the fees and
disbursements of counsel for the Eligible Holders and the underwriting
discounts, if any, payable in respect of the Registrable Securities sold by any
Eligible Holder), register or qualify all or, at each Eligible Holder's option,
any portion of the Registrable Securities of any Eligible Holders who shall have
made such request, concurrently with the registration of such other securities,
all to the extent requisite to permit the public offering and sale of the
Registrable Securities through the facilities of all appropriate securities
exchanges and the over-the-counter market, and will use its best efforts through
its officers, directors, auditors, and counsel to cause such registration
statement to become effective as promptly as practicable.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, if the managing underwriter of any such offering shall advise the
Company in writing that, in its opinion, the distribution of all or a portion of
the Registrable Securities requested to 



                                         -11-
<PAGE>

be included in the registration concurrently with the securities being
registered by the Company would materially adversely affect the distribution of
such securities by the Company for its own account, then any Eligible Holder who
shall have requested registration of his or its Registrable Securities, and all
or a portion of whose Registrable Securities are not included in such
registration statement, shall delay the offering and the sale of such
Registrable Securities (or the portions thereof so designated by such managing
underwriter) for such period, not to exceed 180 days (the "Delay Period"), as
the managing underwriter shall request, provided that no such delay shall be
required as to any Registrable Securities if any securities of the Company are
included in such registration statement for the account of any person other than
the Company and any Eligible Holder unless the securities included in such
registration statement and eligible for sale during the Delay Period for such
other person shall have been reduced pro rata to the reduction of the
Registrable Securities which were requested to be included and eligible for sale
during the Delay Period in such registration.  As used herein, "Registrable
Securities" shall mean the Warrant Shares, if any, which have not been
previously sold pursuant to a registration statement or Rule 144 promulgated
under the Act.

              (b)  If, at any time commencing 12 months after the consummation
of the initial public offering of the capital stock of the Company (or such
shorter period as may be determined in the sole discretion of the managing or
lead underwriter of such initial public offering) and continuing for a period of
24 months, the Company shall receive a written request, from Eligible Holders
who in the aggregate own (or who upon exercise of all Warrants then outstanding
would own) a majority of the total number of shares of Common Stock then
included (or upon such exercise would be included) in the Registrable Securities
("Majority Holders") (provided, that the Registrable Securities must include
Warrant Shares or Warrants exercisable for Warrant Shares which in the aggregate
represent at least 10% of the aggregate number of Warrant Shares underlying this
Warrant), to register the sale of all or part of such Registrable Securities,
the Company shall, as promptly as practicable, prepare and file with the
Commission a registration statement sufficient to permit the public offering and
sale of the Registrable Securities through the facilities of all appropriate
securities exchanges and the over-the-counter market, and will use its best
efforts through its officers, directors, auditors, and counsel to cause such
registration statement to become effective as promptly as practicable; provided,
however, that the Company shall only be obligated to file one such registration
statement for which all expenses incurred in connection with such registration
(other than the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Eligible Holders and
underwriting discounts, if any, payable in respect of the Registrable Securities
sold by the Eligible Holders) shall be borne by the Company and one additional
such registration statement for which all such expenses shall be paid by the
Eligible Holders.  The Company shall not be obligated to effect any registration
of its securities pursuant to this Section 9(b) within six months after the
effective date of a previous registration statement prepared and filed in
accordance with Sections 9(a) (in which Registrable Securities could have been
included) or 9(b).  Within ten business days after receiving any request
contemplated by this Section 9(b), the Company shall give written notice to all
the other Eligible Holders, advising each of them that the Company is proceeding
with such registration and offering to include therein all or any portion of any
such other Eligible Holder's Registrable Securities, 


                                         -12-
<PAGE>

provided that the Company receives a written request to do so from such Eligible
Holder within 30 days after receipt by him or it of the Company's notice.

              (c)  In the event of a registration pursuant to the provisions of
this Section 9, the Company shall use its best efforts to cause the Registrable
Securities so registered to be registered or qualified for sale under the
securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Holder or such holders
may reasonably request; provided, however, that the Company shall not by reason
of this Section 9(c) be required to qualify to do business in any state in which
it is not otherwise required to qualify to do business or to file a general
consent to service process.

              (d)  The Company shall keep effective any registration or
qualification contemplated by this Section 9 and shall from time to time amend
or supplement each applicable registration statement, preliminary prospectus,
final prospectus, application, document, and communication for such period of
time as shall be required to permit the Eligible Holders to complete the offer
and sale of the Registrable Securities covered thereby.  

              (e)  In the event of a registration pursuant to the provisions of
this Section 9, the Company shall furnish to each Eligible Holder such number of
copies of the registration statement and of each amendment and supplement
thereto (in each case, including all exhibits), such reasonable number of copies
of each prospectus contained in such registration statement and each supplement
or amendment thereto (including each preliminary prospectus), all of which shall
conform to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder,
and such other documents, as any Eligible Holder may reasonably request to
facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities included in such
registration.

              (f)  In the event of a registration pursuant to the provisions
this Section 9, the Company shall furnish each Eligible Holder of any
Registrable Securities so registered with an opinion of its counsel (reasonably
acceptable to the Eligible Holders) to the effect that (i) the registration
statement has become effective under the Act and no order suspending the
effectiveness of the registration statement, preventing or suspending the use of
the registration statement, any preliminary prospectus, any final prospectus, or
any amendment or supplement thereto has been issued, nor to the best knowledge
of such counsel has the Commission or any securities or blue sky authority of
any jurisdiction instituted or threatened to institute any proceedings with
respect to such an order, (ii) each document, if any, incorporated by reference
in the registration statement and the prospectus included therein (except for
financial statements and related schedules, as to which such counsel need
express no opinion) complied as to form when filed with the Commission in all
material respects with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act"),
and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, (iii) the
registration statement and the prospectus included therein and any supplements
or amendments thereto (except for financial statements and related schedules, as
to which such counsel need express no opinion) comply as to form in all material
respects with the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission
thereunder, and (iv) such counsel believes that (except 


                                         -13-
<PAGE>

for financial statements and related schedules, as to which such counsel need
express no belief) such registration statement and the prospectus included
therein at the time such registration statement became effective did not contain
any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in
light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and the
prospectus, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, does not contain any
untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary
in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under
which they were made, not misleading.  Such opinion shall also state the
jurisdictions in which the Registrable Securities have been registered or
qualified for sale pursuant to the provisions of section 9(c).  The Company
shall also furnish to each Eligible Holder a cold comfort letter from the
independent certified public accountants of the Company in customary form and
substance.


              (g)  In the event of a registration pursuant to the provision of
this Section 9, the Company shall enter into a cross-indemnity agreement and a
contribution agreement, each in customary form, with each underwriter, if any,
and, if requested, enter into an underwriting agreement containing conventional
representations, warranties, allocation of expenses, and customary closing
conditions, including, without limitation, opinions of counsel and accountants'
cold comfort letters, with any underwriter who acquires any Registrable
Securities.

              (h)  The Company agrees that, after the completion of such public
offering and until all the Registrable Securities have been sold under a
registration statement or pursuant to Rule 144 under the Act, it shall keep
current in filing all reports, statements and other materials required to be
filed with the Commission to permit holders of the Registrable Securities to
sell such securities under Rule 144.

         10.  (a) Subject to the conditions set forth below, the Company agrees
to indemnify and hold harmless each Eligible Holder, its officers, directors,
partners, employees, agents, and counsel, and each person, if any, who controls
any such person within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20(a) of
the Exchange Act, from and against any and all loss, liability, charge, claim,
damage, and expense whatsoever (which shall include, for all purposes of this
Section 10, without limitation, attorneys' fees and any and all expense
whatsoever incurred in investigating, preparing, or defending against any
litigation, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever, and any and all
amounts paid in settlement of any claim or litigation), as and when incurred,
arising out of, based upon, or in connection with any untrue statement or
alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained (A) in any registration
statement, preliminary prospectus, or final prospectus (as from time to time
amended and supplemented), or any amendment or supplement thereto, relating to
the sale of any of the Registrable Securities, or (B) in any application or
other document or communication (in this Section 10 collectively called an
"application") executed by or on behalf of the Company or based upon written
information furnished by or on behalf of the Company filed in any jurisdiction
in order to register or qualify any of the Registrable Securities under the
securities 


                                         -14-
<PAGE>

or blue sky laws thereof or filed with the Commission or any securities
exchange; or any omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required
to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading,
unless such statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity
with written information furnished to the Company with respect to such Eligible
Holder by or on behalf of such person expressly for inclusion in any
registration statement, preliminary prospectus, or final prospectus, or any
amendment or supplement thereto, or in any application, as the case may be.  The
foregoing agreement to indemnify shall be in addition to any liability the
Company may otherwise have, including liabilities arising under this Warrant.

         If any action is brought against any Eligible Holder or any of its
officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, or counsel, or any controlling
persons of such person (an "indemnified party") in respect of which indemnity
may be sought against the Company pursuant to the foregoing paragraph, such
indemnified party or parties shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the
institution of such action (but the failure so to notify shall not relieve the
Company from any liability under this Section 10(a) unless the Company shall
have been materially prejudiced by such failure or relieve the Company from any
liability other than pursuant to this Section 10(a)) and the Company shall
promptly assume the defense of such action, including the employment of counsel
(reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party or parties) and payment of
expenses.  Such indemnified party or parties shall have the right to employ its
or their own counsel in any such case, but the fees and expenses of such counsel
shall be at the expense of such indemnified party or parties unless the
employment of such counsel shall have been authorized in writing by the Company
in connection with the defense of such action or the Company shall not have
employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party or parties to
have charge of the defense of such action or such indemnified party or parties
shall have reasonably concluded that there may be one or more legal defenses
available to it or them or to other indemnified parties which are different from
or additional to those available to the Company, in any of which events such
fees and expenses shall be borne by the Company and the Company shall not have
the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified
party or parties.  Anything in this Section 10 to the contrary notwithstanding,
the Company shall not be liable for any settlement of any such claim or action
effected without its written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. 
The Company agrees promptly to notify the Eligible Holders of the commencement
of any litigation or proceedings against the Company or any of its officers or
directors in connection with the sale of any Registrable Securities or any
preliminary prospectus, prospectus, registration statement, or amendment or
supplement thereto, or any application relating to any sale of any Registrable
Securities.

              (b)  The Holder agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the
Company, each director of the Company, each officer of the Company who shall
have signed any registration statement covering Registrable Securities held by
the Holder, each other person, if any, who controls the Company within the
meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act, and its
or their respective counsel, to the same extent as the foregoing 


                                         -15-
<PAGE>

indemnity from the Company to the Eligible Holders in Section 10(a), but only
with respect to statements or omissions, if any, made in any registration
statement, preliminary prospectus, or final prospectus (as from time to time
amended and supplemented), or any amendment or supplement thereto, or in any
application, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information
furnished to the Company with respect to the Holder by or on behalf of the
Holder expressly for inclusion in any such registration statement, preliminary
prospectus, or final prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or in
any application, as the case may be.  If any action shall be brought against the
Company or any other person so indemnified based on any such registration
statement, preliminary prospectus, or final prospectus, or any amendment or
supplement thereto, or in any application, and in respect of which indemnity may
be sought against the Holder pursuant to this Section 10(b), the Holder shall
have the rights and duties given to the Company, and the Company and each other
person so indemnified shall have the rights and duties given to the indemnified
parties, by the provisions of Section 10(a).

              (c)  To provide for just and equitable contribution, if (i) an
indemnified party makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a) or
10(b) (subject to the limitations thereof) but it is found in a final judicial
determination, not subject to further appeal, that such indemnification may not
be enforced in such case, even though this Warrant expressly provides for
indemnification in such case, or (ii) any indemnified or indemnifying party
seeks contribution under the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, then the
Company (including for this purpose any contribution made by or on behalf of any
director of the Company, any officer of the Company who signed any such
registration statement, any controlling person of the Company, and its or their
respective counsel), as one entity, and the Eligible Holders of the Registrable
Securities included in such registration in the aggregate (including for this
purpose any contribution by or on behalf of an indemnified party), as a second
entity, shall contribute to the losses, liabilities, claims, damages, and
expenses whatsoever to which any of them may be subject, on the basis of
relevant equitable considerations such as the relative fault of the Company and
such Eligible Holders in connection with the facts which resulted in such
losses, liabilities, claims, damages, and expenses. The relative fault, in the
case of an untrue statement, alleged untrue statement, omission, or alleged
omission, shall be determined by, among other things, whether such statement,
alleged statement, omission, or alleged omission relates to information supplied
by the Company or by such Eligible Holders, and the parties' relative intent,
knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such
statement, alleged statement, omission, or alleged omission.  The Company and
the Holder agree that it would be unjust and inequitable if the respective
obligations of the Company and the Eligible Holders for contribution were
determined by pro rata or per capita allocation of the aggregate losses,
liabilities, claims, damages, and expenses (even if the Eligible Holders and the
other indemnified parties were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any
other method of allocation that does not reflect the equitable considerations
referred to in this Section 10(c).  In no case shall any Eligible Holder be
responsible for a portion of the contribution obligation imposed on all Eligible
Holders in excess of its pro rata share based on the number of shares of Common
Stock owned (or which would be owned upon exercise of all Registrable
Securities) by it and included in such registration as compared to the number of
shares of Common Stock 


                                         -16-
<PAGE>

owned (or which would be owned upon exercise of all Registrable Securities) by
all Eligible Holders and included in such registration.  No person guilty of a
fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act)
shall be entitled to contribution from any person who is not guilty of such
fraudulent representation.  For purposes of this Section 10(c), each person, if
any, who controls any Eligible Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the
Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act and each officer, director, partner,
employee, agent, and counsel of each such Eligible Holder or control person
shall have the same rights to contribution as each Eligible Holder or control
person and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of
Section 15 of the Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act, each officer of the
Company who shall have signed any such registration statement, each director of
the Company, and its or their respective counsel shall have the same rights to
contribution as the Company, subject in each case to the provisions of this
Section 10(c).  Anything in this Section 10(c) to the contrary notwithstanding,
no party shall be liable for contribution with respect to the settlement of any
claim or action effected without its written consent.  This Section 10(c) is
intended to supersede any right to contribution under the Act, the Exchange Act
or otherwise.

         11.  Unless registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 9 hereof,
the Warrant Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant shall be subject to a
stop transfer order and the certificate or certificates evidencing such Warrant
Shares shall bear the following legend:

         "THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN
    REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE "ACT"), OR ANY STATE
    SECURITIES LAWS AND NEITHER SUCH SECURITIES NOR ANY INTEREST THEREIN
    MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED, ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED
    UNLESS (1) A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WITH RESPECT THERETO IS EFFECTIVE
    UNDER THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR (2) THE
    COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL TO THE HOLDER OF SUCH
    SECURITIES, WHICH COUNSEL AND OPINION ARE REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO
    THE COMPANY, THAT SUCH SECURITIES MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED,
    ASSIGNED OR TRANSFERRED IN THE MANNER CONTEMPLATED WITHOUT AN
    EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT OR APPLICABLE STATE
    SECURITIES LAWS."

         12.  Upon receipt of evidence satisfactory to the Company of the loss,
theft, destruction, or mutilation of any Warrant (and upon surrender of any
Warrant if mutilated), the Company shall execute and deliver to the Holder
thereof a new Warrant of like date, tenor, and denomination.

         13.  The Holder of any Warrant shall not have solely on account of
such status, any rights of a stockholder of the Company, either at law or in
equity, or to any notice of 


                                         -17-
<PAGE>

meetings of stockholders or of any other proceedings of the Company, except as
provided in this Warrant.

         14.  This Warrant has been negotiated and consummated in the State of
New York and shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New
York applicable to contracts made and performed within such State, without
regard to principles governing conflicts of law.



































                                         -18-
<PAGE>

         15.  The Company irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of the
courts of the State of New York and of any federal court located in such State
in connection with any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this
Warrant, any document or instrument delivered pursuant to, in connection with or
simultaneously with this Warrant, or a breach of this Warrant or any such
document or instrument. In any such action or proceeding, the Company waives
personal service of any summons, complaint or other process and agrees that
service thereof may be made by mailing, by registered mail, return receipt
requested, addressed to Celerity Systems, Inc., 9051 Executive Park Drive, Suite
400, Knoxville, Tennessee 37923, attn: President.  Within 30 days after such
service, or such other time as may be mutually agreed upon in writing by the
attorneys for the parties to such action or proceeding, the Company shall appear
to answer such summons, complaint or other process.  Should the Company so
served fail to appear or answer within such 30-day period or such extended
period, as the case may be, the Company shall be deemed in default and judgment
may be entered against the Company for the amount as demanded in any summons,
complaint or other process so served.


Dated:              , 1996

                             CELERITY SYSTEMS, INC.



                             By:
                                -------------------------------
                                  Name:
                                  Title:
[Seal]



- ------------------------------
Secretary















                                         -19-
<PAGE>

                                  FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

(To be executed by the registered holder if such holder desires to transfer the
attached Warrant.)

         FOR VALUE RECEIVED, _____________________ hereby sells, assigns, and
transfers unto _________________ a Warrant to purchase __________ shares of
Common Stock, par value $.001 per share, of Celerity Systems, Inc. (the
"Company"), together with all right, title, and interest therein, and does
hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint ______________________________
attorney to transfer such Warrant on the books of the Company, with full power
of substitution.

Dated: _________________



                                  Signature________________________


                                        NOTICE



         The signature on the foregoing Assignment must correspond to the name
as written upon the face of this Warrant in every particular, without alteration
or enlargement or any change whatsoever.











                                         -20-
<PAGE>

To:      CELERITY SYSTEMS, INC.
    
    


                                 ELECTION TO EXERCISE


         The undersigned hereby exercises his or its rights to purchase _______
Warrant Shares covered by the within Warrant and tenders payment herewith in the
amount of $________ in accordance with the terms thereof, and requests that
certificates for such securities be issued in the name of, and delivered to:

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________
                     (Print Name, Address and Social Security 
                           or Tax Identification Number)

and, if such number of Warrant Shares shall not be all the Warrant Shares
covered by the within Warrant, that a new Warrant for the balance of the Warrant
Shares covered by the within Warrant be registered in the name of, and delivered
to, the undersigned at the address stated below.


Dated:_________________                Name_______________________
                                                 (Print)

Address:___________________________________________________________________



                                       ___________________________
                                                 (Signature)







                                         -21-


<PAGE>

                                                                    Exhibit 10.1


                                                                 Janaury 7, 1997




Mr. Kenneth D. Van Meter
1236 Weatherstone Court
Reston, Virginia 22094

Dear Ken:

Celerity Systems, Inc. is pleased to confirm our employment agreement with you. 
We are  confident that you will provide valuable contributions to our efforts,
and look forward to having you as a member of our team.  The following
conditions will apply to your employment with Celerity Systems, Inc.

1.  Your employment will commence on January 20, 1997.  You are encouraged to
    join sooner, should it become possible.

    Your position title will be President and Chief Executive Office of
    Celerity Systems, Inc. reporting directly to the Board of Directors.  You
    will have direct responsibility to formulate the strategic direction and
    development of the company and its subsidiaries, to conceptualize and
    implement programs to achieve its financial, product and market objectives
    and to guide and motivate the performance and development of its
    organization.  You will lead the company into product and market
    opportunities, and will ensure that its organization is effectively staffed
    and managed to achieve critical strategic objectives.  You will serve as a
    senior representative of the Company in its relations with key customers,
    prospects and investors.  You will ensure that the culture of Celerity
    Systems, Inc. reflects its priorities of customer satisfaction, product and
    service quality, and workplace collaboration and integrity.  You will also
    ensure that the potential of the VCD business unit is optimized, as it
    contributes to the overall success of Celerity Systems, Inc.

    You will participate as a member of Celerity Stems, Inc. Board of
    Directors, and will lead the company's senior management team.  You will be
    responsible for the presentation to the Board of Directors of annual
    forecasts, operating plans and budgets, and for the periodic analyses of
    results versus plans.

3.  Your compensation will be comprised of a base salary and participation in a
    financial incentive plan as described below:

    a.   Your base salary will be $13,500.00 per month ($162,000 annual rate). 
         Your salary and incentive compensation will be reviewed annually by
         the Board of Directors Compensation Committee.


<PAGE>

Mr. Kenneth D. Van Meter               2                        Janaury 7, 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


    b.   Additional incentive compensation will be available under an executive
         incentive plan incorporating three elements:

         ELEMENT 1:     UP TO 33% OF BASE SALARY BASED ON YOUR ACHIEVEMENT OF
                        SPECIFIC OPERATING OBJECTIVES.

         Within your first 90 days of employment, and prior to the beginning of
         each calendar year, you will propose, for approval by the Board of
         Directors, a set of specific operating objectives for that calendar
         year, to include definitions of minimum, mid-level and maximum
         achievement.  At the conclusion of the year, your achievement of those
         objectives will be reviewed by you and the Board of Directors, to
         determine the extent to which they have been accomplished.

         Incentive compensation will be awarded as follows, and paid within 30
         days following the end of each calendar year:

              Below minimum level                                0%
              At or above minimum, but below mid-level          11%
              At or above mid-level, but below maximum level    22%
              Maximum level and above                           33%

         ELEMENT 2:     UP TO 33% OF BASE SALARY BASED ON THE ACHIEVEMENT OF
                        REVENUE GROWTH AND PROFITABILITY TARGETS.

         Within your first 90 days of employment, and prior to the beginning of
         each calendar year, you will propose, for approval by the Board of
         Directors, a set of specific revenue growth and profitability targets
         for that calendar year, to include definitions of minimum, mid-level
         and maximum achievement.  At the conclusion of the year, your
         achievement of those objectives will be reviewed by you and the Board
         of Directors, to determine the extent to which they have been
         accomplished.  Incentive compensation will be awarded on the same
         basis as Element I awards.

         ELEMENT 3:     UP TO 33% OF BASE SALARY BASED UPON THE BOARD OF
                        DIRECTORS' EVALUATION OF YOUR CONTRIBUTION TO THE
                        OVERALL SUCCESS OF CELERITY SYSTEMS, INC., AND TO THE
                        INCREASE IN ITS MARKET VALUE.

    Incentives for this element will be awarded following the conclusion of
    each calendar year.  Incentives awarded under this element will vest 50% at
    the end of one year, and the remaining 50% at the end of two years from the
    date they are granted.  Should you elect to terminate your employment with
    Celerity Systems, Inc., you will forfeit all non-vested incentive
    compensation; however, if the Company elects to terminate your employment
    for 


<PAGE>

Mr. Kenneth D. Van Meter               3                        Janaury 7, 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


    other than cause, all Element 3 incentive compensation previously awarded
    will vest immediately.

    4.   Your position title and responsibilities, as well as your base and
         incentive compensation, will be guaranteed for a period of three years
         from your date of hire.  Within this three-year period, should the
         company elect to terminate your employment, or to reduce the
         responsibilities of your position to your dissatisfaction, a
         twelve-month salary and benefits continuation, prorated incentive
         compensation (based on targets at 100% for the first six months of the
         year, and on year-to-date performance data for the remaining six
         months for the year), and professional out placement support not to
         exceed $25,000 will be provided as severance from employment.  This
         will not apply in the event of termination for "cause" or of your
         voluntary resignation, other than in the event of reduced position
         responsibilities.  At the conclusion of this three-year agreement,
         your position responsibilities, compensation and severance provisions
         will be at the discretion of the Board of Directors.  At this time,
         should the Board of Directors choose to reduce your position title,
         duties or compensation to your dissatisfaction, you will be eligible
         for severance conditions as described above.

         You will be granted 100 shares of Celerity Systems stock upon joining
         the Company.  You also will be awarded equity participation in
         Celerity Systems, Inc., representing a total of 10% of its current
         shares.  This award will vest at the rate of 5% at the completion of
         calendar year 1997 and 5% at the completion of calendar year 1998.  In
         the event that additional equity-related activities occur during these
         two years, which may dilute the relative holdings of certain
         investors, your equity participation will be maintained at a minimum
         of 8% of the existing shares as of January 20, 1999.  The specific
         method by which this equity participation will be accomplished will be
         determined by the Company, and will attempt to minimize dilution of
         your equity awards and to maximize tax considerations both for you and
         for the Company.

         Should you voluntarily resign your employment with Celerity Systems,
         Inc. prior to the completion of a calendar year, no equity award will
         accrue for that year.  If Celerity Systems, Inc. elects to terminate
         your employment, for reasons other than cause, your equity award for
         that year will be prorated for the percentage of the year you were
         actively employed with the Company.

    6.   Celerity Systems, Inc., will reimburse your expenses, to a maximum of
         $45,000, related to the relocation and storage of personal goods,
         temporary housing and move-in incidentals, as well as for brokers'
         fees associated with the sale of your current residence, and for
         closing costs associated with the purchase of a new residence. 
         Celerity Systems, Inc., is unable to provide compensation for any
         losses associated 


<PAGE>

Mr. Kenneth D. Van Meter               4                        Janaury 7, 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


         with the sale of your residence, nor for any differential in mortgage
         rates you may incur.  You must provide receipts of all expenses for
         reimbursement.

Ken, we believe you are uniquely qualified to lead Celerity Systems, Inc., to
rapid and impressive successes.  We look forward to working with you to achieve
the potential of this company, to exceed the expectations of our customers, and
to produce substantial returns to our investors.

Please sign this agreement indicating your acceptance and return it to us at
your soonest convenience.

Sincerely yours,



 /s/ Donald C. Greenhouse    
- ------------------------------
Donald C. Greenhouse
CEO Celerity System, Inc.


Accepted:  /s/ Kenneth D. Van Meter              Date:  January 12, 1997
         ---------------------------                   -------------------
        Kenneth D. Van Meter



<PAGE>

                          AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


    This Amendment is made and entered into as of this 15th day of July, 1997,
by and between Kenneth D. Van Meter ("CEO") and Celerity Systems, Inc. (the
"Company") and amends that certain Employment Agreement (the "Agreement")
between CEO and the Company dated January 7, 1997.

    This Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

    This second and third paragraphs of Section 4 of the Agreement are deleted
in their entirety.  In lieu of such paragraphs, and in consideration of CEO's
agreement to waive the rights provided for in such paragraphs, including but not
limited to certain anti-dilution rights provided for therein, the following
provisions are substituted for the second and third paragraphs of Section 4 of
the Agreement:

   i.    CEO shall be entitled to purchase 37,500 shares of the Company's
         common stock at a price of $.001 per share.

   ii.   CEO shall be entitled to receive a grant of a non-qualified stock
         option for 458,000 shares of the Company's common stock, with such
         option having an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the
         Company's common stock at the time of such grant.  The option shall
         vest 50% on January 20, 1998 and 50% on January 20, 1999, provided,
         however that the option shall accelerate and be fully vested on the
         closing of an initial public offering of capital stock of the Company
         in which net proceeds to the Company are at least $5,000,000.  Such
         option shall have a term of 10 years.  The parties acknowledge that
         the Board of Directors granted this option to CEO in its meeting of
         April 4, 1997.

   iii.  CEO shall have a further option to purchase 575,000 shares of the
         Company's common stock, at an exercise price of $1.20 per share, which
         option shall be immediately exercisable, in whole or in part.  Such
         option shall have a term of 10 years.

   iv.   The options specified herein shall be evidenced by stock option
         agreements in the Company's customary form.

   v.    CEO agrees that all shares of the Company's common stock provided for
         herein shall be subject to a lock-up agreement to be entered into in
         conjunction with the anticipated initial public offering of the
         Company in 1997, which lock-up agreement shall be substantially the
         same as the agreement to be entered into with other current security
         holders of the Company.


<PAGE>

   IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment is duly entered into the day and year
first above written.

                                            /s/Kenneth D. Van Meter
                                            -----------------------------------
                                            Kenneth D. Van Meter




                                            CELERITY SYSTEMS, INC.


                                            By:   /s/ William Chambers  
                                                -------------------------------
                                            Title:  Vice President       
                                                   ----------------------------



<PAGE>

                                                                    Exhibit 10.4







                                            January 3, 1997




Mr. Doyal H. Hodge, CPA
1121 River Chase Road
Lenoir City, TN 37772

Dear Doyal:

    We are delighted that you have agreed to accept our offer of employment
with Celerity Systems, Inc.

    This will confirm our offer to you for the position of Vice President of
Finance commencing January 20, 1997.  Please note that as an officer of Celerity
Systems, Inc., you are covered by our Director and Officers Liability Insurance.
If you accept this offer of employment, you will report directly to the CEO, and
your responsibilities will be those outlined to you in discussions with me
during your interview process, and include the following:

    1.   Maintaining the books of the Corporations including issuing of
         financial statements on a monthly basis in a timely manner.

    2.   Annual audit.

    3.   Preparation of the annual operating plan and forecasts of annual
         results based on the current results.

    4.   Internal control functions.

    5.   Reporting financial results to the Corporation's Board of Directors.

    6.   Administration, Human Resources, Purchasing, and Payroll.


<PAGE>

Mr. Doyal H. Hodge, CPA
January 3, 1997
Page 2


    In the position of VP-Finance, you will become a member of the senior
management team.

    Your compensation will be comprised of a base salary and participation in a
financial incentive plan as described below:

    1.   Your base salary will be $80,000 per year paid monthly.

    2.   Additional incentive compensation will be available under an executive
         incentive plan incorporating two elements:

         a.   Element 1: Up to $16,000 based on your achievement of specific
              objectives.  Within your first 90 days of employment and prior to
              the beginning of each year, you will propose, for the approval of
              the CEO, a set of specific operating objectives for that calendar
              year.  At the conclusion of the year, your achievement of those
              objectives will be reviewed by you and the CEO and the CEO will
              determine the extent to which these objectives have been
              accomplished.

         b.   Element 2: $16,000 based on the company achieving a minimum of
              80% of the annual operating plan.

    Additionally, you will be awarded stock options to purchase 25,000 shares
of the Company's common stock in accordance with the Employee Stock Option Plan.
The exercise price will be determined at the time of the issuance of these
options, and the requirements of the Plan and related tax laws.  The Plan
provides for 3 year cliff vesting with immediate vesting if there is either of:
(1) change in control or ownership, or (2) new equity investment of $5 million
or more.  If the Plan is changed or modified to improve vesting rights, your
stock option award will be covered by those changes.

    Following the end of our regular probationary period for new employees as
required by our various benefit plans, you will be eligible to receive employee
benefits normally provided to regular full-time employees.  You will be entitled
to 2 weeks vacation in 1997.


<PAGE>

Mr. Doyal H. Hodge, CPA
January 3, 1997
Page 3


    Doyal, we are very happy that you will be joining us on January 20, 1997
and we look forward to a long and beneficial relationship.  If you agree with
the provisions of this offer, please sign in the space provided.

                                                 Yours truly,

                                                 /s/ Donald C. Greenhouse   
                                                 ------------------------------
                                                 Donald C. Greenhouse, CEO



/s/ Doyal H. Hodge, Jr.                           1/6/97  
- ------------------------                         ----------
Doyal Hodge                                      Date

<PAGE>



                          [LETTERHEAD OF CELERITY]



October 1, 1997


Mr. Doyal H. Hodge, Jr., CPA
1121 River Chase Road
Lenoir City, TN  37772

Dear Doyal:

The purpose of this letter is to confirm and accept your resignation as Vice 
President and Chief Financial Officer of Celerity Systems, Inc. (the 
"Company"), effective immediately, as well as to set forth the transition 
related to your resignation.

   1. You have agreed to make your best efforts to remain in the employ of 
      Celerity Systems, Inc. until the Company hires a new CFO or until
      December 31, 1997.

   2. The Letter Agreement between the Company and you, dated January 3, 
      1997, is hereby terminated in its entirety, without further obligations
      under such Letter Agreement on the part of either party.

   3. Your countersignature following this letter will constitute your 
      resignation from each of your positions as an officer of the Company.
      Your continued employ by the Company (as described in item 1 above) will
      be as a member of the Company's financial staff directly reporting to the
      CEO, with appropriate responsibilities.  In particular, the Company
      currently anticipates requiring your assistance in connection with the
      preparation for the Company's initial public offering and the Company's
      transition to new financial management.

   4. So long as you remain in the employ of the Company, you will continue 
      to be paid a base salary of $80,000 on a monthly basis.  You will also
      retain all vacation days that you have been granted prior to this
      resignation as well as continuing to accrue those and all other normal
      benefits as an employee of the Company.

   5. As previously discussed, you have relinquished any right to all 
      previously awarded Company stock options and agree that such options are 
      hereby cancelled.  You further acknowledge and agree that you have not 
      received and have no right to receive any other stock options or
      securities of the Company.

<PAGE>

Mr. Doyal H. Hodge, Jr., CPA
October 1, 1997
Page 2



Doyal, please allow me to take this opportunity to thank you for your past 
(and continuing) efforts on behalf of the Company and to wish you every 
success in your future endeavors.

If you are in agreement with the foregoing, please countersign a copy of this 
letter and return it to me.

Best regards,



/s/ Kenneth D. Van Meter
- ------------------------
Kenneth D. Van Meter
Vice President and CEO

KDV:mem

Acknowledged and agreed as of the date written above:


Accepted: /s/ Doyal H. Hodge, Jr.
          ---------------------------
          Doyal H. Hodge, Jr.





<PAGE>

                                                                    Exhibit 10.5






                                                 March 7, 1997



William Chambers
9700 Mossy Stone Ct. 
Vienna, VA 22182

Dear Bill:

    It is our pleasure to offer you employment with Celerity Systems, Inc. in
the position of Vice President of Business Development, reporting to Ken Van
Meter - CEO, starting no later than April 14, 1997.  If you accept this offer
your duties will include the responsibility for identifying, negotiating and
managing vendor and partner relationships related matters and such other duties,
tasks and work as may be assigned.

    The position will pay $125,000 per year, payable in accordance with
Celerity's normal payroll schedule.

    You will also be eligible for a bonus of up to twenty five percent (25%) of
your annual compensation, prorated based on number of months worked in the
calendar year.  The bonus will be based upon the degree of achievement of your
management business objectives.  This will be evaluated in January and will be
determined solely by management, whose decision is final.  These objectives will
be mutually agreed upon by yourself and the CEO within ninety (90) days of your
employment. 

    You will be reimbursed for up to $25,000.00 in relocation expenses,
receipts and other applicable documentation required.

    Additionally on September 30, 1997, subject to approval of the Board of
Directors, and your status as a full-time employee on such date; you will be
awarded stock options to purchase 20,0000 shares of the Company's common stock
pursuant to the Employee Stock Option Plan as in effect on that date.

    The exercise price will be determined at the time of the issuance of these
options, and the requirements of the Plan and related tax laws.


<PAGE>

William Chambers
March 7, 1997
Page 2


    You will be eligible to receive standard Celerity employee benefits
provided to full-time employees in accordance with the specific provisions
and/or plans of the various benefits.

    All of us at Celerity expect a smooth transition and look forward to the
contributions you can make to our mutual success.  Since there can be no
guarantees, however, it is understood that your employment is at will and for no
specific length of time.  That is, Celerity may terminate your employment at any
time with or without cause, and with or without notice, and you may do the same.

    Please stop by Human Resources on you first day to complete the necessary
payroll procedures and personnel forms.

    This offer of employment will remain open until March 14, 1997, unless
rescinded or modified.

    Please accept our congratulations.  We certainly hope that you will accept
this offer and join our organization.

                                                 Sincerely yours,

                                                 /s/ Doyal H. Hodge
                                                 ------------------------------
                                                 Doyal Hodge
                                                 Vice President/CFO
                                                 Celerity Systems, Inc.

cc: Dwight Cook HR


Please acknowledge below your acceptance of this offer and return one of the two
originals to me for our records.  This offer is for your files.

Accepted: /s/ William Chambers                   3/13/97           
         ---------------------------             ----------------------
             William Chambers                    Date



<PAGE>

                                                           EXHIBIT 10.6



                          [LETTERHEAD OF CELERITY]




                                    July 22, 1997



Mark C. Cromwell
4624 Adrian Way
Plano, TX  75024

Dear Mark,


It is our pleasure to offer you employment with Celerity Systems, Inc. in 
the position of Vice President of Engineering, reporting to Ken Van Meter - 
CEO, starting no later than August 4, 1997.  If you accept this offer your 
duties will include the responsibility for the development, testing, 
integration and release of all of the Company's hardware and software for 
interactive video products and services and such other duties, tasks and work 
as may be assigned.  In addition, and until such time as a Vice President of 
Operations is named, this position will also manage project management, 
customer service, installation, production, documentation and training.

The position will pay $10,416.67 per Month, payable in accordance with 
Celerity's normal payroll schedule.

You will also be eligible for a bonus of up to twenty-five percent (25%) of 
your annual compensation, prorated based on number of months worked in the 
calendar year.  One-half of the bonus will be based upon the degree of 
achievement of your management business objectives.  These objectives will be 
mutually agreed upon by yourself and the CEO within ninety (90) days of your 
employment.  The balance of the bonus will be based upon overall company 
performance.  This will be evaluated in January and will be determined solely 
by management, whose decision is final.

You will be reimbursed for up to $30,000.00 in relocation expenses, receipts 
and other applicable documentation required.

Additionally on December 31, 1997, subject to approval of the Board of 
Directors, and your status as a full-time employee on such date; you will be 
awarded stock options to purchase 24,000 shares of the Company's common stock 
pursuant to the Employee Stock Option Plan as in effect on that date.

The exercise price will be determined at the time of the issuance of these 
options, and the requirements of the Plan and related tax laws.

You will be eligible to receive standard Celerity employee benefits provided 
to full-time employees in accordance with the specific provisions and/or 
plans of the various benefits.

All of us at Celerity expect a smooth transition and look forward to the 
contributions you can make to our mutual success.  Since there can be no 
guarantees, however, it is understood that your employment is at will and for 
no specific length of time.  That is, Celerity may terminate your employment 
at any time with or without cause, and with or without notice, and you may do 
the same.

<PAGE>

Human Resources will contact you on your first day to complete the necessary 
payroll procedures and personnel forms.

This offer of employment will remain open until July 25, 1997, unless 
rescinded or modified.  In order for you to accept this offer you must also 
accept the attached CELERITY SYSTEMS, INC. CONFIDENTIALITY, NON-DISCLOSURE, 
NON-COMPETE AND INVENTIONS AGREEMENT.

Please accept our congratulations.  We certainly hope that you will accept 
this offer and join our organization.


Sincerely yours,


/s/ Doyal Hodge
- ------------------------
Doyal Hodge
Vice President/CFO
Celerity Systems, Inc.
cc:  Dwight Cook HR

Please acknowledge below your acceptance of this offer and return one of the 
two originals to me for our records.  The other is for your files.


Accepted: /s/ Mark C. Cromwell                           7-24-97
          ---------------------------                    -------
          Mark C. Cromwell                                Date









                                        2

<PAGE>

                                                                   Exhibit 10.15


                        LEASE AGREEMENT FOR CROSSROAD COMMONS


    THIS LEASE AGREEMENT made and entered into this 25th day of November, 1996,
by and between Lincoln Investment Management, Inc. as attorney in fact for The
Lincoln National Life Insurance Company (referred to as "Landlord"), and
Celerity Systems, Inc. (referred to as "Tenant");

                                     WITNESSETH:

                                 ARTICLE I:  PREMISES

    1.1    Description: Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant leases and
accepts, subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease, office suite numbers
101, 400, 500, and 604 in Crossroad Commons, an office complex located at 9051
Executive Park Drive, Knoxville, Tennessee (the "Premises") outlined in red on
the Building Plan attached hereto as Exhibit A and incorporated herein.  The
Landlord has constructed the building (the "Building") in which the Premises are
located generally in accordance with the site plan attached hereto as Exhibit B.
The Premises will consist of 11,133 square feet as determined by measurement by
the exterior of exterior walls and the centerline of common walls.

    1.2    Exception and Reservation:  Landlord reserves and excepts from the
Premises the roof and structural portions of exterior and interior walls of the
Building of which the Premises are a part, and further reserves the right to
construct additions to the Building and the right in, over and upon the Premises
as may be reasonably necessary or desirable for the servicing of the Premises or
of other portions of the Building, including the right to install, maintain,
use, repair and replace pipes, ductwork, conduits, utility lines, and wires
through hung ceiling space, column space, and partitions in or beneath the floor
slab or about or below the Premises or other parts of the Building.

    1.3    Definitions:

           (a)     The term "Complex" herein shall be deemed to mean the entire
proposed development including any and all proposed structures (whether
reflected on Exhibit A or Exhibit B or hereafter incorporated in the Complex
during the Lease term or any extension thereof), parking facilities, common
facilities, and the like to be built on the property shown on Exhibit E attached
hereto, as the same may from time to time be reduced, or as the same may from
time to time be increased by the addition of other land, together with
structures and the like thereon which may from time to time be included by
Landlord in the development.

           (b)     The term "Common Areas" herein shall include parking areas,
driveways, entrances and exits thereto, service roads and loading facilities,
sidewalks, ramps, landscaped areas, exterior stairways, and all other areas
constructed or to be constructed for use in common by Tenant, other tenants
and/or owners of units in the Complex and their agents, employees and business
invitees, subject, however, to the terms of this Lease and reasonable rules and
regulations prescribed from time to time by the Landlord.

                                  ARTICLE II:  TERM

    2.1    Base Term:  The original term of this Lease shall be for a period of
three (3) years (the "Base Term") from the "Commencement Date" hereafter
provided unless sooner terminated hereunder.  Said term, and Tenant's obligation
to pay rent, shall commence on the date the Premises are delivered to Tenant or
May 1, 1997, whichever occurs later.  In the event the Commencement Date above
does not occur on the first day of the month then the Base Term shall commence
on the first day of the month next succeeding.  However, Tenant shall pay rent
for the fractional month on a per diem basis (calculated on the basis of a
thirty day month) until the first business day of the month when the Base Term
commences, and thereafter the rent shall be paid in equal monthly installments
in advance on the first business day of each month.

    The word "term" or "lease term" herein shall include any time between the
Commencement Date and the beginning of the Base Term and any applicable renewal
periods.

    2.2    Intentionally Omitted.

    2.3    Prior Installation:  Tenant, prior to the commencement of the Base
Term, with the prior express consent of Landlord, may be permitted to install
fixtures and equipment.  Any work done by Tenant prior to completion of the
Premises shall be done in a good and workmanlike manner and in a manner that
will not interfere with the progress of the work by Landlord in completing
construction for any aspect of the Complex or the Building, and Landlord shall
have no liability or responsibility for the loss of, or any damage to fixtures,
equipment or other property of Tenant so installed or placed on the Premises.


                                                                               1

<PAGE>

                  ARTICLE III:  RENT AND OTHER TENANT CONTRIBUTIONS

    3.1    Annual Minimum Rent:  Tenant shall pay to Landlord as annual minimum
rent for the Premises during lease year one the sum of one hundred sixteen
thousand eight hundred ninety-six and 50/100 dollars ($116,896.50)*, to be paid
in equal monthly installments of nine thousand seven hundred forty-one and
38/100 dollars ((9,741.38), and during lease year two the sum of one hundred
twenty-two thousand four hundred sixty-three and 00/100 dollars ($122,463.00)*,
to be paid in equal monthly installments of ten thousand two hundred five and
25/100 dollars ($10,205.25), and during lease year three the sum of one hundred
twenty-eight thousand twenty-nine and 50/100 dollars ($128,029.50)*, to be paid
in equal monthly installments of ten thousand six hundred sixty-nine and 13/100
dollars ($10,669.13), to be paid in advance on the first business day of each
month at the address for Landlord as hereafter provided, or at such other places
Landlord may designate from time to time.  Such rent shall be paid without
demand, set-off or deduction.  Notwithstanding, if the actual square footage
differs from the estimated square footage set forth in paragraph 1.1, said rent
shall be adjusted to reflect annual minimum rent of $10.50 per square foot for
the first year, $11.00 per square foot for the second year and $11.50 per square
foot for the third year of the  lease term. 
*Relinquishment of suite 101 will reduce the annual rent according to the time
of exercise.  If the suite 101 is relinquished, the corresponding rent reduction
will be as follows:

           a) $946.75 per month if during lease year one
           b) $991.83 per month if during lease year two
           c) $1,036.92 per month, if during lease year three.

    3.2    Lease Year:  The term "Lease Year" shall mean the twelve (12) month
period beginning on the first day of the Base Term and terminating on the last
day of the month at the end of such twelve month period, and so on thereafter
during the Base Term or any renewal periods.  The first lease Year shall also
include the first partial month.

    3.3    Late Charges and Interest:  Any amounts not paid when due shall bear
interest from the due date thereof until the date of payment at the lesser of
eighteen (18%) per annum or the highest rate allowed by law.

    3.4    Security Deposit.  As security for the prompt and punctual
performance of all obligations required to be performed hereunder by Tenant,
Tenant has deposited with Landlord the sum of $9,000.00 (the "Security
Deposit").  In the event of any default hereunder by Tenant, Landlord may
utilize the Security Deposit to offset either in whole or in part any
obligations of Tenant hereunder.  In such event, Tenant shall immediately
restore the Security Deposit original amount.  In the event Tenant does not
default hereunder, the Security Deposit shall be returned to Tenant at the
expiration of the lease term, without any interest thereon; however, Tenant
expressly acknowledges that Tenant will not hold any lender of Landlord liable
for the return of all or any part of the Security Deposit unless the Security
Deposit is escrowed with such lender.

    3.5    Returned Checks:  If any check or bank draft tendered by Tenant to
Landlord shall be returned by a bank for insufficient funds, Landlord may assess
a penalty in the amount of seventy-five and 00/100 dollars ($75.00) for each
such check against the Tenant.  Such penalty shall be deemed to be additional
rent and subject to all conditions hereof relating to the payment or nonpayment
of rent.  If two or more such checks or drafts of the Tenant are so returned,
then all rent and other amounts and charges to be paid to Landlord by Tenant as
provided in this Lease shall thereafter be paid to the Landlord by cashier's or
certified check.

                     ARTICLE IV:  ADDITIONAL EXPENSES AND CHARGES

    4.1    Common Area Maintenance:  Landlord shall maintain the Common Areas
of the Complex in a commercially reasonable manner and condition.  Landlord's
"Common Area maintenance expenses" of the complex shall include, without
limitation, the costs of managing and upkeep of all Common Areas and the
Complex, specifically including any expenses which Landlord may elect to incur
for landscaping and grounds keeping; the maintenance, repairing, replacing,
sweeping and striping of the parking lot; all Landlord's insurance on the entire
Complex (including, but not limited to, public liability, fire, casualty, loss
of rents, and extended coverage insurance); security, sanitary control; snow
removal; trash and rubbish removal; Common Area lighting, maintenance and repair
of sprinkler systems; maintenance and repair of heating, ventilation and air
conditioning and other electrical systems serving the Complex or the various
premises therein; the cost of supplies, equipment and personnel to implement
such services; amortization of capital expenditures which relate to repair and
maintenance of the Common Areas; amortization of capital expenditures required
in the future by any regulatory or governmental agency; all other costs and
expenses 


                                                                               2

<PAGE>

which would, under generally accepted accounting principles, be regarded as
maintenance or repair costs of the Complex.

    4.2    Taxes and Assessments:  Landlord shall pay the annual taxes and
assessments assessed by the County, City and/or other governmental authorities
for the land and improvements constituting the Complex ("Taxes").  In the event
any tax shall be assessed upon rent received by Landlord by any governmental
authority, said tax shall be deemed to be property Taxes.  In the event Landlord
shall elect to contest the amount of such Taxes, all expenses incurred in such
contest, including reasonable attorneys' or appraisers' fees, shall be
considered Taxes under the terms of this Article.  In the event the method of
taxation applicable to rental property shall be modified, a modification
agreement with respect to this Article shall be executed by Landlord and Tenant
to equitably apply to said revised tax system.

    4.3    Utilities:  Landlord shall pay for Tenant's electric current, gas,
sewer, heat, air conditioning, water and other utilities as may be supplied and
taxes or charges on such utility services ("Utilities").  Notwithstanding,
Landlord shall be obligated to pay for only such Utilities as are reasonably
necessary for ordinary office operations.  Any Utilities necessary for other
uses of the Premises or that are in excess of ordinary office requirements shall
be subject to negotiation between the parties, with Tenant to bear any
additional expense therefor.  In no event shall Landlord be liable for any
interruption or failure in the supply of any Utilities to the Premises, however,
if for any reason Landlord does not provide any or all of these services for
more than five (5) consecutive days (unless beyond control of Landlord)
following written notification from Tenant, the monthly rent will be reduced
proportionately (per day basis on 30 day month) from the date the interruption
in services began.

    4.4    Janitorial and Cleaning Services:  Landlord will furnish the
Premises with restroom supplies, window washing with reasonable frequency and
cleaning service on weekdays (excluding holidays and weekends) as set forth on
Exhibit D ("Janitorial Services").

    4.5    Tenant's Share of Additional Expenses and Charges:  To the extent
that the sum of Tenant's pro rata share of the Common Area maintenance charges,
Taxes, Utilities and Janitorial Services exceed $4.00 per square foot of the
Premises on an annual basis, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for said excess
charges.  Tenant's pro rata share of the Common Area maintenance charges, Taxes,
Utilities and Janitorial Services shall be calculated and based upon the ratio
which the square footage of Tenant's Premises bears to the square footage of the
net leasable space in the Complex.  Within ninety (90) days after the expiration
of each calendar year, Landlord shall forward to Tenant a statement showing
Tenant's pro rata share of the Common Area maintenance charges, Taxes,
Janitorial Services and Utilities should said expenses exceed the amount set
forth above.  In that event Tenant shall remit to Landlord any amount owed
within thirty (30) days after the date of Landlord's statement.

    4.6    Right to Terminate Service:  In addition to any other remedies
available to Landlord under this Lease, in the event of any default by Tenant
under this Lease, Landlord shall be allowed to immediately cease providing or
paying for any or all of the services provided for herein, however, Tenant shall
be allowed to correct any default within a reasonable time prior to Landlord
discontinuing providing utilities.

                             ARTICLE V:  USE OF PREMISES

    5.1    Tenant's Use:  The Premises shall be used and occupied by Tenant
solely as office space for Tenant's current business, which is computer systems
integrator sales, and for no other purpose without Landlord's prior written
consent.  Tenant shall comply with all rules, regulations and laws of any
governmental authority with respect to use and occupancy of the Premises. 
Tenant shall comply with all rules and regulations including but not limited to
Exhibit C attached hereto, and laws of any governmental authority with respect
to use and occupancy of the Premises.

    5.2    Signs:  Tenant shall not place on any exterior door, wall or window
of the Premises or anywhere else on the exterior of the Premises or within the
Complex any sign or advertising matters without first obtaining Landlord's
written approval and consent.  Tenant agrees to maintain such sign or
advertising matter as approved by Landlord in good condition and repair.  All
signs shall comply with applicable ordinances or other governmental
restrictions, and the determination of such requirements, the obtaining of sign
permits and the prompt compliance therewith shall be the responsibility of the
Tenant.

                  ARTICLE VI:  CONSTRUCTION, MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS

    6.1    Intentionally omitted.

    6.2    Tenant Construction:  Tenant shall provide, at its expense, all
equipment, furniture and fixtures to be used in the Premises and shall do all
construction work relating to Tenant's use of the Premises 


                                                                               3

<PAGE>

except to the extent that Landlord has expressly agreed to perform the same
pursuant to Exhibit C attached hereto.  Any deviations requested by Tenant to
work set forth in Exhibit C shall be subject to Landlord's consent and Tenant
shall be required to pay any additional costs or expenses caused by any such
deviations.  Tenant shall provide Landlord with plans and specifications for its
intended construction work thirty (30) days prior to the commencement of any
such construction.  Such plans and specifications shall be subject to Landlord's
written consent.  Tenant shall be required to obtain any governmental approvals
necessary for its construction, and shall comply with any applicable building
codes or other governmental requirements or regulations.

    6.3    Tenant's Duty to Repair:  Upon any intentional act or negligence of
Tenant, Tenant shall be required to repair (including any such replacement and
restoration as is required for that purpose) the Premises and every part thereof
and any and all appurtenance thereto where located, including, without
limitation, the exterior and interior portion of all doors, windows, plate
glass, and Building front; all plumbing and sewage facilities within or without
the Premises up to a common line; fixtures; interior walls; floors; ceilings;
and all installations made by Tenant under the terms of this Lease and any
exhibits hereto, otherwise Landlord to do repairs subject to Section 4.5
limitations.  Landlord shall also make any repairs required to be made in the
Premises due to burglary of the Premises or other illegal entry into the
Premises.  Any cost due to damage to the Premises caused by a strike involving
the Tenant or its employees shall be borne by Tenant.

    Except for the Janitorial Services to be provided by Landlord specified
herein, Tenant shall keep and maintain the Premises in a clean, sanitary and
safe condition and in accordance with all directives, rules and regulations of
propr officials of any government agencies having jurisdiction, at the sole cost
and expense of Tenant, and Tenant shall comply with all requirements of law, by
statute, ordinance or otherwise, affecting the Premises and all appurtenances
thereto.  if Tenant refuses or neglects to commence and to complete repairs and
maintenance promptly and adequately, Landlord may, but shall not be so required,
make and complete said repairs and maintenance and Tenant shall pay the cost
thereof to Landlord as additional rent upon demand.  Tenant shall allow no
nuisance to exist with respect to the Premises.

    6.4    Surrender of Premises:  At the termination of this Lease, the Tenant
agrees to deliver the Premises in the same condition as received by it on the
Commencement Date (subject to the removals hereinafter required), reasonable
wear and tear excepted, and shall surrender all keys for the Premises to
landlord at the place then fixed for the payment of rent and shall inform
Landlord of the combinations to all combination locks, safes and vaults, if any,
in the Premises.  Tenant, during the last thirty (30) days of the term of this
Lease, shall remove all its trade fixtures and, to the extent required by
Landlord by written notice, any other installations, alterations or
improvements, before surrendering the Premises as aforesaid and shall repair any
damage to the Premises caused by removal of such items.  Tenant's obligation to
observe or perform this covenant shall survive the expiration or other
termination of the Lease.  Any items remaining in the Premises on the
termination date of this Lease shall be deemed abandoned for all purposes and
shall become the property of Landlord and the Landlord may dispose of the same
without liability of any type of nature and at Tenant's expense.  Failure to
surrender will subject the Tenant to summary dispossession.

    6.5    Landlord's Duty to Repair:  Landlord shall keep and maintain the
foundation, exterior walls and roof of the Building in which the Premises are
located and the structural portions of the Premises which were installed by the
Landlord, exclusive of doors, door frames, door checks, windows, plate glass,
and window frames located in exterior or interior building walls, in good
repair; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be called upon to make any
repair occasioned by the act or neglect of Tenant, its agents, employees,
invitees, licensees or contractors.  Landlord shall not be required to make any
other improvements or repairs of any kind upon the Premises and appurtenances. 
Any repairs required to be made by reason of the negligence of tenant, its
agents, etc., as above described, shall be the responsibility of the Tenant
notwithstanding the provisions above contained in this paragraph.

    6.6    Tenant's Alterations:  Tenant shall not alter any structural aspects
of the Premises, and shall not install any fixtures or equipment to be used in
connection with tenant's business which affect any structural aspect of the
Premises in any manner, nor alter any aspect of utility service to the Premises,
without first obtaining the written approval of Landlord for such alterations,
fixtures and equipment, and the Landlord's approval of the manner in which said
fixtures and equipment are to be installed and located in the Premises.

    6.7    Mechanic's Liens:  If Tenant makes any alterations or improvements
in the Premises, Tenant must pay for same when made.  Nothing in the Lease shall
be construed to authorize Tenant or any person dealing with or under Tenant, to
charge the rents of the Premises, or the property of which the Premises forma
part, or the interest of Landlord in the estate of the Premises, or any person
under and through whom Landlord has acquired its interest in the estate of the
Premises, with a mechanic's lien or encumbrance of any kind, and under no
circumstances shall Tenant be construed to be the agent, employee or
representative of 


                                                                               4

<PAGE>

Landlord in the making of any such alterations or improvements to the Premises,
but, on the contrary, the right or power to charge any lien, claim or
encumbrance of any kind against Landlord's rents or the Premises or the land on
which the Complex has been erected is denied.  If a mechanic's or materialmen's
lien is threatened by any contractor or supplier, or in the event of the filing
of a notice of any such lien, Tenant will promptly pay same or take steps to
have the lien discharged of record, by bond or otherwise.  If same is not
removed within ten (10) days from the date of written notice from Landlord,
Landlord shall have the right at Landlord's option of paying the same, or any
portion thereof and the amounts so paid, including permitted by law on any sums
paid or advanced shall be deemed to be additional rent due from Tenant to
Landlord immediately upon delivery to Tenant of a statement therefor.  Tenant
shall indemnify and save harmless Landlord from and against all loss, claims,
damages, costs or expenses suffered by landlord by reason of any repairs,
installations or improvements, made by Tenant, including reasonable attorney's
fees of the Landlord.

    6.8    Roof of Premises:  Tenant shall not go upon or allow any person or
thing to go upon any portion of the roof of the Building without Landlord's
prior written consent.  Tenant will be responsible for any damage incurred by
Landlord, specifically including but not limited to any damage or loss caused by
a violation of any roof warranty provision, caused by any unauthorized going
upon the roof by Tenant or persons or things within Tenant's control.  Tenant
will not in any manner cut or drive nails into or otherwise change, alter, or
mutilate the roof of the Premises, and will be responsible for any damage caused
to the roof of the Complex or the Premises by any acts of the Tenant, its
agents, servants, employees, or contractors.

                               ARTICLE VII:  INSURANCE

    7.1    Liability of Tenant:  Tenant shall protect, indemnify and save
Landlord harmless from and against any and all liability and expense of any
kind, including reasonable attorney's fees, arising from injuries or damages to
persons or property in, on or about the Premises arising out of or resulting in
any way from any act or omission of Tenant, its agents, servants, and employees.

    7.2    Notice of Claim of Suit:  Tenant agrees to promptly notify Landlord
of any claim, proceeding, or suit instituted or threatened against the Landlord
if Tenant has the knowledge.  In the event Landlord is made a party to any
action for damages against which Tenant has indemnified Landlord, then Tenant
shall pay all costs and shall provide effective counsel in such litigation, or
shall pay, at Landlord's option, the attorney's fees and costs incurred in
connection with said litigation by Landlord.

    7.3    Liability Insurance:  Tenant agrees to maintain at its expense at
all times during this Lease full general liability insurance properly protecting
and indemnifying Landlord and naming landlord as an additional insured in an
amount not less than $500,000, per person and $1,000,000 per accident for
injuries or damages to persons, and not less than $1,000,000 damage for
destruction of property, written by insurers licensed to do business in the
state in which the Premises are located.  Tenant shall deliver to Landlord
certificates of such insurance, which shall declare that any respective insurer
may not cancel the same in whole or in part without giving Landlord written
notice of its intention to do so at least thirty (30) days in advance.  All
public liability and property damage insurance policies shall contain a
provision that the Landlord, although named as an insured, shall nevertheless be
entitled to coverage under such policies for any loss occasioned by reason of
negligence or intentional act of the Tenant.

    The minimum limits of the comprehensive general liability policies of
insurance shall be subject to increase, from time to time, after the
commencement of the first full year of the Base Term of this Lease if the
Landlord shall deem the same reasonably necessary for adequate protection, based
upon any requirements placed upon the Landlord by third parties or based upon
custom and practice in the industry.  Within thirty (30) days after demand by
Landlord, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with evidence of Tenant's compliance
with this paragraph.

    7.4    Failure to Procure Insurance:  In the event Tenant shall fail to
procure any insurance required in this Lease and fail to maintain the same in
force continuously during the term, Landlord shall be entitled (but not
required) to procure the same and Tenant shall immediately reimburse Landlord
for such premium expense.

    7.5    Increase in Fire Insurance Premium:  Tenant agrees not to keep upon
the Premises any articles or goods which may be prohibited by the applicable
standard from insurance policy.  In the event the insurance rates applicable to
fire and extended coverage insurance covering the Premises shall be increased by
reason of any use (or vacancy) of the Premises made by the Tenant, then Tenant
shall pay to landlord such increase in insurance premiums as shall be occasioned
by said use.

    7.6    Property of Tenant:  Tenant agrees that all property owned by it in,
on or about the Premises shall be at the sole risk and hazard of the Tenant, and
Tenant agrees to keep such property insured to its full replacement value. 
Landlord shall not be liable or responsible for any loss of or damage to Tenant,
or anyone 


                                                                               5

<PAGE>

claiming under or through Tenant, or otherwise, whether or not caused by or
resulting from a peril required to be insured hereunder, or by water, steam,
gas, leakage (whether from the roof, pipe or other sources), plumbing,
electricity or electrical apparatus, pipe or apparatus of any kind, the elements
or other similar causes, and whether or not originating in the Premises or
elsewhere, irrespective of whether or not Landlord may be deemed to have been
negligent with respect thereto, provided such damage or loss is not the result
of an intentional and willful wrongful act of Landlord.

    7.7    Mutual Waiver of Subrogation:  Landlord shall not be liable for any
insurable damages to fixtures, records, or other property of Tenant or its
customers regardless of cause and Tenant hereby releases Landlord from the same,
and Tenant shall require all policies of insurance carried by it on its property
in, on, or about the Premises to contain or be endorsed with a provision by
which the insurer shall waive its right of subrogation against Landlord.  Tenant
shall not be liable for any insured damage to the Premises or the Building of
which the Premises are a part regardless of cause, and Landlord hereby releases
Tenant from the same to the extent insurance proceeds are available; provided,
however, it is a condition precedent to this release of Tenant that the Tenant's
insurance obligations set forth in the Lease are strictly complied with in each
instance, and the Tenant's failure to comply shall be deemed to negate this
release of Tenant.  Further, these mutual releases shall be applicable and in
force only with respect to loss or damage covered by the releasing party's
applicable insurance policies contain a clause or endorsement to the effect that
any such release shall not adversely affect or impair such policy or the right
of the releasing party to recover thereunder.

                        ARTICLE VIII:  FIRE AND OTHER CASUALTY

    8.1    Partial Destruction:  In the event of the partial destruction of the
Premises by fire or any other casualty, Landlord shall restore or repair said
Premises with reasonable diligence.  Landlord shall expend such sums as required
to repair or restore the Premises to their condition immediately prior to the
date of the destruction.  Notwithstanding, Landlord shall not be obligated to
expend any sums in excess of the insurance proceeds received by Landlord as a
result of such damage or destruction.  A just and proportionate part of the rent
payable by Tenant to the extent that such damage or destruction renders the
Premises untenable shall abate from the date of such damage or destruction until
such Premises are repaired or restored.

    8.2    Substantial Destruction:  If the Premises shall be so damaged by
fire or other casualty or happening as to be substantially destroyed, then
Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease by giving Tenant written
notice within ninety (90) days after such destruction, and any unearned rent
shall be apportioned and returned to Tenant.  If Landlord does not elect to
cancel this Lease as aforesaid, then the same shall remain in full force and
effect and Landlord shall proceed with reasonable diligence to repair and
replace the Premises to their condition prior to the date of destruction, and
during the time the Premises are so destroyed and totally untenable, the rent
shall be abated.

    8.3    Rights of Landlord's Lender:  Notwithstanding anything contained in
this Lease to the contrary, the obligation of the Landlord with respect to
repairing or rebuilding the Premises is subject to the prior right of the
Landlord's lender to receive insurance proceeds as a result of a fire or other
casualty with any obligation of the Landlord to be limited to the extent
insurance proceeds are received by the Landlord for such repair and rebuilding.

    8.4    Right of Termination:  Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary
in this Lease, Landlord, at its option may terminate this Lease on thirty (30)
days notice to Tenant given within one hundred eighty (180) days after the
occurrence of any one of the following:  (i) the Premises and/or the Building in
which the Premises are located shall be damaged or destroyed as a result of an
occurrence that is not fully covered by Landlord's insurance; or (ii) the
Premises and/or the Building shall be damaged or destroyed and the cost to
repair the same shall amount to more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the value
thereof; or (iii) the Premises and/or the Building shall be damaged or destroyed
during the last year of the Base Term or then applicable Renewal Period; or (iv)
the Building or complex is damaged (whether or not the Premises are damaged) to
such an extent that, in the sole judgment of the Landlord, the Complex cannot be
operated as an economically viable unit.

                        ARTICLE IX:  ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

    9.1    Tenant Assignment:  Tenant shall not assign, transfer or encumber
this Lease without prior written consent of Landlord and shall not sublet or
allow any other tenant to come in with or under Tenant without like written
consent.  Consent of Landlord to one assignment or subletting of the Premises
shall not constitute a waiver of Landlord's right hereunder.  In no event shall
Tenant assign or sublet the Premises or any portion thereof for any use which
will violate any exclusive use rights which may have been granted to any other
tenant in the Complex or for any prohibited uses imposed by Landlord's lender or
other tenant lease.  Any assignment or subletting, notwithstanding the consent
of the Landlord or Landlord's lender, shall 


                                                                               6

<PAGE>

not in any manner release the Tenant herein from its continued liability for the
performance of the provisions of this Lease and any amendments or modifications
hereto.  The acceptance of any rental payments by Landlord from any alleged
assignee shall not constitute approval of the assignment of this Lease by the
Landlord.

    9.2    Bankruptcy, Etc.:  Neither this Lease, nor any interest therein, nor
any estate created hereby, shall pass to any trustee or receiver in  bankruptcy,
nor to any other receiver or assignee for the benefit of creditors or otherwise
by operation of law.  In the event of the bankruptcy of Tenant, and if the
preceding sentence is unenforceable pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code or other
applicable statute, any and all monies or other considerations payable or
otherwise to be delivered in connection with Lease shall be paid or delivered to
Landlord, shall be remain the exclusive property of the Landlord, and shall not
constitute property of Tenant or of the estate of Tenant within the meaning of
Bankruptcy Code.  Any and all  monies or other considerations constituting
Landlord's property under the preceding sentence which are not paid or delivered
to Landlord shall be held in trust for the benefit of Landlord and shall be
promptly paid or delivered to landlord.  Notwithstanding anything in this Lease,
whether or not expressly denominated as rent, shall constitute rent for the
purposes of the Bankruptcy Code.

    In the alternative, but without waiving any of the foregoing, in the event
of Tenant's bankruptcy, whether by the filing of a voluntary or involuntary
petition in bankruptcy, Tenant agrees to reject, assume and/or assign this lease
(provided adequate assurances of future performance are given) within sixty (60)
days of the filing of any such petition, during which time Tenant shall continue
to pay rent as provided in this Lease.  Tenant further agrees that from and
after any filing of a voluntary or involuntary petition in bankruptcy, Tenant
will make and keep all payments due hereunder current and agrees that such
payments are administrative expenses under Section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code.

    9.3    Notice of Contemplated Assignment:  In the event Tenant shall desire
to assign, transfer or sublet the Premises to any other person or entity, or
shall elect to transfer control by a transfer of the beneficial interest in such
entity, then Tenant shall notify landlord in writing of such intention and shall
furnish landlord with any requested information as to the contemplated
successor.  Landlord shall have thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice
and supporting data to adopt one of the following alternatives:  (a) to approve
the proposed assignment, transfer or subletting (or stock sale or transfer where
applicable), in which case Tenant shall continue to be liable along with the
said assignee or subtenant for the fulfillment of all of Tenant's obligations
for the reminder of the term; or (b) to disapprove the same in which case the
Lease shall continue in full force and effect with Tenant continuing to occupy
the Premises under the terms hereof.  In the event of any assignment or
subletting to which Landlord does not expressly and voluntarily consent,
regardless of Landlord's reasons therefore, then in addition to any other rights
hereunder, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease upon thirty (30) days
notice.

                           ARTICLE X:  DEFAULT AND RE-ENTRY

    10.    Default and Remedies:

    10.1   Events of Default:  The occurrence of any of the events described in
Subsections 10.1.1 through 10.1.7, inclusive, of this Section 10.1 shall be and
constitute an Event of Default under this Lease.

              10.1.1    Failure by Tenant to pay in full any rental or other
sum payable hereunder within ten (10) business days after written notice.

              10.1.2    Default by Tenant in the observance or performance of
any of the terms, covenants, agreements, or conditions contained in this lease,
other than as specified in Subsection 10.1.1, for a period of thirty (30) days
after notice thereof to Tenant by Landlord.  If Tenant proceeds to correct any
default within said thirty (30) day period it shall not be considered in default
hereof.

              10.1.3    Filing by Tenant of a petition in bankruptcy or a
petition for any other relief under the Bankruptcy Code as amended, or under any
other insolvency act, law, rule or regulation, State or Federal, now or
hereafter existing; the application by or for Tenant of a receiver or trustee of
Tenant, or for all or a substantial part of the property of Tenant; the making
by Tenant of any general assignment for the benefit of creditors of Tenant; the
inability of tenant, or the admission of Tenant of the inability thereof, to pay
the debts of Tenant as such mature; the issuance of attachment, execution or
other similar process against any substantial part of the property of Tenant; or
the insolvency of Tenant.

              10.1.4    The desertion, vacation, abandonment of, or failure to
use the Premises as a going business by Tenant for any period exceeding sixty
(60) consecutive days, regardless of whether or not Tenant continues to pay all
stipulated rental.


                                                                               7

<PAGE>

              10.1.5    The assignment, subletting or mortgaging of the
Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord.

              10.1.6    Any construction, changes or alterations on the
Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord.

              10.1.7    Any change in the use of the Premises without the
Landlord's written consent.

    10.2   Remedies:  Whenever any Event of Default shall have happened,
Landlord may, to the extent permitted by law, take any one or more of the
remedial steps described in Subsections 10.2.1 through 10.2.4, inclusive, of
this Section 10.2.

              10.2.1    Landlord may, at its option, declare all installments
of minimum rent for the remainder of the Lease term to be immediately due and
payable, whereupon the same shall become immediately due and payable.

              10.2.2    Landlord may re-enter and take possession of the
Premises and improvements with or without terminating this Lease, and sublease
in their entirety the same for the account of Tenant, holding Tenant liable for
the difference in the rent and other amounts actually paid by such sublessee in
such subletting and the rents and other amounts payable by Tenant hereunder.

              10.2.3    Landlord may terminate the Lease, exclude Tenant from
possession of the Premises and improvements and use reasonable efforts to lease
the same for the account of Tenant, holding Tenant liable for all rent and other
amounts payable by Tenant hereunder and all other damages, costs and/or losses
incurred by Landlord due to Tenant's default.

              10.2.4    Landlord may take whatever action at law or in equity
as may appear necessary or desirable to collect the rent and other amounts then
due and thereafter to become due or to enforce the performance and observance of
any obligations, agreement, or covenant of Tenant under this Lease, and in
connection with such actions to recover any or all damages to Landlord for
Tenant's violation or breach of this Lease.

              10.2.5    In the event that three (3) Events of Default by Tenant
occur under this Lease during any three hundred sixty-five (365) day period,
whether or not cured by Tenant, Tenant shall be deemed to be in "Chronic
Default".  If Tenant is in "Chronic Default", Tenant shall no longer be entitled
to any notice or opportunity to cure with regard to any Events of Default
occurring thereafter and Landlord shall be entitled to all remedies available at
its option at any time thereafter.

    10.3   Amounts Due Upon Default:  Upon default by the Tenant, whether this
Lease is terminated or not, all rents shall, at the option of the landlord,
become due and payable.  In the event of default by the Tenant, Landlord shall
also be entitled to estimate any costs, expenses or charges which may become due
under this Lease, and assess said costs, expenses or charges immediately against
Tenant.  Further, all other expenses and charges shall immediately become due
and payable, at the option of the landlord.  Further, Tenant shall be liable for
any other costs or expenses incurred by Landlord due to Tenant's default,
including but not limited to costs of making the Premises suitable for a
substitute tenant.

    10.4   Application of Funds:  If any statute or rule of law shall validly
limit the amount of any final damages described in this Article to less than the
amount determined herein, Landlord shall be entitled to the maximum amount
allowable under such statute or rule of law.  In the event Landlord elects to
proceed under the authority of Subsections 10.2.2, 10.2.3, or 10.2.4 of Section
10.2 of this Article, Landlord shall make reasonable effort to collect rentals
from sublessees or new lessees of this entire Premises or portions thereof,
reserving however, at Landlord's sole discretion, the right to determine the
method of collection and the extent to which enforcement of collection of
delinquent rents shall be prosecuted.  All rents, and all other income derived
from operation of the improvements by Landlord, to the extent such are not paid
and applied by any sublessee or new lessee of the Premises, may be applied first
to the payment and accrual of taxes; second, to the payment of all sums and
money due and owing from time to time under any mortgage and any other permitted
encumbrance upon the Premises, superior to the interests of Landlord; third, to
the cost of operating the Premises, superior to the interests of Landlord;
third, to the cost of operating the Premises and improvements; fourth, to the
cost of the administration and collection of rents by Landlord; and fifth, to
the payment of rent due and owing Landlord hereunder.  Tenant shall be liable to
Landlord for the deficiency, if any, between Tenant's rent and all other charges
hereunder, and that applied by Landlord to said amounts in the manner hereby
authorized.  No action taken pursuant to Section 10.2 of this Article (including
repossession of the Premises or termination of the Lease) shall relieve Tenant
from Tenant's obligations for rent and all other charges hereunder which shall
survive any such action, and Landlord may take whatever 


                                                                               8

<PAGE>

action by law or in equity as may appear necessary or desirable to collect the
rent and other amounts then due and thereafter to become due and/or to enforce
the performance and observance of any obligation, agreement or covenant of
Tenant hereunder.

    10.5   No Remedy Exclusive:  No remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to
Landlord is intended to be exclusive of any other available remedy or remedies,
but each and every such remedy shall be cumulative, and shall be in addition to
every other remedy given under this Lease or now or hereafter existing at law or
in equity or by statute.  No delay or omission to exercise any right to power
accruing upon any default shall impair any such right or power or shall be
construed to be a waiver thereof, but any such right and power may be exercised
from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient.  In order to entitle
Landlord to exercise any remedy reserved to it in this Article, it shall not be
necessary to give any notice, other than such notice as is herein expressly
required by this Lease.

    10.6   Attorney's Fees and Expenses:  In the event that it shall be
necessary or desirable for Landlord to engage legal counsel for the enforcement
of any of the terms of this Lease, whether such employment shall require
institution of suit or other legal services required to secure compliance on the
part of Tenant, Tenant shall be responsible for and shall promptly pay to
Landlord the reasonable value of said attorney's fees, and any other expenses
incurred by landlord as a result of such default.  In the event of litigation,
and to the extent Tenant prevails against Landlord, then Landlord shall pay to
Tenant the reasonable value of Tenant's attorney fees incurred herein.

                        ARTICLE XI:  COMMON AND PARKING AREAS

    11.1   Control of Common Areas:  All Common Areas as defined in Article I,
shall at all times be subject to the exclusive control and management of
Landlord, and Landlord shall have the right from time to time to establish,
modify and enforce reasonable rules and regulations with respect to the use of
all such Common Areas and facilities.  Landlord shall have the right to operate
and maintain the same in such manner as Landlord, in its sole discretion, shall
determine from time to time, including without limitation the right to employ
all personnel and to make all rules and regulations pertaining to and necessary
for the proper operation and maintenance of said Common Areas and facilities. 
No auction, fire or bankruptcy sales may be conducted in the Premises or Common
Areas or without the previous written consent of Landlord.  Tenant shall not use
the sidewalks adjacent to the Premises or the open areas outside Tenant's glass
or wall line for business purposes without the previous written consent of
Landlord.  Landlord shall have the exclusive right at any and all times to close
any portion of the Common Areas for the purpose of making repairs, change or
addition thereto, and may change the size, area or arrangement of the Common
Areas or the lighting thereof within or adjacent to the existing Common Areas
and may enter into agreements with adjacent owners for cross-easements for
parking, ingress, egress, delivery, and the installation of utility lines,
however, such repairs, changes or additions shall not unreasonably interfere
with Tenant conducting its business in the Premises.

                             ARTICLE XII:  EMINENT DOMAIN

    12.1   Partial Taking:  If a portion of the Premises shall be taken as
herein provided for public or quasi-public use or improvements or otherwise
under the exercise of the right to eminent domain and the Premises shall
continue to be reasonably suitable for the use which is herein authorized, then
the rental herein provided shall be reduced from the date of such taking in
direct proportion to the reduction in usefulness of the Premises.

    12.2   Substantial Taking:  If all of the premises, or a part sufficient to
render the Premises wholly unfit for the use herein authorized, or a part
sufficient, in Landlord's judgment, to cause the remaining portion of the
Complex to become uneconomical to operate as a viable unit, shall be condemned
or acquired by grant or otherwise, for public or quasi-public use or
improvements, or shall otherwise be taken in the exercise of the right of
eminent domain, both Tenant and Landlord shall have the right, at either
Tenant's or Landlord's option to terminate and cancel this lease on thirty (30)
days prior written notice, and, under this Article, Tenant shall be liable only
for rents and other charges accrued and earned to the date of surrender of
possession of the Premises to Landlord and for the performance of other
obligations maturing prior to said date.

    12.3   Award:  Tenant shall not be entitled, and hereby specifically waives
any right arising by statute or otherwise, to participate in or receive any part
of the damages or award which may be paid or awarded by reason of a taking of
the Premises or any other part of the complex under this Article except where
said award shall provide for moving or other reimbursable expenses for the
Tenant under applicable statute.

                          ARTICLE XIII:  GENERAL PROVISIONS


                                                                               9

<PAGE>

    13.1   Landlord's Right of Entry:  Upon reasonable notice to Tenant
Landlord reserves the right, during normal business hours or by prior
appointment during the term of this Lease for Landlord or Landlord's agents to
enter the Premises for the purpose of inspecting and examining the same, and to
show the same to prospective purchasers or tenants, and to make such repairs,
alterations, improvements or additions as Landlord may deem  necessary or
desirable.  During the ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of the Base Term
of this Lease or any renewal period, Landlord may exhibit the Premises for sale
or lease, as the case may be, which notices Tenant shall permit to remain
thereon.  If Tenant shall not be personally present to open and permit an entry
into the Premises in the event of an emergency, or if Tenant abandons the
Premises, then landlord or Landlord's agents may enter the same by a master key,
or may forcibly enter the same, without rendering Landlord or such agents liable
therefor, and without in any manner contained, however, shall be deemed or
construed to impose upon Landlord any obligation, responsibility or liability
whatsoever for the care, maintenance or repair of the Premises or any part
thereof, except as otherwise herein specifically provided.

    13.2   Quiet Enjoyment:  Landlord agrees that, if the rent is being paid in
the manner and at the time prescribed and the covenants and obligations of
Tenant are being all and singularly kept, fulfilled and performed, Tenant shall
lawfully and peaceably have, hold, possess, use, occupy, and enjoy the Premises
so long as this Lease remains in force, without hindrance, disturbance and
molestation from Landlord, subject to the specific provisions of this Lease.

    13.3   Waiver:  Waiver by Landlord of any default, breach or failure of
Tenant under this Lease shall not be construed as a waiver of any subsequent or
different default, breach of failure.  In case of a breach by Tenant of any of
the covenants or undertakings of Tenant, Landlord nevertheless may accept from
Tenant any payment or payments hereunder without in any way waiving Landlord's
right to exercise the right of re-entry hereinbefore provided by reason of any
other breach or lapse which was in existence at the time such payment or
payments were actually accepted by Landlord.

    13.4   Trade Fixtures:  At the expiration of this Lease, provided Tenant is
not in default, Tenant shall have the right to remove any trade fixtures
installed by Tenant on the Premises, and shall repair any damage to the Premises
caused by such removal.

    13.5   Subordination:  This Lease and Tenant's rights hereunder are and
shall remain subordinate to the lien of any mortgage(s) now or hereafter in
force against the Complex or against any buildings hereafter placed upon the
real estate of which the Premises are a part.

    13.6   Notices:  All notices by either part to the other shall be made by
depositing such notice in the certified mail of the United States of America,
and such notice shall be deemed to have been served on the date of such
depositing in the certified mail unless otherwise provided.  All notices shall
be addressed as follows:

    If to Landlord:     FMP/Weissco, Inc., Agent for Crossroad Commons
                        9050-B Executive Park Drive
                        Knoxville, Tennessee 37923-4615

    If to Tenant:       Celerity Systems, Inc.
                        9051 Executive Park Drive
                        Knoxville, Tennessee  37923

    or at such other address as the parties may from time to time designate in
the manner provided in this paragraph.

    13.7   Recording:  Tenant, upon request of Landlord, shall join in the
execution of a memorandum of this Lease for the purpose of recordation.  Such
memorandum shall describe the parties, the Premises, and the term of this Lease,
and shall incorporate this Lease by reference and include such other portions
which Landlord deems appropriate to effectuate the purpose of such recordation. 
Said memorandum may be recorded only by Landlord at Landlord's expense.

    13.8   Amendment:  All amendments or modifications to this Lease shall be
in writing and executed by the parties or their respective successors in
interest.

    13.9   Documentation; Right to Cure:  Tenant covenants and agrees to
execute and deliver to Landlord within ten (10) business days from the date of
request such supplemental documents as may be required by any lender of the
Landlord in connection with this Lease, including reasonable subordination,
non-disturbance and attornment agreements, and including estoppel certificates
in such reasonable form as 


                                                                              10

<PAGE>

may be required by landlord or said lender, which certificate may include
information as to any modifications of this Lease, dates of commencement of term
and termination date of the lease, and whether or not Landlord is in default
hereunder.  Any such certificate may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser
or lessee, or any mortgage, or any prospective assignee of any mortgagee
thereof.  If Tenant fails or refuses to furnish such certificate within the time
provided, it will be conclusively presumed that this Lease is in full force and
effect in accordance with its terms and the Landlord is not in default.

    Tenant agrees to give lender and/or trust deed holder of the Landlord, by
certified mail, a copy of any notice of default served upon the Landlord,
provided that prior to such notice, Tenant has been notified in writing (by way
of notice of assignment of rents and leases, or otherwise) of the addresses of
such lender and/or trust deed holder.  Tenant further agrees that if Landlord
shall have failed to cure such default as required by the terms of this Lease,
then the Lenders and/or trust deed holder shall have the same right to cure any
such default within the time period afforded the Landlord after receipt of
notice; or, if such default cannot be cured within that time, then such
additional time as may be necessary if within such period of time the lender
and/or trust deed holder has commenced and is diligently pursuing the remedies
necessary to cure such default (including, but not limited to, commencement of
foreclosure proceedings if necessary to effect such cure), in which event this
Lease shall not be terminated while such remedies are being so diligently
pursued.

    13.10  Holding Over:  Any holding over after the expiration of the term
with the consent of Landlord shall be construed to be a tenancy from month to
month at one hundred twenty percent (120%) of the rents and under the terms and
conditions herein specified.  Any holder over after the expiration of the term
without the consent of landlord shall be deemed to be a tenancy at will at one
hundred fifty percent (150%) of the rents set forth herein.  All obligations of
Tenant under this lease shall survive during any hold-over period.

    13.11  No Partnership:  It is understood that Landlord does not in any way
or for any purpose become a partner or joint venturer with Tenant in the conduct
of Tenant's business.

    13.12  Partial Invalidity:  If any term or condition of this Lease or the
application thereof to any person or event shall to any extent be invalid and
unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease and the application of such term,
covenant or condition to persons or events other than those to which it is held
invalid or unenforceable shall not be affected, and each item, covenant and
condition of this Lease shall be valid and be enforced to the fullest extent
permitted by law.

    13.13  Successors:  The provisions, covenants and conditions of this Lease
shall bind and inure to the benefit of the legal representatives, successors and
assigns of each of the parties, except that no assignment or subletting by
Tenant without the written consent of Landlord shall vest any right in the
assignee or sublessee of Tenant.

    13.14  Governing Law:  The Lease shall be governed by, and construed in
accordance with, the laws of the State of Tennessee.

    13.15  Intentionally deleted.

    13.16  Landlord's Exculpatory Clause:  The term "Landlord" as used in this
Lease means only the fee simple owner for the time being of the Premises, so
that in event of any sale or sales of such Premises, or assignment, transfer, or
other conveyance of its rights under this Lease, the Landlord, shall be and
hereby is entirely freed from and relieved of all covenants and obligations of
Landlord hereunder.

    If the Landlord or any successor in interest or assignee shall be an
individual, joint venturer, tenancy in common, firm or partnership, general or
limited, or corporation, it is specifically understood and agreed that there
shall be no personal liability on such individual or the members of the joint
venture, tenancy in common, firm or partnership, or corporation, with respect to
any of the covenants or conditions of this Lease, and the Tenant shall look
solely to the Landlord's equity in the fee or leasehold estate and the proceeds
thereof, for the satisfaction of the remedies of the Tenant in the event of a
breach by the Landlord of any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this
lease to be performed by the Landlord.

    Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 13.16, Tenant expressly
agrees that any lender of the Landlord shall not be held subject to any
liability or obligation to Tenant under this Lease or otherwise, unless and
until such lender obtains title to the Premises as a result of foreclosure or
otherwise; and, in such event, Landlord's lender shall be subject only to those
liabilities or obligations arising subsequent to the date lender obtains title.

    Further, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, to the
extent that any obligations of Landlord set forth herein are or have been
assumed by the Association or other entity, pursuant to the Master 


                                                                              11

<PAGE>

Deed or otherwise, Landlord shall be relieved of such obligations and the Tenant
shall look solely to the Association or other entity assuming said obligations
for performance thereof.

    13.17  Entire Agreement:  This Lease, together with the exhibits attached
hereto which are hereby incorporated herein by reference, contains the entire
agreement between Landlord and Tenant with regard to the Premises, and
supersedes all prior and contemporaneous negotiations, understandings and
agreements, written or oral, between the parties.

    13.18  This Lease shall be construed as if each provision were drafted by
the equal participation of all parties.  No provision shall be construed against
the drafting party regardless of which party drafted such provision.  Time is of
the essence in this Lease.  The providing of this Lease by Landlord to Tenant
shall not be construed as an option to lease the Premises under the terms set
forth herein and this Lease shall not be binding upon Landlord until it has been
executed by both Landlord and Tenant.

    13.19  Consent:  Landlord, agrees not to unreasonably withhold its approval
of or consent to any act of Tenant, where such approval or consent is required
by the terms of this lease.

    Special Stipulations.

              1.   Tenant is hereby granted the option to renew this lease for
a 2 year term by notifying Landlord in writing not less than 180 days in advance
of the lease expiration date.  The base rent during the renewal period shall be
market rate not to exceed 90% of the highest rate per square foot being received
by Landlord at the time of Tenant's notification of Landlord.

              2.   This lease shall take precedence over all previous leases
and lease modification agreements between Landlord and Tenant.

              3.   Landlord agrees to replace the door in the loading area of
suite 400 with a door with a minimum clear opening of 48".

              4.   Tenant is hereby granted the right to relinquish suite 101,
subject to the provisions of Section 3.1, with 180 days advance written notice
to Landlord.

                                 This page ends here.


                                                                              12

<PAGE>

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this Lease as of the
day and year first above written.

                                       LANDLORD:

                                       Lincoln Investment Management, Inc. as
                                       attorney in fact for The Lincoln
                                       National Life Insurance Company

WITNESS:


/s/ Kathleen A. Smith                  By: /s/ Christine M. Konrath
- ------------------------------            -------------------------------------

                                       Its  Assistant Vice President
                                          -------------------------------------


WITNESS:                               TENANT:  Celerity Systems, Inc.


/s/ Mark Upchurch                      By: /s/ Mahmoud Yossefi
- ------------------------------            -------------------------------------

  Mark Upchurch                        Its    President                        
- ------------------------------             ------------------------------------


                                                                              13

<PAGE>

                                  AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS AMENDMENT TO LEASE is made and entered into this 30th day of January, 1997,
by and between BGK Tennessee Office Associates LP as successors to the Lincoln
National Life Insurance Company ("Landlord") and Celerity Systems, Inc.
("Tenant").

                                  R E C I T I A L S:

1.  Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease dated November 25,
    1996, relating to the Lease by Landlord to Tenant of approximately 11,133
    square feet of space (known as Suites 101, 400, 604 and 500) at Crossroad
    Commons in Knoxville, Tennessee.

2.  The expiration date of the Lease is April 30, 2000.

3.  Landlord and Tenant desire to substitute Suites 301 and 302 for Suite 500.

                                  A G R E E M E N T:

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and the mutual
covenants contained herein, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

1.  The Lease is hereby amended by substituting Suites 301 and 302 for Suite
    500.

2.  The Lease is hereby further amended as follows:

           The square footage shall be 11,880.
           The monthly rent for the Leased Premises shall be:

              Year 1 $10,395.00 monthly
              Year 2 $10,890.00 monthly
              Year 3 $11,385.00 monthly

3.  The Lease is hereby further amended to show a commencement date of March 1,
    1997 or when Suites 301 and 302 are ready for occupancy, whichever occurs
    first.

4.  Except as specifically amended above, the Lease and all of its terms and
    provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment on the day
and date first above written.

WITNESS AS TO LANDLORD                 LANDLORD:
                                       BGK Tennessee Office Associates LP

/s/ Cathy E. Navet                     By: /s/ Paul S. Gerwin    
- ------------------------------            -------------------------------------


WITNESS AS TO TENANT:


 /s/ Kenneth D. Van Meter              TENANT:
- ------------------------------ 
                                       Celerity Systems, Inc.


                                       By: /s/ Doyal H. Hodge
                                       -------------------------------------
                                       Vice-President, CFO



<PAGE>

EXHIBIT 11
STATEMENT RE COMPUTATION OF PER SHARE EARNINGS
              
              
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
              
Weighted average shares outstanding                   1,188,424
Common equivalent shares                                560,821 (1)
                                                        -------
                                                      1,749,245 (2)
                                                      ---------
              
Net loss applicable to Common Stock                   $(139,947)
                                                      ---------
Common and common equivalent shares                   1,749,245      $(0.08)
                                                                      -----
              
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996      
              
Weighted average shares outstanding                   1,445,761
Common equivalent shares                                560,821 (1)
                                                        -------
                                                      2,006,582 (3)
                                                      ---------
              
              
Net loss applicable to Common Stock                 $(5,790,287)
                                                     ----------
Common and common equivalent shares                   2,006,582      $(2.89)
                                                                      -----
              
              
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996         
              
Common Shares:
Weighted average shares outstanding                   1,200,552
Common equivalent shares                                560,821 (1)
                                                        -------
                                                      1,761,373 (3)
                                                      ---------
              
              
Net loss applicable to Common Stock                 $(1,858,521)
                                                     ----------
Common and common equivalent shares                   1,761,373      $(1.06)
                                                                      -----

Six months ended June 30, 1997         
              
Weighted average shares outstanding                   1,819,113
Common equivalent shares                                560,821 (1)
                                                        -------
                                                      2,379,934 (3)
                                                      ---------


Net loss applicable to Common Stock                 $(3,964,202)
                                                     ----------
Common and common equivalent shares                   2,379,934      $(1.67)
                                                                      -----
              
              
(1)  Common equivalent shares include equivalent shares 
  related to the options, warrants and stock issued within the 
  one year period prior to the filing of the registration statement.

(2)  Options and warrants issued in 1995 are not included for purposes
  of the calculation because the related exercise prices were either in
  excess of or equal to the fair market value of the Company's common 
  stock.

(3)  Options and warrants issued in the periods preceding the 
  one year prior to filing the registration statement are not included
  for purposes of the calculation because they are antidilutive.



<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1
 
                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
   
    We consent to the inclusion in this registration statement on Form SB-2 of
our report dated March 7, 1997, except for Notes 1 and 16, for which the date is
August 8, 1997, on our audits of the financial statements of Celerity Systems,
Inc. as of December 31, 1996 and for each of the two years in the period ended
December 31, 1996. We also consent to the references of our firm under the
captions "Experts," "Summary Financial Data" and "Selected Financial Data."
    
 
                                          COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.
 
   
Knoxville, Tennessee
October 8, 1997
    

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THE AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE TWO YEARS IN THE PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER
31, 1996 AND THE ACCOMPANYING FOOTNOTES; THE UNAUDITED INTERIM FINANCIAL
INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED JUNE 30, 1997, AND THE ACCOMPANYING
FOOTNOTES.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>                     <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR                   6-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1996             DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1996             JAN-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1996             JUN-30-1997
<CASH>                                           2,345                     461
<SECURITIES>                                         0                       0
<RECEIVABLES>                                    1,268                   2,197
<ALLOWANCES>                                       555                     570
<INVENTORY>                                      1,326                   1,315
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                 4,572                   3,465
<PP&E>                                           1,182                   1,385
<DEPRECIATION>                                     368                     499
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                   5,650                   4,531
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                            2,466                   3,632
<BONDS>                                          3,000                   3,000
                                0                       0
                                      2,746                   2,885
<COMMON>                                             2                       2
<OTHER-SE>                                     (2,584)                 (5,007)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                     5,650                   4,531
<SALES>                                          2,530                   1,255
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                 2,530                   1,255
<CGS>                                            3,513                   1,170
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                    8,004                   4,948
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0                       0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                   555                      15
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                 150                     153
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                (5,528)                 (3,825)
<INCOME-TAX>                                      (15)                       0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            (5,512)                 (3,825)
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0                       0
<CHANGES>                                            0                       0
<NET-INCOME>                                   (5,512)                 (3,825)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                   (2.89)                  (1.67)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                   (2.89)                  (1.67)
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission